LONG HARD ROAD

NCO EXPERIENCES IN

AFGHANISTAN AND IRAQ

US ARMY SERGEANTS MAJOR ACADEMY

October 2007
Long Hard Road: NCO Experiences in Afghanistan and Iraq

Published by the US Army Sergeants Major Academy

11291 SGT. E. Churchill Street

Fort Bliss, Texas 79918

“The president has said from the very beginning that this would be a long, hard 

task that we have set ourselves upon. He said it right after 9/11, when he made 

it clear to the American people, it wasn’t just a matter of dealing with al Qaeda 

and the Taliban in Afghanistan, but that this was a global war that would be 

fought on many fronts in many ways, using all of the tools at our disposal: military, law enforcement, diplomacy, financial controls -- you name it. And he told 

the American people to get ready for a long, hard road ahead.”

 

Secretary of State Colin Powell, on CNN’s Larry King Live show, October 26, 2003
TABLE OF CONTENTS

List of Illustrations 5

Forward 6

Introduction 7

Afghanistan Timeline 9

NCO STORIES FROM AFGHANISTAN 10

1SG M. Robinson, “Recruiting Company 1SG” 12

SGM T. O’Neal, “Bridging the Support Gap” 15

SGM W. Finch, “Change in Area of Operation” 16

1SG P. McGuire, “Task Force Rakkasan” 18

SGM M. Bryant, “Afghan Militia Forces” 21

SGM S. Shank, “ANA Military Training Center” 25

MSG C. Peterson, “Baptism by Fire” 28

MSG K. Keefe, “Complacency Can Kill” 35

1SG Louis Gholston, “Air Medical Evacuation” 38

Vignette: “68th Air Medical Rescue of the Year” 41

MSG L. Hall, “Make A Way” 42

1SG W. Gentry, “First Sergeant Role vs. Responsibility” 45

SGM C. Myers, “1-168 Inf., Iowa ARNG” 48

SGM D. Utley, “Konar Valley” 52

MSG D. Berry, “Establishing a Special Forces Firebase” 59

MSG R. Levis, “Task Force Geronimo” 62

Vignette “An Artillery Ambush” 65

SGM W. Forro, “Building a Forward Operating Base 66

MSG D. Detweiler, “Deployment to Afghanistan” 70

SGM L. Obeda, “Operation Roma” 73

SGM T. Lawrence, “Combat Advisor” 76

MSG R. Abernathy, “Reacting to an I. E. D.” 77

MSG M. Granado, “ANA Ldr Reaction and Training Course” 82

Photographs from Afghanistan and Iraq 86

Iraq Timeline 111

NCO STORIES FROM IRAQ 112

“Fighting the Iraqi Army” 114

1SG J. Bradshaw, “Invasion of Iraq” 114 

SGM K. Cleveland, “Operation Viking Hammer” 118

Vignette, SSG H. Jhanson, “Engineer Company, 10th Mt. 123

1SG B. Brown, “Convoy to Baghdad” 124

1SG B. Barren, “Tikrit” 128

SFC M. Swart, “Embedded Media” 132

SGM D. Grimes, “352nd Civil Affairs Command” 134

SSG D. Bramlett, “A Wife Deployed” 137
SSG B. Sipp, “RPG Attack” 138

SPC A. Tietjen 141

SGM D. Veheklasen, “VBIED” 143

“Fighting Insurgents” 148

1SG R. Greene, “Eagle Troop” 148

1SG J. Thanheiser, “Convoy to Kirkuk” 153

MSG P. Johnson, “319th Signal Battalion” 157

1SG S. Brooks, “15th FSB Task Force Baghdad” 159

1SG T. Weiss, “Iraq’s Election, Baghdad” 163

MSG G. Wood, “Counter IED Targeting Program” 168

SSG J. Scott, “IED Attacks” 172

1SG C. Williams, “Areomedical Evacuation” 173

1SG J. Tennian, “Vermont National Guard” 178

1SG R. Evans, “Tactical Air Controller” 183

SFC D. Sparks, “Embedded Media” 186

Iraqi Forces Trained 192

Conclusion 193

GLOSSARY 194
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Map of Afghanistan 11

Door gunner’s position Chinook 12

Anti-Taliban fighter 21

1st Battalion of the Afghan National Army 22

Marking land mines and unexploded ordnance 33

at Bagram Air Field

68th Medical w/Chinook helicopter 41

M119A1 105mm Lightweight Howitzers 65

Map of Iraq 112

3rd Infantry Division in Southern Iraq, 23 March 2003 114

Up-Armored HUMMMW 182

5
FORWARD

The call to war is often met by young Soldiers who lack an understanding 

of what they are about to encounter. These young Soldiers must be trained, 

prepared, and then led in battle by those with experience and understanding---the 

Noncommissioned Officer Corps. In an effort to preserve the history of the US 

Army Noncommissioned Officer and to provide future noncommissioned officers 

with an understanding of the actions necessary to prepare Soldiers and to lead 

them in war, the US Army Sergeants Major Academy undertook a program to 

gather and publish the stories of NCOs who had served in both Afghanistan and 

Iraq. Most of the papers received were from students of the US Army Sergeants 

Major Course who had already deployed to either Operation Enduring Freedom 

or Operation Iraqi Freedom. This work highlights a few of those stories. A wide 

range of topics have been chosen to allow the reader to understand the preparations, 

training, and actions needed for NCOs to accomplish their missions. 

The work is prepared in two sections: the first we call Stories from 

Afghanistan and the second, Stories from Iraq. Stories from Iraq is further broken 

down into “Fighting the Iraqi Army” and “Fighting the Insurgency.” Each story 

has a brief introduction to provide the reader with a background and setting for 

the story. Timelines are also provided to assist the reader in following the stories 

in relation to other events that are taking place during the same time frame. In 

addition, maps provide the reader with an understanding of where in Afghanistan 

or Iraq those events occurred.

To help readers understand many of the acronyms used by the US Army and 

specific units, a Glossary is made available as well; it is by no means inclusive of 

all Army acronyms.

Colonel David J. Abramowitz and Command Sergeant Major James E. Dale 

charged three members of the US Army Sergeants Major Academy staff to put 

this work together: Jesse McKinney (SGM Retired), School Secretariat Director; 

MSG Eric Pilgrim, Editor-in-Chief of the NCO Journal and a veteran of Operation 

Iraqi Freedom; and L.R. Arms, Curator of the NCO Museum and a Marine Corps 

Vietnam veteran. They were assisted in their efforts by Ms. Melissa Cooper, 

Museum Specialist, Ms. Jeannie Tapia, Academic Records Technician, and SPC 

Joseph Edmondson, Graphic Artist. Together they reviewed more then 683 papers 

to determine which papers would be included in this work. Many of the selected 

stories were shortened and edited for clarity; however, every attempt was made 

to remain true to the author’s original intent. In the future, the Sergeants Major 

Academy will hopefully continue to produce works of this nature, ultimately 

retaining the knowledge and experiences gained in warfare by noncommissioned 

officers. 

L.R. Arms

Curator

US Army Museum of the Noncommissioned Officer

6
INTRODUCTION

By Master Sgt. Eric B. Pilgrim and Sgt. Maj. (Ret) Jesse McKinney

Army General David H. Petraeus knows Iraq better than most. He suffered 

the first casualties of war on March 23, 2003, when a 326th Engineer Battalion 

engineer with the famed 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault) ruptured three 

of 1st Brigade’s headquarters tents at Camp Pennsylvania with grenades, killing 

two officers and wounding 14 others before the assault had even begun. Despite 

grieving the losses, he led the charge into Iraq shortly afterward, sending thousands 

of division vehicles pouring over the border into Iraq and rolling with lightning 

speed across the desert from An Najaf through Karbala, Hilla, and into Baghdad, 

before eventually settling down in the northern city of Mosul.

While there, then Maj. Gen. Petraeus quickly realigned his Soldiers’ thinking 

toward a new strategy shortly after the war ended; a humanitarian strategy 

involving rebuilding the infrastructure through mutual trust and cooperation 

between Americans and Iraqis. “Goat pulls” were common occurrences under 

his watch as commanders sat down frequently with local Iraqi officials and broke 

bread in an effort to meet them on common ground. He was so successful at 

connecting with the local imams there that the division’s efforts were lauded as 

the standard for building real success in the war-torn nation.

He stood on the precipice of history and watched as his Soldiers discovered 

the hideout of Saddam Hussein’s two infamously sadistic sons, Uday and Qusay, 

before they pinned down the pair, eventually killing them in a fire fight. Two 

nations now intricately linked by renewed hope and purpose vigorously applauded 

as Petraeus’ Soldiers cleaned streets, rebuilt schools and police stations, turned 

electricity back on and pumped clean water into households. Petraeus witnessed 

firsthand a reopening of the Syrian-Iraq border for trade. The future looked bright 

under his watchful eye.

A year later, he found himself back in Iraq, this time in the “Green Zone” -- 

the heart of Baghdad -- leading the charge as Commander of the Multi-National 

Security Transition Command - Iraq, whose primary mission was to ensure 

that this new democratic nation would eventually be able to protect itself from 

enemies inside and outside of its borders. Hundreds of thousands of eager, willing 

young men and women lined up at recruiting stations, often under the threat of 

retaliation by terrorists, in order to receive new weapons, vehicles and uniforms. 

More importantly, they were eager to receive real, professional, timely training in 

police work, soldiering, and border patrol tactics under his guidance. He faced the 

daunting task of rebuilding an entire military, border patrol and police force from 

the ground up with minimal manpower and resources while constantly facing 

attacks from terrorists, insurgents, cynical politicians worldwide and heavy media 

scrutiny. Iraqis knew his reputation for getting results; many knew it intimately. 

By the end of the year, he had exceeded the goal.

Now here he is again this year, back in Iraq and back in the quagmire of 

7
political, religious, emotional and physical threats which have become an integral 

part of his life. The mission is even bigger and more complex than ever, the 

responsibilities are even higher, more is at stake as the commanding general of 

all the coalition forces in Iraq finds himself back in the “Zone” – now called the 

International Zone.

If given the chance to sit down and talk with him about his Global War on 

Terrorism experiences he would probably tell you without hesitation that the 

American noncommissioned officer has been the most critical element behind all 

the successes and failures. Good NCOs equal victory; bad NCOs equal defeat.

As a commissioned officer, Petraeus is accustomed to the regular rollout of 

non-fiction books written and produced by commissioned officers, oftentimes 

while at the Army War College, that chronicle military history and often are 

credited with shaping the future of military tactics, techniques and procedures. 

What he felt was sorely deficient however, was a publication wherein NCOs 

were the primary focus, relating their unique perspectives of best troop leading 

practices in an operational environment. Thus, the brainchild for this publication 

was born.

It was with this firm belief in the importance of America’s Noncommissioned 

Officer Corps that Petraeus reached out to leaders at the US Army Sergeants Major 

Academy with a proposal. He wanted to see NCOs publish their own book about 

their experiences in Afghanistan and Iraq, good and bad; NCO history written by 

NCOs for NCOs.

The Academy’s Commandant at the time, Col. David J. Abramowitz, fittingly 

took Petraeus’ proposal to the Academy’s senior NCO, Command Sgt. Maj. James 

E. Dale. The two brainstormed and came up with several categories that they felt 

covered the uniqueness of major operations in Kuwait, Afghanistan and Iraq, the 

contents of this publication being the result of their deliberation and direction to 

the Long Hard Road Focus Group. The new Commandant, Col. Donald Gentry, 

has given life to Petraeus’ proposal by providing the funds necessary to put this 

work in to your hands.

The US Army Sergeants Major Academy sincerely hopes that the stories 

rendered in this publication will provide insight and direction to all of our Soldiers 

now fighting, or who will fight in the future in America’s Global War on Terrorism 

– war heroes traveling together on the Long Hard Road ...

8
AFGHANISTAN TIMELINE

1980 - Soviet Union invades Afghanistan in support of People’s Democratic 

 Party

1985 - Mujahedeen forms alliance

1988 - Soviet Union begins pullout from Afghanistan

1992 - Mujahedim triumphs throughout Afghanistan

1996 - Taliban seizes power and enforces strict Islamic state

1998 - US launches missile attacks aimed at Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda

2001 - 

11 September-Osama bin Laden claims credit for attack on World Trade 

 Center and Pentagon

7 October-US and British forces launch air-strikes on al-Qaeda

13 November-Northern Alliance forces oust Taliban from Kabul

November-US and coalition forces hunt al-Qaeda and Taliban remnants

6 December-Kandahar falls to Northern Alliance

21 December-Hamid Karzai is sworn in as interim government leader

2002 - 

June-Grand Council elects Hamid Karzai

2003 - 

August-NATO takes control of Kabul

2004 - 

January-New Afghan constitution

October-November-Karzai elected President

2005 - 

September-First Parliamentary and Provincial elections

2006 - 

January-Afghan National Army troop levels reach 35,000 plus

 May-June-Operation Mountain Thrust

October-NATO assumes control of all Afghanistan

23 December-Mullah Akhtar Osmani killed in US air strike

9
STORIES FROM AFGHANISTAN

A rugged, mountainous, arid country, Afghanistan has long been considered 

as a remote region of the world by most Westerners. However, the country is at 

the crossroads of East and West and has been invaded throughout the centuries by 

the Persians, Greeks, Mauryans, Arabs, Turks, Mongols, British, and Soviets. The 

Arabs gave their religion to Afghanistan with the majority of the Afghan people 

following the Sunni sect of Islam. It is home to a number of ethnic peoples: 

the Hazara, Turkmen, Uzbek, Tajik, and Pashtun who as the largest ethnic group 

makes up approximately 42% of the total population. A great number of the 

Pashtun, people also live in neighboring Pakistan.

In 1919, Afghanistan became an independent kingdom and remained so until 

1978. In that year the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan (Communist) 

launched the Great Saur Revolution and took over the government. Opposition 

was widespread with the Mujahideen (an Islamic group) taking the lead in 

opposing the government. The United States backed the Mujahideen fighters. 

On 24 December 1979, the Soviet Union, seeking to prevent a total collapse of 

the Afghan Communists, sent troops into Afghanistan. The result was a long and 

brutal guerrilla war between the Soviets and the Mujahideen. The Soviets finally 

withdrew during 1989 and the Communist government fell in 1992. 

10
The Mujahideen consisted of numerous factions and were unable to remain 

united in order to rule Afghanistan. The country slipped into anarchy with 

warlords ruling various provinces or areas. From this emerged the Taliban, a 

group of Islamic fundamentalists with a radical belief in strict interpretation of 

Islamic law. Their power controlled almost all the nation, except a small area in 

northeast Afghanistan which was controlled by the Northern Alliance. As the rest 

of Afghanistan slipped under the veil of religious fanatics, the Northern Alliance 

held out against the forces of the Taliban.

The Taliban, feeling their remote nation was protected thoroughly by 

geography, outwardly supported a number of Islamic fundamentalist terror 

groups including al-Qaeda. Many in the al-Qaeda group used Afghanistan as 

a safe harbor or training ground; its leader Osama bin Laden, like the leaders of 

the Taliban, thought Afghanistan was an area safe from retaliation by Western 

nations. In 1998, the United States launched missiles in an attempt to destroy 

al-Qaeda elements in Afghanistan. The failure of this effort reinforced the beliefs 

of both the Taliban and al-Qaeda that the country was too remote to suffer an 

American attack. 

However, the attack by al-Qaeda on 11 September 2001, demanded swift 

and decisive action by the United States. Within days, plans began to take shape. 

With an emphasis on using airpower and Special Forces units, the United States 

would support the Northern Alliance and destroy the Taliban and al-Qaeda forces 

in Afghanistan. 

On 10 October 2001, the 5th Special Forces Group deployed to a staging area 

not far from Afghanistan. There they united with other Army Special Operations 

Forces units to create “Task Force Dagger.” The units which worked with the 

View from door gunner’s position of CH-47 Chinook helicopter.

11
5th Special Forces Group were elements of the 528th Special Operations Support 

Battalion, 160th Special Operations Aviation Regiment (SOAR), 4th Psychological 

Operations Group, and the 96th Civil Affairs Battalion. In addition, the Air Force 

provided the 16th Special Operations Wing (SOW), 9th Special Operation Squadron, 

and special tactical squadron teams from the 23rd STS. The 1st Battalion, 87th

Infantry, 10th Mountain Division provided security for the base at Karshi Kanadad. 

(Surrogate Warfare: The Role of US Army Special Forces, Isaac Peltier, CGSC)

On 20 October the first two Special Forces teams were inserted into 

Afghanistan. Within hours the two teams started directing air strikes on Taliban 

positions. The Special Forces teams quickly realized that if they split the teams 

into sub-teams, they would cover a larger area and could track the Northern 

Alliance’s movements with greater accuracy. (Peltier) 

By 5 November, the Northern Alliance began their final offensive on Mazar-e 

Sharif, a critical city in northern Afghanistan. More Special Forces teams joined 

the action, directing air strikes against the Taliban positions. Though foreign 

fighters attempted to stiffen the Taliban’s resistance, the Northern Alliance, with a 

combination of charging horses, infantry, troops mounted in trucks and supported 

by devastating precision bombing, routed them quickly from a key defensive 

position at Tangi Gap. After the fall of Tangi Gap the Taliban collapsed and on 10 

November 2001, the Northern Alliance marched into the city of Mazar-e Sharif. 

(Peltier)

1SG M. Robinson was serving as the First Sergeant for the Cincinnati 

Recruiting Company on 11 September 2001. In the story that follows, he recalls 

that tragic day and explains how the events of the day and the Global War on 

Terrorism affected his troops and the community.

1SG M. Robinson

Recruiting Company First Sergeant

Cincinnati Recruiting Company, 09/11/2001

The responsibilities and duties of a first sergeant are of high stature and 

one of the toughest jobs in the US Army. I was assigned on Feb. 20, 2001, as first 

sergeant of the Cincinnati Recruiting Company. 

The morning of 11 Sep 01, started just like the previous days as a first 

sergeant in Cincinnati Recruiting Company. After sending the morning status 

report to the battalion S1, I proceeded to my office around 0800 and found my 

company commander already at his desk preparing an award for a Soldier. We 

began to talk about how the company would finish the month and the possibilities 

of being number one in the battalion. After updating the commander for about an 

hour we began our daily duties of talking to station commanders, recruiters and 

the battalion leadership team. My secretary always had her radio playing while 

completing the morning reports. She suddenly ran into my office and turned on 

12
the television to CNN as they broadcast the coverage of a plane crashing into the 

World Trade Center. I remember sitting there saying to myself “this cannot be 

happening”. The Commander and I watched in disbelief without saying anything 

to each other. We both were thinking it was just a very bad accident and the pilot 

was just off course. It wasn’t until we watched the second plane hit the second 

tower that we realized the country was under attack. The phones began to ring 

from recruiters, mothers, fathers, and spouses, all wanting answers that I could 

not give. I received my orders from battalion to secure all recruiting stations, 

government vehicles and property. The Commander and I released the company 

to go home and ensure their families were safe and remain there until we contacted 

them. The next two days were full of questions and concerns from my recruiters 

and new enlistees waiting to know if and when will they ship to basic training. 

All planes and buses were grounded, so the only answer I could give them was 

“stand by and stay ready”. For the first time as the company first sergeant, I did 

not have the answer. I never realized just how much the company looked to me 

for answers. For the next eight days, the recruiting company remained shut down. 

We conducted accountability formations each morning and ensured all recruiters 

were taking the necessary precautions for themselves and their families. The 

station commanders ensured all recruiting stations and government vehicles were 

secured and checked for any suspicious activity around the recruiting stations. 

The Commander and I contacted all parents of the new enlistees to keep them 

motivated about shipping to basic training. 

After days of watching CNN, listening to the radio, and waiting, President 

Bush instructed the country to go back to work, to include the recruiting command. 

With rumors of war, and combat on every channel, the phone calls from concerned 

parents and new enlistees poured in. Many wanted their son or daughter released 

from the Delayed Entry Program. Some parents wanted a guarantee their son or 

daughter would not go to combat. I knew my recruiters were getting frustrated with 

the same questions and did not know how to answer all the calls. I then brought all 

recruiters to my office and conducted training on how to address questions about the 

war, combat and setting the example in the community. For the next three months we 

lost approximately five of the new enlistees per month. They changed their minds, 

or their parents changed their minds for them, about shipping to basic training. As 

we approached 1 Mar 02 and troops began deploying, television coverage was 

very positive about being a Soldier. People began coming to the recruiting stations 

wanting to enlist. Many applicants were too old to enlist and veterans from previous 

wars wanted to get back in and serve their country. Production began to improve 

and the company regained its momentum toward mission box. Many of the enlistees 

that initially feared shipping to basic training came back and eventually shipped. 

Parents and community members routinely would stop by the recruiting stations 

and drop off donations and care packages for us to send to the deployed troops. 

People in the community began embracing the recruiters as our fellow Soldiers 

began to deploy for combat. 

13
After months of rebuilding the company posture and getting back to solid 

recruiting, many of the recruiters were hearing about friends dying in combat and 

felt they needed to be back with their old units. Many of the infantry and field 

artillery Soldiers in the company wanted to deploy and get to do their primary 

MOS. Morale began to drop during the initial months of combat. Soldiers wanted 

to watch television and track the war during the day instead of recruiting. By 1 Jun 

02, we had a 40% turnover rate of Soldiers in the company. This brought new and 

highly motivated recruiters but they all needed training fast to get the company 

back to the top. The monthly mission began to increase by fifteen contracts; a 

contract amount the company had never achieved. The Commanding General 

of the Recruiting Command sent a personal letter to each company leadership 

team emphasizing the importance of mission achievement. We were depleting 

the Delayed Entry pool and Soldiers were needed in combat now. I instructed 

the station commanders to call all new enlistees and inform them their ship date 

was moved up for basic training. Many of the future Soldiers were more than 

happy but some refused to go. I had parents curse and swear at me saying we 

were killing kids for oil and power. I often tried to explain that we were Soldiers 

defending freedom, but I often got hung up on or the door slammed in my face. 

The recruiters were facing this daily but maintained a positive attitude and just 

said thanks for your time sir or madam. 

A few months passed as the war continued and the company achieved the 

recruiting quota for Fiscal Year 2002. Cincinnati Recruiting Company finished 

the year number one in the battalion and number three out of 42 companies in the 

brigade. We also finished as the Most Improved Company in the brigade. We 

began seeing troops come back from basic training and going straight to Iraq or a 

unit getting ready to deploy. All were highly motivated and ready to serve their 

nation. The recruiters took them back to their local high schools in uniform and 

they were a big asset to us for high school seniors trying to decide about enlisting. 

They showed other prospects they could make it and that they were fully trained 

and ready for combat.

Although my time as the First Sergeant of Cincinnati Recruiting Company 

brought many challenges others in the past had never faced, I would never trade it. 

The events of 11 September brought my recruiters, my company and our nation 

together. I enlisted six Soldiers into the Army who deployed to Operation Iraqi 

Freedom but did not return alive. One Soldier is still missing, Specialist Matt 

Maupin, and many returned injured. Not only was I their first sergeant, I became a 

part of their family. It is extremely painful to live in the civilian community daily 

with the family of a Soldier lost in combat. The Soldiers of Cincinnati Recruiting 

Company remain very close today. Many remain in contact with those deployed 

and their families. Being a first sergeant was the most challenging and most 

rewarding position I ever held. 

14
Coordinating efforts of Special Forces with the Joint Logistics Command 

became a major concern for the success of the effort. SGM T. O’Neal played a 

major role in uniting the efforts of the Special Forces Forward Operating and 

Joint Logistics Command to feed and equip the troops.

SGM T. O’Neal

“BRIDGING THE SUPPORT GAP”

July 2002-November 2002

 

 After receipt of the warning order, LTC Bird and I deployed within 72 

hours of notification. Apparently, there was an immediate need on the ground for 

our subject matter expertise, because things were not going as planned. Upon 

arrival, we were well- received, and immediately, we were given an update on 

what was happening in theater. We discovered a Special Forces Forward Operating 

Base was within two hundred and fifty feet of the Joint Logistics Command (JLC), 

and neither knew the other existed. 

As quickly as possible, I prepared a brief to the JLC commander. I explained 

the uniqueness of special operations and how their needs are immediate, and not 

a Priority 15 designator when ordering through normal supply channels. Once 

the overview was completed, I was able to get to work for the JLC by identifying 

all of the US Army Special Operations Command (USASOC) forces that were in 

theater, as well as their locations. This was a painstaking task, because not only 

did I have to locate them, I also had to build the point of contact for each location 

and begin to work on their many issues. By the time I was able to consolidate 

the USASOC forces in theater, I was dealing with 3x Forward Operating Bases, 

9x Operational Detachment Bravos, 44x Operational Detachment Alphas, a Joint 

Civil Military Operations Task Force, 2x Civil Military Operations Centers, 21x 

Civil Humanitarian Liaison Centers, a Tactical Psychological Detachment, 8x 

Tactical Psychological Teams and Task Force 11. Overall, I had approximately 

2,500 USASOC Soldiers in theater, all of whom had their own unique missions 

and different issues. The Joint Logistics Command finally saw the light.

After all of our thorough research for the JLC, we concluded that it was 

imperative that we bring all the key leaders to the JLC for a Special Operations 

Forces (SOF) Summit to introduction what the JLC could do for them. This was 

really “bridging the support gap” between SOF and conventional forces; and the 

Summit worked like a charm. After a few months of hard work, the long hours 

paid off. As a SOF liaison to the JLC, I was able to redeploy knowing that the 

relationship between Conventional and SOF had just reached a new level and I 

was a part of it.

15
1SG W. Finch underwent two major changes prior to deployment in 

Afghanistan. He received a change in area of operations and then a change from 

dismounted to a mounted Special Forces unit. To meet these changes, he had to 

overcome a number of obstacles and train himself as well as his men.

1SG W. Finch

“Change in Area of Operations”

SFODA 341, 2nd Battalion, 3rd SFG, Afghanistan, 07/2001

On 10 June 2001, I was assigned to A/2/3rd SFGA, as Team Sergeant on Special 

Forces Detachment, (SFODA 341). The Company Sergeant Major informed me 

that my detachment’s primary mission was reconnaissance and alternate direct 

action. He further stated that all of the original members of ODA-341 had been 

reassigned to Group Headquarters. The Sergeant Major said, “Walt, your team 

members would be arriving in a couple of weeks, after their graduation from the 

Special Forces Qualification Course”. 

 This, however, was not what I was expecting. Normally, a Special 

Forces Detachment is well established with standard operating procedures and 

experienced NCOs. After a few weeks, my detachment members began to arrive. 

I met the Detachment Commander first; he was a West Point graduate, Ranger, 

and infantry officer with the 10th Mountain Division, prior to graduating from 

Special Forces Qualifications Course. I had a good feeling about this Captain; he 

seemed both knowledgeable and capable. Next, I met with all my NCOs. Many 

had combat experience and infantry backgrounds; one had served as a Marine. 

There were positive things about having newly graduated detachment membersthese NCOs were younger, physically fit, and eager to learn. They hadn’t yet been 

exposed to undesirable qualities a few Special Forces NCOs acquire within a few 

years on the SFODA.

 Just when I thought things couldn’t get any more challenging, the captain 

and I were called in for a meeting with the company’s leadership. They informed 

us that four ground mobility vehicles were scheduled to arrive in two weeks. 

Our detachment was to change from a dismounted detachment to a mounted 

detachment. Mounted! This was something I had absolutely no knowledge about. 

Primarily, the Team Sergeant in Special Forces is the senior NCO of the Special 

Forces Operational Detachment Alpha for all administrative, operational, and 

training requirements of the detachment in both peacetime and war; he supervises 

all aspects of mission preparation (isolation) and execution.

 He must be an expert “in Army Special Operation Forces, capable 

of planning and executing conventional and unconventional combat operations 

across the spectrum of conflict in support of theatre level objectives in a unilateral, 

joint, interagency, multi-national, combined, or coalition environment.” 

 The 5th Special Forces Group, Airborne, (5th SFG), had conducted 

combat operations in Iraq and Somalia. They were leading the way in mounted 

16
vehicular operations within the Special Forces community. We contacted the 5th

SFGA, G-3, scrounging for SOPs, manuals, or anything else they had, so we 

could learn quickly about mounted operations. Shortly thereafter, we received 

electronic copies of detachment standard operating procedures, vehicle setup, 

information on various weapon mounts and systems utilized with the government 

mounted vehicles (GMVs). 

 Finally, the day arrived when we signed for 4 GMVs, BII, weapon 

mounts, and heavy weapons. We were officially a mounted detachment and eager 

to become technically and tactical proficient. I created a robust six-week training 

schedule. As much as possible, we went to the firing ranges and practiced firing, 

soon becoming proficient in a whole array of heavy weapon systems. Large open 

areas with sand were hard to find and coordinate for on Fort Bragg, so we used 

the drop zones. Day and night, the detachment practiced vehicle movement, 

immediate action drills, and establishment of lager sites in accordance with our 

SOP. The detachment continued to train on dismounted Mission Essential Task 

as well--conducting live fires, land navigation, cross training, and numerous other 

critical tasks. 

 In May 2001, my detachment received a great opportunity to deploy 

in support of Operation Desert Springs, in Kuwait. Although the mission was 

normally conducted by the 5th SFGA, the 3rd SFGA was increasingly requested to 

assist and provide operational assistance. This would be the first operation in the 

Middle East for me and all but a few troops in my detachment.

 To be sure, the detachment was mission capable within four months of 

our arrival. We learned much from the 5th SFGA members operating in Kuwait 

and conducted hours of immediate action drills, desert operations, night vision 

training, GPS training, and dismounted strategic reconnaissance. We ended our 

training with an unsupported 1036 mile, five-day unsupported desert vehicle 

movement. After we returned from desert training, September 11th occurred. 

On 12 March 2002, most elements of the 3rd SFGA deployed to Afghanistan. 

The 2nd battalion went to Kandahar and began to deploy detachments throughout 

our area of responsibility. Along with my detachment, two others were sent to 

establish Special Forces Operational Base near a remote village located a few miles 

from the Pakistani border. We arrived on two heavily armed CH47 helicopters. 

We established a perimeter and performed the usual SOP criteria. Once we were 

satisfied with the infiltration, we moved into our new, two-room home. There 

were four walls approximately 16 meters high made of mud and straw. 

 After a few days of conducting foot patrols and inter-security, CH47s began bringing in our GMVs. This was an exciting moment, because the 

detachments could now start conducting mounted operations, thus enabling 

everyone to become familiar with the outside surroundings. Three detachments 

decided that two would conduct operations while one remained at the base for 

communication support and Quick Reaction Force. Our company commander 

announced our first mission: two detachments would establish a blocking position 

17
approximately fifteen miles east of our base. About 1830, the detachments 

prepared to move out. At the same time we were scheduled to receive our 

initial re-supply airdrop. We heard the C-130 approaching, and members of the 

base detachment approached the drop zone ready to make the recovery. As the 

parachutes began to flutter downward, they did not open. Everything plummeted 

downward to the ground and burned in (crashed and shattered). Immediately, I 

got on the radio and relayed to the company commander what had just happened. 

His instructions were to continue the mission and establish the blocking position 

as planned. We moved out with some unhappy detachment members. After 

enduring a long uneventful night at the blocking position, we returned to the base 

the next morning—only to find the tuff boxes busted. Personal items, equipment, 

all destroyed, and motivation was at an all time low at this point. In time we 

managed to recover and continued to conduct combat operations in the remote 

rugged terrain of Afghanistan. 

 For the next several months we conducted numerous mounted and 

dismounted combat operations, never making any significant enemy contact. We 

gave the enemy plenty of opportunities to make contact with us. We traveled 

through areas where the GMVs could barely travel through: there were mountain 

passes so high that if we did make contact, the weapons would not be able to 

elevate high enough to engage the enemy. Morale would from time to time drop 

when contact could not be made with the enemy. I told the members of my 

detachment that if this occurred, then “so be it;” however, my mission was to get 

everyone back home safely and “in one piece,” and that’s what I did. 

Task Force Rakkasan was part of Operation Anaconda, an attempt to 

prevent Taliban and al-Qaeda forces from crossing over the border into Pakistan. 

1SG P. McGuire recalls the efforts made by his Company, with 3-101st Aviation 

Regiment to assist the troops on the ground by flying over 6,000 hours in combat 

support missions.

1SG P. McGuire

Task Force Rakkasan

3-101st, Aviation Regiment 03/02-08/02 

 

Task Force Rakkasan consisted of the 187th Infantry Regiment, and the 3rd

Brigade Combat Team from Ft. Campbell. The task force deployed in several 

phases. Task Force Rakkasan was part of Joint Task Force Mountain commanded 

by MG Hagenbeck. Joint Task Force (JTF) Mountain consisted of the 10th

Mountain, 101st Airborne Div (AASLT), Special Operation Forces (SOF), and 

Coalition Forces set-up several staging bases in Pakistan and Uzbekistan to allow 

Special Forces to launch attacks against Taliban and al Qaeda forces. The Special 

Forces quickly gained several strategic strongholds within Afghanistan with the 

18
assistance with local Afghan Northern Alliance defiant to the Taliban. A Marine 

Expeditionary Force (MEF) secured the Kandahar airfield. JTF Mountain started 

moving into Afghanistan. Alpha Company, 3-101st Aviation Regt, consisting 

of eight AH-64A Apaches and a maintenance support team from our Company, 

3-101st Aviation Regt, deployed on 19 January 2002. This Company was part 

of the air combat power attached to TF Falcon. Rounding out TF Falcon was 

the headquarters of 101st Avn Regt, CH-47 Chinooks, UH-60 Blackhawks 

specializing in Command and Control, Medevac, and Air Assault capabilities. 

As TF Rakkasan relieved the Marine Expeditionary Force in Kandahar, C-17s 

carrying the air combat power of TF Falcon started landing at Kandahar. The base 

was hit hard during the SOF phase, driving the Taliban and al Qaeda forces from 

Kandahar. Task Force Rakkasan literally scratched out a Forward Operating Base 

(FOB) from nothing. The first major operation since JTF Mountain occupied 

Afghanistan was about to begin. 

Intelligence and reconnaissance showed that al-Qaeda forces were beginning 

to crossover from the Pakistan border. They were well dug into the maze of tunnels 

situated throughout the mountains of eastern Afghanistan. Operation Anaconda 

began on 1 March 2002, with the infiltration of SOF into Shah-i-Kot valley in 

Eastern Afghanistan. The operation was to conduct military operations against 

al Qaeda and Taliban, and eliminate their last known stronghold in Afghanistan. 

On 2 March, elements of JTF Mountain took off from Bagram Airbase. As the 

Soldiers were inserted into key points of the battlefield, they immediately took fire 

from enemy positions situated high above in the intricate cave systems throughout 

Afghanistan’s mountain ranges. It was difficult to pinpoint enemy positions 

raining down mortars, Rocket Propelled Grenades (RPGs), and heavy small arms 

fire. Every JTF Soldiers would tell you, that if it wasn’t for the AC-130 gunships and AH-64A Apache Helicopters, the enemy would have inflicted severe 

casualties on the US and Coalition Forces. Six AH-64As went into the battle, 

and two Apaches remained in Kandahar for QRF. The A Co pilots encountered 

and engaged in some of the fiercest fighting. Within the first hour, two of the 

Apaches had sustained severe damage to their weapons systems that rendered 

them virtually non mission capable (NMC). The pilots of the NMC aircraft 

continued to fly through the valley in front of the other Apaches and drew the 

fire of the enemy. Their brave tenacity enabled the other Apaches to acquire 

the enemy targets, and eliminate them. The Apaches continued to fly mission 

after mission to support the ground troops. They would remain on station for as 

long as possible, expend their ordnance, fly to the Forward Arming Refuel Point 

(FARP), rearm, refuel, an return to the fight. Each aircraft sustained airframe or 

weapons systems damage. At the end of the day, two Apaches that received the 

most damage were used for parts to repair the other Apaches. There were still 

four Apaches in the fight. One of the Apaches at Kandahar was immediately 

sent up to Bagram to reinforce the fleet. The aircraft were battered, but quick 

and decisive Battle Damage Assessment Repair (BDAR) procedures repaired the 

19
other four Apaches. Operation Anaconda was officially over on 18 March 2002, 

but fighting ended on 4 March 2002. 

As a result of the fierce fighting, and the impact of the Apaches on the battlefield, 

the remaining elements of 3-101st Avn Regt received orders to deploy on 4 March 

2002, as part of TF Rakkasan. To move the rest of an Attack Helicopter battalion, 

and all its assets would require serious joint cooperation. In 27 hours, the first 

C-17 took off from Ft. Campbell with 2 AH-64As, and 2 pallets of rockets and 

ammunition. In the next three days, 12 additional C-17s, and 3 C-5s loaded the 

assets of the 3-101st Attack Battalion bound for Kandahar, Afghanistan. Stops were 

made in Frankfurt, Germany for refuel, and then onto Kandahar. On 7 March 2002, 

the first C-17 landed in Afghanistan. Every C-17 was unloaded within 45 minutes, 

and every Apache was reassembled within 4 hours. As two Apaches prepared to 

complete their maintenance operational checks, another C-17 landed with two more 

Apaches and equipment to download. The maintenance support from TF Falcon 

can never be measured or quantified. Maintainers worked for 18 hours, collapsed 

in their beds and were back up in 4 hours to continue reassembling. As a set of 

Apaches were assembled, they were sent forward to Bagram to strengthen the air 

combat power. Operation Anaconda continued. On 14 March 2002, the last assets 

of 3-101st Aviation Regt closed on Kandahar airbase. 

As 3-101st Avn Regt settled into operations at Kandahar, our new CSM 

arrived 14 March 2002. I resumed my duties as the maintenance company 1SG. 

The Apache forever proved that it was a formidable weapon system. During 

this phase of OEF, most of the fighting was taking place in the eastern mountain 

ranges bordering Afghanistan and Pakistan. Split-base operations (SBO) were 

necessary to quickly and decisively engage the enemy. The battalion would cycle 

out 10 Apaches a month at a time. As the D Co 1SG, I would rotate maintenance 

and armament personnel to service and maintain these aircraft. The weather was 

much harsher in Bagram. The elevation at Kandahar was around 3,300 feet, but 

the elevation at Bagram was over 6,000 feet high. Winds would routinely reach 

50 mph. Several times, our FARP personnel would receive small arms fire in 

the Khowst and Gardez eastern regions. 3-101st Aviation Regt participated in 16 

operations and flew over 6,000 aircraft hours during OEF from 20 January to 22 

August 2002. 

20
Anti-Taliban fighter Afghanistan

During the early months of 2002, SGM M. Bryant and Special Forces 

Operational Detachment Alpha 361 worked with Afghan Militia Forces in Paktika 

Province, Afghanistan. His story tells how the units were organized, trained, and 

supplied to create an effective fighting force. This story also describes the Afghan 

Militiaman as a formidable Soldier with knowledge of both the terrain and the 

enemy. It describes the militiaman as a fighter with led the effort to destroy the 

Taliban. 

SGM M. Bryant

“Afghan Militia Forces”

ODA 361, 2nd Battalion, 3rd SFG (Airborne), March-October 2002

The nucleus of Special Forces is the twelve-man team known as the 

Operational Detachment Alpha (ODA). These are some of the techniques used 

by one ODA during Operation Enduring Freedom working with a local Afghan 

Militia Forces (AMF). 

In March 2002, we received orders to move into Paktica Province, 

Afghanistan. There we would work with the Afghan Militia. Upon our arrival, we 

conducted a joint mission with another Third Group ODA and the majority of the 

militia force we inherited. This gave us an opportunity to evaluate the AMF and 

21
how they interacted with US forces. A local warlord supplied us with the Afghan 

Militia. The warlord, Zakeem Kahn is a former truck-driver turned minor thug 

and murderer who recruited local gunmen into his private army before the US 

intervention in Afghanistan. Monthly payments to the warlord guaranteed Special 

Forces the use of his militia. Four different tribes composed this Afghan Militia 

Force.

To help establish a working relationship with the militia force based on 

mutual trust and respect, some ground rules were initially established. First, 

ODA members were not allowed to use derogatory terms when referring to the 

Afghan Militia Forces. Using profanity or shouting at the militiamen could get 

you a one-way ticket back to Bagram. Most members of the militiamen did 

not speak English, but they did understand when you were talking about them 

in a derogatory manner. The rule was that you manhandled a militiaman only 

when it was necessary. Second, ODA members would pay the correct amount 

for services and goods. Not paying enough is the same as robbery and leads to 

ill will among the civilian population. Also, it establishes a dangerous example 

for your indigenous forces. The guns and troops present an intimidating image to 

local people, keep this in mind. No ODA member is to accept gifts. Accepting a 

valuable gift only sets up the expectation that you now owe the gift giver a favor. 

If you maintain the moral high ground when dealing with all aspects of daily 

1st Battalion, Afghan National Army

living, your local forces can never fall back on the excuse that their lack of selfdiscipline is okay because the Americans do the same thing. 

Theoretically, the militia consisted of three one hundred man companies; 

Alpha, Bravo, and Charlie. Companies consisted of five squads each with ten 

men. However, the squads were not always even in number because the tribal 

divisions among the Afghans precluded mixing different tribes within one squad. 

Some squads might have eight members and the next twelve. The three companies 

were each led by two Special Forces Soldiers. The senior Special Forces Soldier 

22
acted as the Company Commander and the junior Solider his Assistant Company 

Commander. This maintained continuity within the Militia Company if one of the 

Special Forces Soldiers became injured or died. 

The two company commanders were the primary trainers for their companies. 

The first order of business was to develop standard operating procedures (SOPs) 

across all three companies. Rifle marksmanship, individual movement techniques 

(IMT), cordon, and search were some of the subjects taught. The majority of the 

Afghans were quick learners. Some classes, such as the individual movement 

class required overcoming cultural barriers. The Afghans felt it was unmanly to 

get on the ground and seek cover or concealment. To them, a brave man charged 

the enemy directly and did not hide or try to conceal himself. In addition, creating 

training facilities such as ranges, shoot houses, demolition areas was a group effort 

involving the entire ODA. Other members of the detachment routinely augmented 

the two primary company commanders as trainers. The majority of the training 

was hands on tasks and battle drills reinforced through continual rehearsals. 

Battlefield recovery constituted the primary means for arming militiamen in 

Orgun-E. Any usable arms and ammunition recovered during combat operations 

became the property of the militiamen and distributed based on need. The 

primary weapons systems used for individuals were the AK47, PKM, and RPG. 

The militiamen used a variety of other weapons but the goal was to standardize 

weapons systems throughout the militia. Special Forces Teams in the same part of 

the country would share resources. A team needing a particular type of weapon or 

ammunition sent a message stating their requirement traffic sent out to all other 

teams in the battalion. The team with the ammunition or weapon would send it to 

the specified camp via re-supply aircraft. The ODA acquired heavy machineguns, 

recoilless rifles, mortars, and rocket launchers for base defense and to mount them 

on militia vehicles. 

Communications equipment consisted of civilian radios, over-the-counter 

models purchased on the civilian economy. These radios were not secure, and 

brevity codes developed by the Afghans proved useful. Cell phones solved the 

long distance communications problem among the militia, but this, too, was a 

non-secure method of communication. 

Other government organizations provided uniforms, footwear, canteens, 

ammunition pouches, and other items to some militia units. Other units purchased 

their equipment on the local economy or had distinctive uniforms made. To enable 

Special Forces advisors to keep track of the different companies when on multiple 

company operations, a simple system of colored armbands was implemented. 

Supplying the Afghan Militia Forces with billeting proved to be more of a 

challenge. Three militia company areas were set aside as part of our base-camp 

construction. We now had to come up with shelter for the militiamen. Initially 

large cargo parachutes served as tents, these were fine as long as it did not rain. 

Slowly proper tents purchased from Pakistan replaced the parachute tents. The 

tents were waterproof and quite sturdy. The tents were large enough that a squad 

23
size element could occupy a single tent. The foundations for permanent militia 

barracks were in place before the disbanding of the Afghan Militia Force. Today, 

the Afghan National Army uses the barracks building started for the militia. 

The payment of the militia at first glance appears to be a straightforward 

proposition. Yet, when a member of the militia could not make it to work on a 

given day a relative or friend would step in and take his place. To make this more 

complicated we were provided with a roster which gave a name matched to a 

weapon’s serial number. An individual could arrive on payday and claim to be 

fighter “x” with the proper weapon in hand, some hours later another fighter “x” 

would arrive with the same weapon wanting to be paid. The Afghans seemed to 

take some perverse joy in these situations. The development of a standardized 

pay system was put in place by the second payday. With digital cameras, the 

identification issue largely disappeared. A pay book, broken down by company, 

containing a photo of every militiaman, his name, weapon type, weapon serial 

number came into being. On payday the company was formed and individuals 

were called forward to the pay table. The militiaman received his pay after 

having his identity verified first by the paymaster (SF), then by the two company 

leaders (SF), and last by the indigenous company commander. The Afghans still 

had a trick up their sleeve. One of the tribes detained six members of the militia 

knowing we would not initially recognize every member of the force and then 

substituted six of their tribe in place of the detainees. These replacement troops 

answered to the names of the detained militiamen and had their weapons. It took 

several months to sort out this deception.

The pay scale for the militia was $100 a month for a fighter and $200 a month 

for a leadership position. The payment to warlord, Zakeem Kahn was $20,000 per 

month. All payments were in US dollars. The goal was to pay once a month at the 

end of each month. It was not always possible to pay the militiamen on time. The 

source of the money was at Kandahar or Bagram. Normally the money was flown 

out to the camp. At times, we had to send someone into Bagram or Kandahar to 

sign for the money and fly it out. Having the source of payment outside of military 

control would prove to be a fatal flaw in our operations. With one-month notice, 

the decision was made to stop paying for the militiamen. There was little regard as 

to what these militiamen would do for employment. Recommendations were sent 

forward to keep the militia together as a National Guard type unit or some how 

roll them up in the newly forming Afghan National Army. 

Supplying the militia with rations was relatively simple. The militiamen 

simply subsisted as they had always done by living off the local economy. They 

drank from wells and streams and Special Forces purchased flatbread, goats, 

rice, or whatever was available to feed the Afghan Militia Force. On several 

occasions when time was of the essence, we fed US Meals Ready to Eat (MRE) 

to the militiamen. This resulted in lots of trash and partially eaten meals littering 

the roads and troops who were still hungry. From that, we learned to feed the 

militiamen their local food whenever possible. 

24
Many different techniques exist for working with, by, and through indigenous 

forces. These are just a few examples of how one ODA during Operation Enduring 

Freedom worked to win the support and loyalty of one Afghan Militia Force. 

These indigenous forces are far less costly then conventional forces yet far more 

effective. They require very little support to maintain themselves in the field. The 

training and equipping of a large force takes place through local procurement and 

without the need of dedicated facilities. They have an intimate knowledge of the 

local geographic and the political terrain. They bring local civilian support to the 

fight after all their families and tribes occupy large portions of the areas in which 

they operate. Indigenous troops understand the culture and language with all the 

slang and nuances. They know the enemy, how he fights, how he moves, where 

his support comes from. 

Ensuring the success of the Afghan National Army became a primary 

concern for the United States and its coalition partners. Building a professional 

Afghan Army required the development of a professional training center. Special 

Forces Soldiers were particularly able to carry out this mission. SGM S. Shank 

of Operations Detachment Alpha 324 provides insight into the development of the 

Afghan National Army Military Training Center.

SGM S. Shank

“ANA Military Training Center” 

ODA 324, SFG(A), Afghanistan 04/02-10/02

I served in the Army for the past 23 years, all of which has been in Special 

Operations. After enlisting in the Army in 1983 and completing Basic Training, 

Advanced Infantry Training, Airborne school, and the Special Forces Qualification 

Course, I was assigned the 3rd Special Forces Group. Later, I was assigned to 5th

SFG, 10th SFG, Directorate of Training and Doctrine SGM in the John F. Kennedy 

Special Warfare Center and School, and Senior Instructor in Special Warfare 

Training Group (Airborne). 

Prior to our deployment in Afghanistan, our unit was given the mission 

to conduct the creation and training of the future Afghanistan National Army 

(ANA). This will allow me to cover the operational events and requirements in an 

articulated and chronological order. The NCOs in the Company were extremely 

experienced in preparing for this type of mission. The battalion assigned the 

detachment the missions of identification of the critical tasks, equipment to 

conduct team and ANA training, base camp operations, and specific assignment 

and responsibilities for the conduct of ANA training. This allowed the Operational 

Detachment Alpha’s (ODA) to conduct their mission analysis and prepare for 

those operations prior to infiltration. 

The NCOs in Special Forces are experts in Unconventional Warfare (UW) 

and Foreign Internal defense (FID) operations. My detachment had just returned 

25
from Western Africa, conducting a Joint Combined Exchange Training (JCET) 

exercise and this posed a couple of issues during our Pre-deployment activities. 

The Senior Communications and Senior Weapons NCOs completed mission 

critical recovery of communications equipment and weapons systems that usually 

takes a month or two. These systems were vital to the success of all our ANA and 

combat operations and force protection for the team.

The detachment had numerous mission essential tasks to complete prior 

to training the first ANA Battalion. My Senior Weapons NCO performed with 

precision and great effectiveness in getting the job done. He coordinated the 

site selection, mine clearing and setup, along with the security measures of the 

battalions range operations. This allowed the Detachment Commander and I 

to focus on preparing for follow-on combat operations planning, rehearsal and 

execution of newly assigned ANA Anti-armor and mortar training. The senior 

weapons NCO experience, professionalism and “get it done” attitude ensured all 

success in dealing with unexpected hurdles. He coordinated with several nations 

military units, working in the International Security Assistance Force (ISAF), to 

coordinate the de-mining efforts and building of two ranges that would support 

the weapons training of over 500 ANA troops at a time.

Basic Rifle Marksmanship was the initial training that all ANA Soldiers 

received before all else, the quick setup and commencement of this training set 

the start date and ultimately produce the first ANA battalion, as scheduled. At the 

same time of this training, I gave my Senior Communications NCO the CONOP for 

planning and executing the ANA mortar training. This NCO set another standard 

in excellence, being a mortar-man prior to becoming an SF Communications 

NCO; he had the background to accomplish this mission with no supervision. 

He immediately analyzed mission requirements and had the foresight to request 

additional equipment from caches throughout the Battalion Area of Operation. 

This request enabled the Detachment Cdr and I to establish a requirement for 

the development of a cache inventory list and coordinate it with ANA statement 

of requirements and needs list throughout the Area of Operation (AOR), giving 

us the weapons and limited ammunition to train the ANA. The detachment 

conducted numerous patrols into Khost, Gardez and Ali Kehl to inspect and pickup weapons, mortars and ammunition to support the training. 

The Senior Communications NCO proved instrumental in preparing, 

inspecting and training the detachment in Chinese and Soviet mortars prior to 

ANA training. Coordinated and directed this training that ensured the detachment 

was fully qualified and up to speed on all mortar drills, FO and plotting procedures 

and firing missions. During the course of the mortar training, this Senior NCO 

taught and trained the detachment to conduct crew drills to the Army standard 

and we were capable of employing and training the mortars for our Battalions 

base defense plan along with the ANA training. We incorporated live fire mortar 

illumination and HE missions into several ODA night combat reconnaissance 

operations in the surrounding areas of Kabul. These missions validated the unit’s 

26
base defense plan, but became the standard when the 10th Mountain Company 

arrived to provide our base defense while we trained the ANA troops. During the 

ANA training missions, the detachment conducted unilateral training in direct 

action and reconnaissance operations. 

 The team deployed to Bagram, AFB and conducted numerous types of 

combat related operations along the Afghanistan and Pakistan border and in areas 

ranging from Kabul and south of Khost. The ability and experiences that the 

team held allowed us to conducted convoy security, direct action, mounted and 

dismounted reconnaissance operations, and combat patrols with Afghanistan 

Military Forces (AMF). The capability and adaptability that Special Operations 

Forces demonstrated during the deployment allowed the unit to execute a wide 

range and type of operations. The lessons learned from this deployment have been 

essential in changing and updating all aspects of the unit deploying to Operation 

Enduring Freedom. The battalion has completed four OEF rotations since I left 

the unit and the teams have taken the lessons learned and implemented those 

changes to become an even better and more effective fighting force.

Doctrinally the team and even the entire unit executed the pre-deployment, 

deployment and ANA training within the guidelines as written, however, we found 

that to meet the quick changing missions we needed to analyze, execute and plan 

these using outside the box or doctrine philosophy. We had completed similar 

missions in other countries throughout our Special Operations careers and were 

able to adapt quickly. The concept of using doctrine as the base for a planning 

start point was still required. Mission concepts evolved to adapt to numerous 

directed, environment and commander’s intent. One example was a request 

from an Other Government Agency (OGA) to conduct an equipment recovery 

operation that was on a mountain above 11,000 feet. The team readily identified 

the altitude constraints for our infiltration and evacuation, but the additional 

requirement to work with several units along with Other Government Agency’s 

(OGA). The junior weapons NCO quickly thought of the need and potential to use 

mine detector equipment to locate and recover the highly sensitive and expensive 

equipment. He was able to learn and teach the team use of the portable mine 

and metal detector equipment in only 36 hours prior to infiltration of the team. I 

noted that the detachment worked not only within our mission focus areas but also 

able to conduct operations outside our doctrinal type missions by adapting and 

leveraging the teams prior experiences and MOS backgrounds. 

We conducted the normal required re-deployment requirements both in 

country and at home station. The battalion used common sense to ensure that all 

personnel, equipment and family homecomings were flawless. The unit re-fitted 

quickly to ensure that we maintained the ability as a combat unit to conduct any 

future missions, but also reunite the Families with the Soldiers.

In conclusion the hard work, professionalism and dedication to mission 

accomplishment of all my NCOs ensured our success during all aspects of the 

training and eventual combat employment of the ANA troops and follow-on 

27
unilateral combat operations. The ability to adapt to the changing aspects of the 

battlefield during all phases of the missions and using out of the box thinking 

and planning in tactics and doctrine ensured our mission accomplishment. The 

NCOs of 1st Battalion, 3rd Special Forces Group (A) conducted themselves in 

the finest traditions of the Noncommissioned Officer. Their proactive nature and 

dependability allowed the Detachment Commander and Detachment Operations 

Sergeant to focus on the operational areas of all our missions and continue to 

prepare the team for future combat operations. 

The 725th Main Support Battalion’s mission in Afghanistan often changed. 

In October 2004, the Army and Marine Corps launched Operation Thunder 

Freedom. MSG Lamont Hall found himself at Forward Operating Base Salerno, 

near the Pakistani border, with a mission to establish water and fuel operations for 

nineteen units consisting of 2,500 Soldiers and Marines. 

Bagram Air Field became a major base for US Army and coalition forces 

serving in Afghanistan. During the Soviet-Afghan conflict of the late 1980’s, it 

served as a primary base for Soviet troops. The Soviets extensively mined the 

area in an effort to preclude any Afghan attack. When American and coalition 

troops arrived at the base, they found that any area—except those under a paved 

surface—remained questionable as to whether or not it contained mines. These 

dangerous conditions had to be dealt with for safety reasons. MSG C. Peterson 

and the 705th Ordnance Company assumed the role of clearing the area of mines 

and unexploded munitions.

MSG C. Peterson

Baptism by Fire

705th Ordnance Company, Afghanistan 10/02-06/03

On 9/11, I had just assumed the duties of First Sergeant for the 705th Ordnance 

Company, Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD), Fort Polk, Louisiana. I was 

attending a Quarterly Training Brief in San Antonio, Texas on that fateful day. 

Soon thereafter, we received a request for two EOD Team Leaders and three EOD 

assistants to deploy with another EOD company to Afghanistan.

For reasons never disclosed, my troops stood down and never deployed with 

the first wave of forces. As the fog of war settled, the planners took a deep breath 

and developed a phased deployment schedule for necessary follow-on EOD 

forces. Battalion informed us that we would deploy as a part of the third rotation 

to Bagram, Afghanistan—in support of Combined Joint Task Force (CJTF-180). 

This timeline provided us with a full year to prepare for deployment. The benefits 

of time allowed us to enjoy the full gamut of pre-deployment training opportunities 

which included both a National Training Center rotation with the 2nd ACR out 

of Fort Polk, Louisana, a two-week, theater-specific, technical-skills train-up 

conducted by the Explosive Ordnance Disposal Training Department at Redstone 

28
Arsenal, Alabama and a home-station ARTEP conducted by our Battalion (which 

had just redeployed from the Afghanistan theater). Together, the technical-skills 

training and the ARTEP provided my troops with first-hand knowledge from their 

peers who had deployed to Afghanistan as a part of the initial forces. Above all 

else, I felt this firsthand theater knowledge yielded the greatest return on training 

for my company.

At the time of deployment, the organizational structure authorized my unit 23 

personnel. In the end, we deployed with 15 Soldiers. Besides me, the company 

consisted of my commander, a captain, two SFCs (one served as Operations NCO 

and the other as the Response Section NCO, which is equivalent to a Platoon 

Sergeant), three EOD Team Leaders, four EOD Sergeants, an EOD Specialist, a 

Supply Sergeant, a Light Wheeled Vehicle Mechanic, and a Human Resources 

Sergeant. The 46th Engineer Battalion attached the Wheeled Vehicle Mechanic 

and Human Resources Sergeant to us for deployment. Out of 15 personnel, there 

were two Specialists; the remainder NCOs and of course the commander. The 

company’s greatest strength was the experience that all the NCOs brought to the 

fight. Almost everyone had prior deployment experience, and my EOD Team 

Leaders had at least three years of experience each. Over the course of eight 

months, we were able to complete the deployment without injuries or casualties—

due in a large part to our maturity as a whole, and God’s good grace.

The theater itself posed some unique challenges not encountered by EOD forces 

since the Vietnam War. Specifically, we learned most operations would be conducted 

dismounted at extreme elevations of up to 11,000 feet. Prior to 9/11, EOD forces 

had trained and equipped to reach their objectives by vehicle. Because both antitank 

and antipersonnel landmines littered the landscape of Afghanistan, travel by ground 

vehicles became very dangerous; therefore, most target infiltrations occurred by 

helicopter. In the dismount, you could only carry so much, so my teams had to learn 

to balance life-sustaining items with specialized tools and equipment carried to meet 

mission objectives. After packing food, water, clothing, reconnaissance equipment 

and explosives, each EOD Soldier’s pack weighed in excess of 80 pounds. Coming 

from below sea level at Fort Polk, my Soldiers and I knew, we would have little or 

no chance to acclimate to the extreme elevation challenges that lay ahead in theater. 

The one thing we could do we did; we road-marched with heavier packs to improve 

muscular endurance. However, none of this knowledge and training completely 

prepared my Soldiers for Afghanistan’s demanding environment. The terrain was so 

austere that the helicopters could not land at times to offload. Chinook helicopters 

would hover with the rear door down, and the troops jumped out onto the sides of 

mountains near their objectives. 

Most of the primary objectives during mountain operations encompassed 

the discovery of enemy caches hidden within the thousands of caves dotting the 

countryside. Caves containing numerous, different munitions exceeding 10,000 

pounds of net explosive weight were common. This, in turn, led to another 

challenge: there were limited explosives in theater, and the teams could carry only 

29
so much. Because of this, then, creative demolitions became the norm. Prior to 

deployment, we developed challenging training scenarios to exercise large-scale 

demolition operations with limited quantities of explosives to develop creativethinking skills in our EOD Team Leaders.

Another challenge for EOD forces in theater revolved around long-range 

tactical communications. EOD Companies operated in both centralized and 

decentralized modes in Afghanistan. In our case, our Battalion co-located with 

us on Bagram Airbase, but our sister EOD Company set up shop in Kandahar. 

Each company provided one EOD team for base support and one EOD team for 

the Quick Reaction Force (QRF); all remaining teams either provided support to 

Forward Operating Bases (FOB) or remained in reserve for special missions. In 

essence, the teams supporting the FOBs operated in the decentralized mode. About 

every three weeks, we rotated teams among Base Support, QRF, and FOB support 

to provide equal levels of stress and rest. My company owned no long-range, 

secure tactical communications equipment, so Battalion gave us secure Iridium 

Satellite Phones to communicate with the teams supporting the outlying FOBs. 

Occasionally, teams passed information back from the FOBs via the SIPRNET 

when available. More often than not, the phones did not work. When they did, 

the reception was terrible. 

Prior to deployment, we had a good idea of what to expect during our rotation, 

including the challenges we would face and the EOD-specific tactics, techniques, 

and procedures currently used in theater. Unfortunately, we did not get an 

opportunity to conduct a Leader’s Recon, and we could not send an advanced 

party. This created a lot of uncertainty and anxiety for me and for many of my 

Soldiers as well. We lacked a common operating picture and had to rely on the 

company we would replace to ensure a smooth reception and transition. 

Finally, the time came to deploy. I found it hard to believe that it took two C17 

Aircraft to deploy fifteen Soldiers and their associated MTOE, but it did. I’ll never 

forget the incredible darkness of the night when we landed. There was absolutely 

no starlight, moonlight, or artificial light to see anything. To make matters worse, 

I was completely disoriented and exhausted from the long flight. In addition, our 

reception party showed up with one HMMWV to move all our personal baggage 

and weapons to the sleeping tents. Most of us ended up carrying our bags for a 

half-mile in the pitch black. After a couple of hours of in-processing, we finally 

went to sleep around 0200. 

Sometime that afternoon, I awoke and went outside the tent to get a good look 

at my surroundings. I found myself surrounded by tan tents, sand-filled HESCO 

Barriers, cement bunkers between the tent rows, and a few cement buildings with 

a beautiful mountainous backdrop. In the distance, I heard the roar of a plane 

taking off, and I wondered if someone might be going home today. A short 

while latter, the First Sergeant from the company we would replace came by to 

discuss the Relief in Place/Transfer of Authority (RIP/TOA) process the Battalion 

developed.

30
Battalion gave us ten days to conduct the right seat, left seat rides and transfer 

the property remaining in theater. Like many units, I suspect we received a lot of 

equipment that no one in the company had ever seen or used: Polish Mine Boots 

(bags you blow into squares, place on your feet, and then go walk in a minefield), 

Talon Robots, civilian global positioning systems and laser range finders, Falcon 

View Mapping Software (for developing overlays), frequency jammers, and 

Polaris and John Deer all-terrain vehicles, to give a few examples. I wondered 

how the greatest Army on earth could let such a thing happen, it is imperative that 

we get the critical equipment in the hands of the users prior to deployment.

I walked around Bagram noticing many things that contradicted my 

preconceived ideas. For instance, no one wore personal protective equipment, and 

Soldiers ran the perimeter in physical fitness uniforms. In addition, I came across 

several permanent looking construction sites, one being an AAFES PX. To me, 

the most startling though were the tens of thousands of unexploded ordnance and 

active minefields surrounding the airbase. From these observations, I deducted 

that little enemy threat existed and that the Army planned to stay in this theater 

a long time. It also seemed that our greatest threat came from the unexploded 

ordnance. I can only recall three separate rocket attacks in eight months, and the 

closest impact was one kilometer from the air base perimeter. In contrast, at least 

four Soldiers stepped on antipersonnel landmines in Bagram. Even though the 

enemy threat remained low, explosions occurred every day from mine strikes and 

EOD clearing operations. This took a little while to get used to.

Fortunately, we occupied a hardstand building for our command post close to 

our sleeping tents. Because the showers and “mess tent” were close by, this made 

personnel and property accountability, and daily living quite easy. At last, the 

Transfer of Authority arrived, and we said our good-byes to our predecessors.

Roughly coinciding with our timeline, two other events occurred: the 

82d Airborne Division completed their transition of authority, and the airbase 

experienced an influx of coalition forces. The forces quickly outgrew the habitable 

spaces available. During this time, my unit’s main support effort included 

clearing UXO-contaminated real estate around the airbase to facilitate expansion. 

Throughout the deployment, we worked closely with RONCO (a contracted 

explosive detection dog outfit), German Mine Clearing Teams, Polish EOD, and 

US Combat Engineers in a unified effort to rid the airbase of UXO and mines. 

Our first real mission, just ten days in country, led to the establishment of our 

company motto, “Baptism by Fire”. The legs of the 82d decided to act on some 

intelligence. As always, the accuracy of the information depended on the price paid 

to a warlord trying to gain favor with the Americans, while at the same time, denying 

his rival of arms and ammunition. This mission included four separate objectives, 

each purportedly containing a vast amount of 122mm high explosive rockets. At 

the time, all suspected caches containing mines, mortars, rockets, and shoulderfired weapons became high priority targets since the enemy used these frequently to 

attack the FOBs and the two main airbases (Bagram and Kandahar). 

31
The sites involved mountains, caves, and elevations in excess of 9,000 feet. 

We task-organized by embedding two, three-man EOD Teams and my Response 

Section NCO (EOD command and control element) with two platoons of light 

infantry and two combat engineer squads from the 82d. Based on intelligence, 

mission-planners became concerned with the possibility that the cave entrances 

might be mined or booby-trapped; as a result, teams had to hump a 60-pound 

Talon Robot to the sites for use as a reconnaissance tool. We selected our fittest 

Soldiers for this mission, well aware of the physical demands involved.

The scheme of maneuver included transport by Chinook helicopters to the 

objectives where the Soldiers had to disembark and walk to the suspected sites. 

In reality, based on the drop zone and steep grade, the Soldiers crawled their way 

up the mountain to reach the objectives. While everyone else rested, my soldiers’ 

work had just begun. Cave reconnaissance, ordnance identification and inventory, 

safety calculations for blast and fragmentation hazards, and demolition operations 

required considerable physical and mental energy. The mission plan also called 

for two overnight stays at different objectives with daily re-supply by Chinook 

helicopters. In Afghanistan, the temperature was very cold at night in November 

at an elevation of 9,000 feet. Due to wind sheer, the flight crew aborted the 

first day’s re-supply; this left the Soldiers wishing they could have carried more 

water.

In the end, the mission was deemed a success. We denied the enemy future 

access to hundreds of high explosive munitions. Physically, this mission pushed 

my Soldiers to the edge of human capacity. Without benefit of acclimatization 

and an opportunity to train in theater specific conditions prior to executing 

missions, we had potentially set these soldiers up for failure. Truly, I respected 

and admired these individuals for their gut determination and heart, which carried 

the day for them. For most, it took seven to ten days to recover physically from 

the mission. The infrequency of similar missions negated any chance to get used 

to the hardships, so each time I sent my Soldiers out, they came back broken. 

Though broken, they always returned with a smile, many pictures, and stories 

about terrain-altering explosions (literally blowing the sides and tops of mountains 

away).

Unfortunately, not all detonations went as planned. During one mountain 

mission involving an enemy cache hidden in a cave, several 82d Soldiers sustained 

impact injuries from flying debris when the backside of the cave blew out the 

opposite side of the mountain. The EOD Soldiers had correctly calculated the 

fragmentation distance based on the munitions present in the cave; they had also 

located all personnel outside the fragmentation distance on the reverse slope of 

another mountain opposite the cave entrance. Still, chunk rock and debris traveled 

well outside the calculated safe distance to where the Soldiers laid against the side 

of the hill thinking they were protected. My EOD Team Leader in charge of this 

particular mission documented all aspects of the mission from start to finish in his 

incident log while on target. Ultimately, this written testimony exonerated him 

32
from any negligence during the accident investigation, and new TTPs and safe 

distance calculations were established to address the idiosyncrasies of demolition 

operations involving caves. The lesson is always use two separate Soldiers to 

calculate blast and fragmentation distances and document how you came up with 

your results. 

The Soviet Union occupied Afghanistan for 17 years and used Bagram 

Airbase as both an airfield and an open storage ammunition holding area. When 

they finally decided to pull out, they intentionally bombed the airfield and the 

open storage areas. This caused sympathetic detonations of stored munitions and 

scattered unexploded ordnance everywhere. They also left behind active minefields 

surrounding and cutting across the airbase for increased security against enemy 

infiltrations. To my knowledge, no accurate minefield data locations existed. 

Early entry forces utilized friendly local nationals’ to establish which areas might 

contain land mines. As a result, you never left the hard surface into a soft area 

unless at least two forms of mine proofing took place (e.g., mine dogs followed 

by mine detectors). 

PFC M. Smith marks mines and unexploded ordnance at Bagram Air Field.

After a Dutch F16 Fighter Plane crashed at the end of the runway, we 

discovered one minefield. Evidently, the pilot overshot the landing and ejected 

because he feared the plane might hit a mine in the soft dirt at the end of the 

runway. This resembled a classic ARTEP scenario. The plane carried its full 

combat load, and jet fuel leaked continuously because of the crash. Everyone 

on the airbase fell within range of the fragmentation from the 500-pound bombs 

and Maverick Missiles carried by this plane. For two tedious days, my Response 

33
Section NCO and another EOD Team Leader supported by two team members 

took turns probing for landmines up to and around the plane in order to render it 

safe and download the plane’s stores. If I remember correctly, two Soldiers found 

seven antipersonnel landmines around the plane. The left landing gear wheel 

stopped within inches of one of the mines. For their bravery and expertise in the 

face of danger, I recommended both Soldiers for Army Commendation Medals 

with V Device, which they ultimately received. However, getting the aircraft out 

of the minefield, well that’s a whole other story. In short, it took two Chinook 

Helicopters to sling-loaded the plane out of the minefield, saving the Dutch about 

$26 million.

Shortly after this debacle, the great expansion plan for the base took off into 

high gear. For months, we treated individual unexploded ordnance (UXO) found 

on the inner fields (spaces between the runways and crossovers) one at a time. 

The sequence of events went like this: we discovered the UXO, the EOD Team 

responded and marked the UXO, taking the grid coordinates, identifying the UXO 

and construct protective works (at least 40 sandbags interlocked in a circle around 

small munitions). The Operations NCO would then develop an Operations Order 

and overlays in order to schedule a controlled detonation of the UXO. Every 

time we did this, the airfield had to shut down for a while. Most days we had to 

reschedule the missions because Base Operations would forget to coordinate with 

the Aviation Battalion to have the Blackhawks moved out of the danger radius 

of the planned explosion. Lesson to take to heart – use your overlay and laze 

everything around you to ensure all personnel and materiel fall outside the danger 

radius of the UXO or Improvised Explosive Device; personally, I’ve always 

added an extra ten percent to my fragmentation and blast radius calculations 

for extra safety (too many close calls to count). Eventually, my company task 

organized with an Infantry Platoon and local nationals to police the inner fields 

of the airfield. Besides UXO, we removed every piece of metal and trash we 

could find. We never encountered land mines in the inner fields. This operation 

greatly decreased foreign object damage to the aircraft landing and taking off 

from Bagram. It also, allowed greater freedom of maneuver for personnel and 

aircraft on the airfield.

After we completed the inner fields, we cleared a huge open storage 

ammunition site, which was extremely saturated with sub munitions and leaking 

500-pound Soviet fuel air explosive (FAE) bombs. We used detonating cord to 

daisy chain the FAE bombs together and detonated them in two separate shots. 

One shot included the simultaneous detonation of 26 FAE bombs, which made for 

awesome pictures. When the blast occurred, instead of feeling the faint remnants 

of a blast wave, I felt an intense heat wave go past me. This operation also took 

about three weeks and became our last major clearance operation in theater.

34
The improvised explosive device (IED) served as the favored weapon 

for rebel forces in both Afghanistan and Iraq. Traveling through seemingly safe 

areas, convoys often met with deadly results. Concerns of how to deal with the 

IED and how to successfully overcome their use filled the minds of many Soldiers. 

MSG K. Keefe provides a detailed account of one incident in Afghanistan.

MSG K. Keefe

“Complacency Can Kill”

Triple IED Ambush, Afghanistan 07/31/2003

On 21 April 2003, I received a copy of a request from FORSCOM via a 

friend of mine at the United States Army Reserve Command. The request was for 

a 21CMF Soldiers in the pay grade of E7 or E8 in support of OEF. 

I volunteered to be the CJ-7 Engineer NCOIC assigned to the Coalition 

Joint Civil Military Operations Task Force (CJCMOTF) that was headquartered 

on Bagram Air Base, approximately 40 kilometers to the north of Kabul. I was 

then attached to a Civil Affairs Unit in Kabul. The CJ-7 was responsible for 

conducting site recons and prioritizing projects, providing construction estimates, 

letting the contracts, and providing quality control during the construction process 

once the contract was let. At any given time, there were over twenty ongoing 

projects in various stages of completion in four different provinces. There was no 

construction standard operating procedure (SOP) so developing one was my first 

order of business. All Captains and Master Sergeants and below pulled guard duty 

whether they knew what they were doing or not. The attitude on the compound 

was a care-free “Club Med Kabul” attitude: “we have never been hit”, “we’re here 

to help them”; “they will not do anything to us”. I could not believe that civilian 

clothes were the norm. Then our Afghans were killed in front of the American 

Embassy two blocks away. That got a few people’s attention. The Civil Affairs 

unit rotated out about a month later and an Area Support Group replaced them. 

Needless to say, Force Protection and quality of life improved dramatically in a 

very short time. 

Once the Engineer team was settled in, we began to conduct site recons to 

check on the progress of various projects as well as to evaluate the potential for 

new projects. We went on Convoy Operations (CONOPS) several times a week. 

At one point we performed four back-to-back CONOPS. This was tough on 

both the personnel and our vehicles which consisted of two soft HMMWVs and 

four non-tactical vehicles (NTVs). In July, a representative from the Ministry of 

Re-Construction accompanied us on our last three or four site recons and was 

scheduled to join us on the 31 July 2003 mission, but was a no show at SP time 

so we rolled without him. Sometimes security was available, at other times it 

was not. On 31 July 2003, it was not. The Intel was good at sometimes and not at 

others, which was also the case on 31 July 2003.

The Convoy Commander was CPT A. As the NCOIC, I drove the lead 

35
vehicle in the Convoy which consisted of two soft HMMWVs, (Appendix C) 

I had SSG X served as Assistant Driver, CPT Y as a passenger behind me, and 

Doc Salam, our interpreter sat behind SSG X. CPT A was the assistant driver 

in the trail HMMWV, which SSG Y was driving. I was checking my driver’s 

side rear-view mirror, when the first IED (120mm mortar buried in the road) 

detonated. It exploded approximately two feet behind my rear tire. As the second 

IED exploded, I swerved towards the right and recovered to the center of the 

road. SSG X and I both yelled “in-coming,” as the third explosion occurred. 

We immediately accelerated out of the Kill Zone. SSG X was already trying to 

establish radio contact with CPT A before I could tell him to do it. We continued 

another 200m and stopped. CPT B and I got out and provided security while SSG 

X continued his efforts to contact the trail vehicle, which had not yet made it 

through the Kill Zone. SSG X and I kept in communication with each other the 

entire time. He was able to contact the trail vehicle and they said they were off the 

road. SSG X relayed this info to me and we immediately returned to the Kill Zone 

to extract the rest of our Team. Upon returning to the Kill Zone, we could see that 

the trail vehicle was upright, on a downhill slope, above a cultivated field, approx. 

twenty meters off the road. I stopped my vehicle approximately 100 meters from 

where they were located. I had CPT B (with an M16) provide far side security. 

I gave my M16 to SSG X (I kept my M9 with me), and he took the Interpreter 

forward to provide near side security; and to question a man that was standing on 

the curve above the disabled vehicle. I took the hand held radio and moved along 

the road to the trail vehicle. As I moved toward the trail vehicle, I was able to reestablish radio contact with SSG Y. He said they were in a minefield. I asked them 

if they were injured, he said they were both ok. I told them to stay where they 

were and not to move. At this time, I was again aware of the old man standing on 

the inside of the curve near the disabled vehicle, he was shouting “mine, mine” 

to SSG Y and CPT A. Immediately, I began to determine if there were any visual 

indications of mines in the area and IAW the hasty minefield extraction SOP. SSG 

X was able to stop all traffic coming from the near side and keep them at least 

200meters away. I was on the road above where the trail vehicle was. I could 

clearly see three craters with wires leading to them. CPT A was already on the 

Iridium trying to establish communication with J-3 OPS. It took several attempts 

due to lack of a signal but she continued to try and establish communications 

until she was successful and gave them a SITREP. CPT A had the GPS in hand 

and was at the ready to provide our grid coordinate to J-3; once communication 

was established. SSG Y provided security for CPT A while she was establishing 

communication. The terrain sloped downward with uneven ground and scattered 

with low scrub brush. A small ditch ran parallel to the road between me, CPT A 

and SSG Y. From my position on the road I could clearly see the vehicle tracks 

leading to the disabled HMMWV. SSG Y secured all the sensitive items from 

the HMMWV. The old man that SSG X was questioning was still saying “mine, 

mine” and pointing to CPT A and SSG Y. CPT A was ready to move towards me, 

36
out of what we were treating as a minefield. I told her to stand fast and that I 

would guide her out. She could not clearly see the tracks so I guided her towards 

me using the HMMWVs tracks; and then I pulled her up the bank. While CPT A 

was moving away from the vehicle, SSG Y took a few pictures of the disabled 

HMMWV; and he yelled at me that there was a mortar round in his windshield. I 

told him to take a picture of it and move away. SSG X moved to CPT A, secured 

her, and moved her forward to his position. At this time, a white bus appeared 

from the West (far side) about 200 meters away. When CPT B quickly showed 

force and stopped them, they backed out and left. SSG Y then began to retrace 

CPT A’s path towards me. I gave him adjustments as necessary and pulled him 

onto the road. SSG X secured SSG Y and again moved forward to his position, 

all the while ensuring we were covered. CPT A and SSG Y continued to provide 

near side security. While SSG X returned to my position, we coordinated 

movement, taking a quick twelve-second video and several pictures of the Kill 

Zone. SSG X returned to his near side position gathered CPT A, SSG Y, and the 

interpreter and moved another 50 to 100 meters away from the Kill Zone. After 

returning to my vehicle, I called for CPT B to get in and we proceeded to where 

SSG X had set up the near side security position. SSG X and SSG Y continued 

to provide security. We checked each Soldier for wounds and ensured everyone 

had their weapons. SSG X cut the tarp of the HMMWV immediately behind 

the passenger side windshield and stood up through it to provide a forward 

firing position. I had SSG Y remove the passenger side rear door in order to 

better facilitate a passenger side firing position from within the vehicle. CPT A 

was sitting amongst the gear on the center platform. CPT B was in the driver’s 

side rear passenger seat providing drivers side security. The Interpreter sat in 

the passenger side front seat with SSG X straddling him. SSG X continued to 

provide forward security while we moved. Total time elapsed was less than ten 

minutes, we were on the low ground in an undefendable position. We did not 

have enough firepower to sustain any type of defensive posture. We decided to 

move completely out of the area because there was already a crowd of forty to 

sixty Afghans gathering approximately 300 meters east of the Kill Zone and 

another twenty to thirty to the west.

 EOD concluded that it was a sophisticated IED, remotely command-detonated 

using a cell phone. This was the first such attack on this route. Subsequently, 

UNICEF and Red Crescent were hit on the same route resulting in several 

deaths.

What happened on 31 July 2003 is that we were more lucky than good 

that day. If my HMMWV had been a split second slower, the first IED would 

have detonated right under my seat. If we would have had a security element 

supporting us as in the past, perhaps the Anti-Coalition Forces wouldn’t have 

chosen to detonate the IED’s. If we would have paid more attention to all the 

poppy fields up and down this valley and the fact that they were sponsored by alQaeda, maybe we would have chosen to have it cleared prior to the mission. After 

37
the detonation of the IEDs, we were not attacked. We believed the intelligence 

report we got from CJCMOTF S2 and were complacent. 

The key to survival for those injured or sick in Afghanistan often hinges on how 

fast they can receive treatment. During their tour of duty in Afghanistan the 68th

Medical Company Air Ambulance helped save many Soldiers and Afghan civilians. 

1SG L. Gholston tells of their life at Bagram Air Field and experiences.

1SG L. Gholston

Air Medical Evacuation

68th Medical Company Air Ambulance, Afghanistan, 11/03-11/04

We departed to Afghanistan at night out of Hickam Air Force Base Hawaii. 

We traveled for 42 hours and made stop at Washington State, New York, and 

Germany, then straight through to Bagram, Afghanistan. We arrived around 0530 

in the morning. The 705th greeted us when we got there and made our transition 

smooth. The mountains in Afghanistan were located near by and we were about 

fifteen miles from the nearest mountain range. The highest peeks of the mountains 

that surrounded us were about 14,000 feet high. Our helicopters were able to 

negotiate as long as the aircraft was not loaded down with equipment or patients. 

At these heights in the summer, the hot air restricted our lift capability in our 

aircraft. 

The 705th showed us to our new home, which was located in the northern part 

of the base in an old, Russian hanger on Bagram Airfield, which was the largest 

military airfield in Afghanistan. The airfield was about 6.7 miles in diameter, on 

one side of the airfield, they had all the facilities this was the west end of base, and 

the other had mostly logistical containers stacked, with the airstrip in the middle 

between the roads that circled the airfield. We were also right next to the field 

hospital. The Air Force and Navy also shared the airfield with my unit, which was 

odd for me because I never served so far inland with these services. 

The force protection on the airfield was excellent while deployed. This was 

the first time I had the Air Force provide our protection. This is how Bagram 

security worked the Airfield which was controlled by the Air Force which is 

considered interior airfield security operations because all the C-17s, and C 131s 

and other cargo and attack aircraft on the airfield with us. This was great because 

I did not have to provide that service which gave us more flexibility to support 

more missions and give our Soldiers some time off. In addition, the division 

military police provided all the security outside of the airfield for up to 15 miles 

from base. The only force protection we had to provide was in the event of a 

security breach, or an attack. In order to ensure we were proficient in security 

tasks we trained, trained, and trained. We did what any other unit would do, 

training, drill, and retrain any short falls and ensured our entire Soldiers knew 

where to report in the event of an attack or incoming. The only protection we 

38
had to provide for ourselves was taking cover in the event of a rocket attack. I 

would also have to say that our new hand held radios helped us very much to 

keep time accountability. 

While down range, we were able to get all of our flight personnel qualified 

on the M-4 rifle. We also had to determine who was going to use the M-4. At 

first, the commander wanted the M-4s issued to the pilots for them to use and 

the medic and crew chief in the back of the aircraft to use their M-16s and 9-Ms 

for protection. However, for me, having done this mission before in combat 

while in Desert Storm, I pushed hard for the commander to see that this weapon 

would better serve the crewmember in the back. My argument was that if the 

pilot had the M-4 and was placing suppressive fire on the enemy, then who was 

flying the aircraft, after all aircraft security was the primary responsibility of 

the crew chief and medic. On air crews the medic and crew chief are always 

the ones getting out of the aircraft because the crew chief provides guard duties 

and assists the medic, if need be. The medic, of course, deals with the patient 

and needs a weapon for security if separated from the aircrew. The M-4 is an 

excellent weapon because it is small enough to provide adequate protection yet 

not get in the way. 

The 325 Field Hospital was located on Bagram Airfield. At that time, it had 

been there for about three weeks before we showed up. The hospital initially 

provided for our integration and inprocessing into country. This was because the 

Air Medical unit there was a National Guard unit and believed that we were going 

to fall under their operational control. This was not a problem initially because 

the 10th Mountain Division was the major headquarters on the ground at that time. 

The 325 Field Hospital was right next to the airfield, because of all the medical 

evacuations from there. 

Our hanger, which was also our living quarters, had an open front bay that 

was at least three stories in height. On each side of the hanger, we had office 

spaces on both the first and second floors. While there we added extra living areas, 

placed doors on all sleeping areas, added a 1st up room (this is where air crews on 

duty can relax and be collocated in one area), and a wash room with four washers 

and dryers. Also initially, our operation cell was collocated with the hospitals, 

but after a few weeks, we moved it to our company meeting room. After we had 

established 24-hour operations in our area, the mission response time decreased 

by three minutes. This was significant improvement for evacuation unit.

During our first few months on Bagram Airfield, improvements were made on 

the aircraft setup just by taking the litters from the top of the cabin and strapping 

two to the floor, and one on top. Originally, we had all three patient litters on 

top because of the way the previous unit had their cabin. This change improved 

our patient transfer time by two minutes; again, this was another significant 

improvement for us. Another part of this improvement was our training program, 

which also affected our cabin structure and patient response and transfer times. 

Respiratory care was a big deal for us during many of our Medical Evacuation 

39
(MEDEVAC) missions; we had to use the services of Respiratory Care specialists 

in order to provide the best care possible. This is because many times during a 

mission we would end up not only picking-up the patients with respiratory illness 

but ended up picking up one or two more patients. This would cause a problem for 

the medic because this would degrade the quality of care the medic could provide 

to its patients. Therefore, our fix was if we got a mission to pick up a respiratory 

patient then we would immediately ask the 325 Hospital to send a respiratory 

specialist to assist us. This small change in our protocol helped us with many 

missions.

During our first month of duty, we determined that we did not have a lot of 

experience with the medications being used by the special ops physician assistants 

to treat patients. Our fix was to document all drugs provided to patients prior or 

given to us during all missions. This enabled us to develop a list of medications that 

we needed training on. The drugs we requested training on were safely delivering 

those meds to the patient without violating protocol stipulated by the hospital. 

Some of the other drugs we requested training on, included lasix, amiodarone, 

phenergan, narcan, morphine, demerol, atropine, lidocaine, and benadryl. We 

also received training on a ventilation machine called the Positive End Expiratory 

Pressor (PEEP) for respiratory patients. 

Host training for the mountainous terrain was very important for our mission; 

having said this I ended up with the first hoist mission for our unit. This mission 

lasted several hours and was near the Pakistan border in the mountains about 

9,000 feet above ground level (AGL). The mission was for a Special Forces 

Soldiers with high altitude sickness. The crew on duty took the first sergeant as 

an additional medic just in case we had additional casualties. This was common 

for this particular area. After this mission, we did receive an influx of this type of 

mission. This also went with no incident except for the occasional rocket. 

Doctors generally did not ride with us; this is because they were too value to 

the mission at home station. I would have to say there were a few times when a 

flight surgeon did make a patient transfer or two, but for the most part, I felt that 

they provided a better service in the emergency room (ER). Casualties during my 

time in country-we transported more than a 1,000 casualties most of which were 

local nationals and they were mostly children. Trauma was the norm for us. For 

the most part based on my estimates we transported more trauma patients than 

any other. Most were local nationals, which were children. The major causes of 

injuries were falls from the rooftops, but by my assessment and others, the injuries 

sustained did not match up with the mechanics of the type of injury. We believed 

that warlords would threaten locals and abuse their children in order to force the 

parents to submit to the warlord.

40
68th Medical Company Honored for ‘Rescue of the Year’

Vignette

The call came into Bagram Air Field of three Marine casualties near Forward 

Operating Base Asdabad. Members of the 68th Medical Company sprang to action 

to retrieve the casualties. Picking up a Special Forces physician enroot, they 

came under heavy rocket and RPG fire. They continued their mission and soon 

located the casualties. Due to the steep mountainous slope they could not land, 

but rather lowered a medic and physician’s assistant to the wounded Marine. They 

bandaged the Marine’s wound and then placed him on a litter to hoist him into 

the helicopter. Once in the chopper, members of the 68th stabilized the Marine, 

and flew him to FOB, Asadabad for further treatment. By the time the chopper 

returned to pick-up the medic and physician’s assistant, night had fallen. They 

retrieved the medic and physician’s assistant and finally then recovered the bodies 

of the other two Marines which had been killed in action. They then returned to 

Asadabad and picked up the stabilized Marine, and took him to Bagram hospital 

for further treatment.

For this rescue, the 68th Medical Company received the award from the Army 

Aviation Association for Air/Sea Rescue of the Year 2004.

Based on an article by Staff Sergeant M. R. Garreau, 17th Public Affairs 

Detachment.

Soldiers of the 68th Medical Company assist a patient onto a helicopter.

41
First Sergeant L. Hall and the 725th Main Support Battalion provided 

logistical support to the 3rd Brigade Combat Team. During their deployment 

the unit was changed to a Forward Logistics Element in support of Task Force 

Thunder. Changing missions amid a deployment presented many challenges and 

obstacles. 

1SG L. Hall

“Make A Way”

725th Main Support Battalion, Afghanistan, 03/04-02/05

In September 2003, Headquarters and Alpha Company, 725th Main Support 

Battalion received notification that it would be deploying to Afghanistan in support 

of Operation Enduring Freedom V. My commander and I immediately conducted 

a preliminary assessment on the company’s mission readiness posture. Unclear 

of the mission at this point, we focused on Basic Rifle Marksmanship (BRM), 

Individual Readiness Training (IRT), and Command Maintenance. 

In November 2003, we received an Operations Order which stated that our 

mission was to provide logistical support to the 3rd Brigade Combat Team (BCT) 

at Kandahar Air Field which is located in the southern sector of Afghanistan. We 

received specifics on what equipment and amount of personnel that were required 

to accomplish this mission. We received additional support Soldiers from other 

companies within the battalion to fulfill the mission requirements. This was a 

huge requirement which resulted in my commander and me managing an oversized company of 186 Soldiers. In addition to our Supply, Petroleum (POL), Water 

platoons, we received a Transportation, Medical, and Ammunition platoon.

On 22 March 2004, we landed at Kandahar Air Field. Seventy percent of 

the Soldiers were terrified because this was their first real world deployment. We 

immediately set up shop, settled in on life support, and began our daily missions. 

Our mission at this point was to provide medical, transportation, water, POL, 

and supply support to 3rd BCT which maneuvered throughout the southern sector 

of Afghanistan. Forty-five days had passed and things were going well. There 

wasn’t a lot of enemy activity going on therefore the Soldiers were getting over 

their fears. The logistics world was great. 

Suddenly, my commander and I received notification that the company’s 

mission had changed. The new mission was to move a Forward Logistics 

Element (FLE), consisting of 138 Soldiers with specific Military Occupational 

Specialties (MOS), to support Task Force Thunder at Forward Operating Base 

(FOB) Salerno which is located near the Pakistan boarder. Task Force Thunder 

consisted of elements from 3rd Battalion, 7th Field Artillery; 3rd Battalion, 3rd

Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU); Special Forces; a Marine Attack Helicopter 

Unit; a Reserve Engineer Company; and 524th Corp Support Battalion.

We landed on Forward Operating Base Salerno on 9 July 2004. Task Force 

Thunder’s mission at this point was to launch Operation Thunder Freedom. The 

42
operation was designed to capitalize on the success of the upcoming October 

9th Afghanistan presidential election and continue that success through the 

parliamentary elections that was scheduled for the following Spring. Part of 

this mission entailed hunting Taliban and al-Qaeda militants through the Afghan 

Winter. Traditionally, fighters in Afghanistan lay low during the harsh Winter 

months and come back out strong in the Spring. Operation Thunder Freedom 

involved all the command’s assets, including the Provincial Reconstruction 

Teams (PRT) that was located in Regional Command East. Al-Qaeda was a 

viable organization and was extremely dangerous in our area of operation.

My company’s mission was to provide Class I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and IX 

supplies to 19 units and more than 2,500 war-fighters on Forward Operating Base 

Salerno. This was an extremely tough mission because we built everything from 

the ground up. These logistical assets didn’t exist prior to our arrival. 

Our first mission was to establish water and fuel operations that would support 

the life support systems on the base. The water section quickly assessed the 

situation and developed a concept that would support the mission requirements. 

They employed two Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Units (ROWPU), two 

10,000 gallon water bags, three 20,000 gallon water bags, and two 50,000 gallon 

water bags. The two 10,000 gallon bags were used to support seven shower 

facilities and one laundry point. Two 20,000 bags were used to support the Dining 

Facility with potable water. One 20,000 bag was used for raw water. The two 

50,000 gallon bags were used for non-potable water. The local water well was the 

main source of water supply. Water was pumped from the well to the ROWPU 

via an assault hose line. The ROWPU processed the water and pushed it out to 

the water bags via other assault hose lines. 350gpm (gallons per minute) pumps 

were used to push water from the bags to various facilities. 

The fuel section established fuel operations almost immediately. Their 

mission was to provide fuel support to one Marine Attack Helicopter unit, one 

Army Aviation unit, and 68 ground generators. The ground generators provided 

electricity to all facilities within the FOB. The fuel handlers established a Forward 

Area Refueling Point (FARP) near the flight line. They used four 50,000 gallon 

fuel bags for JP8 (jet fuel) and seven 500 gallon fuel blivets for MOGAS. Two 

350gpm pumps pushed the JP8 and one 50gpm pump pushed the MOGAS. They 

also used two 1,200 gallon fuel trucks to provide fuel to the 68 ground generators. 

The main source of fuel was at Bagram Air Field (BAF). Local nationals 

transported fuel from Bagram to our base at Salerno via “jingle” trucks (2 1⁄2 ton 

Russian trucks). The problem with this was the “jingle” truck had to physically 

drive onto the forward operating base and download the fuel at the refueling point. 

This placed the entire base in grave danger. Remember, the refueling point was 

located near the flight line.

The Supply Platoon’s mission was to establish a Class I yard. This was a 

tough task because the resources weren’t readily available. However, the Soldiers 

managed to acquire 120 twenty-foot containers and began constructing the yard. 

43
The containers were used to store dry rations, water, and beverages. Kellogg 

Brown & Root (KBR) managed the reefer vans which contained frozen foods. 

Fresh Fruits & Vegetables (FF&V) were flown in from Bagram twice a week. 

Dry and frozen rations, water, and beverages were transported from Bagram via 

“jingle” trucks. Weather conditions often were a liability. Bad weather would 

prevent aircraft carrying the FF&V from landing. ‘Jingle trucks’ were a liability, 

at times. The enemy would often destroy any truck that was supporting the 

American and coalition forces. We were not running convoys because Eastern 

Afghanistan was infested with al-Qaeda. 

The Supply Platoon also received a mission to establish a Supply Support 

Activity (SSA) footprint and a Central Receiving Point (CRP). The SSA was 

responsible for receiving, tracking, storing, and issuing Class II and IX supplies 

to19 tenant units on Forward Operating Base Salerno. The CRP was responsible 

for controlling all incoming items and supplies that entered the base. Again, 

resources weren’t readily available. Soldiers acquired an additional 40 twentyfoot containers and constructed the Supply Support Activity footprint and the 

Central Receiving Point.

The month of August arrived and the company was clicking on all cylinders. 

Task Force Thunder’s offensive attack caused the enemy to use the base for target 

practice. Remember, the parliamentary elections were to take place in October. 

We received mortar attacks constantly between the months of August and 

October. Coalition forces operating in the area also began to meet resistance from 

the enemy. We began to lose Soldiers from the Afghan Army as well as troops 

from our coalition forces. All wounded troops and troops killed in action were 

evacuated to our base. As the evacuations increased, key leadership realized that 

there weren’t any subject matter experts on the base to properly handle human 

remains. My company was immediately tasked to establish Mortuary Affairs 

(MA) operations, despite the fact that we were not authorized any Mortuary 

Affairs Specialist (92M).

I downloaded the Mortuary Affairs manual and trained eight Automated 

Supply Specialists (92A) on the proper procedures of handling human remains. 

This was a huge task because they were afraid of dealing with the deceased. 

However, they accepted this tremendous responsibility and proudly carried out 

their mission. One mortuary mission was too many but we executed several. 

Those young Soldiers witnessed things that will stay with them for a lifetime. 

They witnessed situations such as local infants being burned completely to troops 

having bullets lodged in their heads. Therefore, as a precautionary measure, I 

required the team to visit the chaplain after each mission. 

The mortuary team was also responsible for conducting ramp ceremonies 

for American Soldiers that were killed in action. This was a huge ceremony. 

Everyone on the base would form two lines beginning at the mortuary holding 

area and ending on the air field. The mortuary team would go through their 

ritual of securing the American Flag on the casket and systematically transport 

44
the remains to the aircraft. Seeing a fellow American Soldier being honored for 

making the ultimate sacrifice was definitely a moving experience. 

The warriors of Headquarters and Alpha Company answered their call to duty 

and executed each mission with precision. They were often called upon to go 

above and beyond their normal duties and scope. They proudly accepted each 

challenge and consistently produced outstanding results. We were confronted 

with many obstacles but lived up to our motto, “Make A Way”. 

Spending a year in the desert is a very long time. The company became 

a close-nit family. Every Soldier trusted and depended upon each other. They 

nurtured each other through many trying times and realized that this was the key 

to surviving. More importantly, it allowed us all to make it home safely. 

In the following story, First Sergeant W. Gentry tells of Bravo Company’s 

preparations, training, and deployment to Forward Operating Base Orgun-E and 

subsequent move to Forward Operating Base Sharona. Both bases are located in 

the high rocky mountainous region of Pakita Province where few roads exist and 

the majority of the population is Pashtun. The region has served as a stronghold of 

the Taliban for many years. 1SG Gentry emphasizes the role of training Soldiers 

to ensure their reactions during the all too common improvised explosive device 

ambush.

1SG W. F. Gentry

First Sergeant Role vs. Responsibility

2nd Battalion, 27th Infantry, 25th ID, Afghanistan 03/04-03/05

Having served twice before with the 25th Infantry, Division, I jumped at the 

chance of leading Soldiers into combat in Afghanistan. On 18 December 2003, I 

arrived in Hawaii and reported to the 2nd Battalion, 27th Infantry “Wolfhounds”. 

I completed processing and arrived at Bravo Company, 2nd Battalion, 27th

Infantry on 23 December 2003. The unit was on block leave. I had 11 days 

to get my things in order and assume my role as the First Sergeant. I walked 

around my company area to assess the company and passed the Commander’s 

office. I noticed, he was at his desk and I knocked on his door. Bravo Company 

Commander’s name was Captain John R. Sego.

Captain Sego was happy that I was there and said he needed me to fix 

certain aspects of the Company. He stated that he did not have confidence in the 

Company’s NCO Corps. I asked him to go out on a limb and trust me with his 

Company, and allow me to do my job as his First Sergeant.

Christmas leave ended on 2 January 2004. On 10 January 2004, 3rd Brigade 

participated in a Brigade FTX in Kahuku, Hawaii. The Battalion and Brigade 

staffs used this training to work out their respective TOC SOPs, battle rhythms, 

and planning exercises. The Companies conducted Platoon and Squad level 

training in accordance with the Commander’s guidance.

45
On 21 March 2004, the 2nd Battalion, 27th Infantry arrived in Khandahar, 

Afghanistan. The “Wolfhounds” were to deploy forward and occupy the Forward 

Operating Base (FOB), located between Khandahar and Bagram Airfield on 26 

March 2004. 

The FOB was very primitive and did not have the comforts of Bagram or 

Khandahar bases. Improving the quality of life for the Soldiers would be a 

challenge. The unit conducted the transfer of authority, the right seat rides, and 

exchange of all equipment. The equipment was in terrible condition, the living 

quarters filthy, and I started questioning my decision.

Lieutenant Colonel W. E. Piatt commanded the Wolfhound Battalion. He 

deployed to Afghanistan in OEF-1. The Battalion CSM D. L. Yates started working 

on getting the firebase to standards. His advice, actions, recommendations, and 

efforts had an immediate impact on the FOB, the Soldiers, and the entire unit.

The Wolfhounds were responsible for the entire Paktika Province, which is 

the size of Rhode Island. The land is mountainous, with extreme winters, hot 

summers, and many people who had never seen anyone other than Afghanis. The 

Afghani people were extremely poor, but resourceful in acquiring the needed 

items to survive. Our mission required us to conduct stability operations, gain the 

trust of the people, and find, capture, or kill the enemy. 

The people we initially encountered were pleasant and greeted us with 

respect and open arms. We had to find a way to gain their trust, and win their 

hearts to support our endeavors. We hit the road and helped them solve their daily 

problems; helping build their communities, and showing we cared about them and 

their families.

LTC Piatt assigned my Company the mission of guarding the local governor, 

and working closely with the Province Chief of Police. The Company moved to 

establish an outpost to perform our mission. The movement from FOB to another 

took three hours to drive in normal conditions. The route was a dried riverbed, 

no paved roads existed. Each convoy was a combat operation and the chance of 

ambush was imminent.

Logistical support for the Company became a major task. Also, the Company 

performed a myriad of directed tasks: perimeter security for the FOB, detention 

facility guard, vehicle maintenance and recovery operations, and the Quick 

Reaction Force (QRF). The rest of the company traveled from village to village 

trying to establish relationships with the populous. Vehicle parts did not exist 

for recovering a broken vehicle. Broken vehicles stayed in place or underwent 

towing. Often the towing continued around the entire province until the unit 

returned to the FOB.

The Commander used the Commander’s Emergency Response Program 

(CERP) throughout the sector to assist in improving the many communities. This 

made money readily available to produce an immediate impact on villages. The 

Company maintained operational funds to maintain itself while on the road. The 

Commander made a decision to make me the paying agent for the Company. 

46
He justified his decision, because I needed to be everywhere all the time. I 

needed to maintain the administrative actions; and supervise Soldiers well-being 

and maintenance functions back at the original location. I also maintained the 

influence and power to assist operations with our Company supply sergeant in 

Khandahar and Bagram. My people skills allowed me to work directly with the 

village leaders to fix problems or establish the basic life-enhancing systems for 

their community. I dealt directly with the contractors and builders in front of the 

village leaders to help create some infrastructure in the villages.

My role drastically changed when we arrived in theater. In addition to my 

everyday First Sergeant duties, I followed up on maintenance issues, dealt with the 

supply sergeant in Bagram, supervised company recovery operations at Orgun-E, 

and supervised the building of FOB Sharona for Bravo Company. I performed the 

duties of paying agent for the Company, supervised the building of wells, schools, 

police stations, and many other buildings for the villages in our area of operations. 

I dealt with the contractors and executed the logistical and administrative issues 

for the Company many times from five different locations.

I implemented a GT improvement program and established a program to 

allow the Soldiers to attend college during their recovery time. I used educational 

opportunities to keep the Soldiers busy--keep their minds focused on something 

else other than dying. I ensured the Soldiers in Bravo Company, 2nd Battalion, 

27th Infantry, completed training and possessed the mindset necessary to conduct 

combat operations in Afghanistan.

Reaction to an IED: While deployed, I learned that the training paid off in 

combat. One-step in our battle drills during vehicle-mounted ambushes consisted 

of exiting the kill zone. 

During training, I jumped out of my vehicle to make corrections. During 

our first Improvised Explosive Device (IED) ambush, the vehicle directly in front 

of me encountered an explosion. The explosion injured several Soldiers. The 

Squad Leader panicked and dismounted his squad from the vehicle and told his 

Soldiers to assume a prone position in the kill zone. As the vehicle commander 

in the next vehicle in the formation and in the ambush kill zone, I responded 

quickly. I jumped out of the vehicle and ran through the kill zone, yelling for the 

boys to get through the kill zone. It worked, and they executed my request with 

extreme haste. My thoughts were for their safety and complete execution of our 

practiced battle drill. Training--not combat experience--made the unit successful 

in a combat situation.

47
Adaptability is always the key to success for any army in times of war. In 

Afghanistan, C. Myers, serving as 1SG with the 1-168 Infantry, Iowa National 

Guard came to understand the true meaning of the word. His unit became the 

Force Protection element for thirteen Provincial Reconstruction Teams stationed 

throughout Afghanistan. He watched as staff sergeants and sergeants first class 

performed above and beyond the call of duty. 

SGM C. Myers

1-168 INF Iowa ARNG

Afghanistan 03/04-5/05

September 2003...... “We’re going to war men!” The Battalion Commander 

and the Command Sergeant Major had called all of the First Sergeants to a 1SG 

call in Council Bluffs IA. I was First Sergeant to Charlie Company, 1-168 INF 

Iowa Army National Guard. I had held this position for 6 months after taking a 

lateral transfer from the Iowa Regional Training Institute.

“We are going to be conducting security operations in the country of 

Afghanistan”, he continued. “We think the timeline will be to mobilize in 

January, February or March, spend 3 or 4 months in that location and then go to 

Afghanistan for one year”.

After getting some more information, we were turned loose. It was a two hour 

drive home that was filled with thoughts and mind preparation. October rolled 

around and through EPS, I was promoted to BN Operations SGM. Welcome to 

the Battalion Staff and start getting the operations section ready to deploy and 

fight. I would not be going to battle staff school and everything that I need to 

know needed to be learned “On the Job”. I also needed to know how to do it 

yesterday. 

The next three months went by in a blur. We had numerous times to meet 

and discuss the mission in order to conduct some courses of action and get things 

moving. In February, I came on ADVON of the main force to allow me to formally 

prepare. I left my job as Elementary Principal and put on my uniform. It was 

time to put the learning to a test. This was going to be the largest deployment of 

Iowa Soldiers in Iowa’s history since WWII. Our numbers would be 750+ and 

our mobilization station was to be Fort Hood, Texas.

On 3 March, 2004, Task Force 168 mobilized and moved to North Fort Hood 

Texas. We received “fillers” from throughout the United States to get us the 

numbers and MOS types that we needed. The ones that we received were mostly 

Army Reserve medics and physician’s assistants. 

Our actual mission was to become the Force Protection elements for 13 

Provincial Reconstruction Teams (PRT). The PRTs were manned with a Civil 

Affairs (CA) team, the force protection elements and at times, regular military 

units of different shapes and sizes. 

48
The best way to picture a PRT is to think about a fort in the wilderness 

sometime during the 1800’s of the United States history and you have a good idea 

of what it might look and feel like. The PRTs are spread throughout Afghanistan 

and play a significant role in the reconstruction efforts of the country. In addition 

to the PRTs, we would man and run a regional Joint Operations Center (JOC) on 

Bagram Air Base, provide a heavy logistics cell on Bagram and a heavy logistics 

cell on Kandahar Air Base. These cells pushed out all the supplies for the PRTs as 

well as all of the FOBs in Afghanistan. 

My job as the Operations Sergeant Major was extensive. Having done 

very little of this type of task before (let alone mobilize), I felt like I needed to 

learn and know everything about everything in order to keep the Battalion headed 

toward becoming qualified and prepared. I learned acronyms and terms. I learned 

logistics and I learned communications training. I learned about PDSS and other 

things that I needed to understand. In the end, I knew the inner workings of all of 

the S sections. I placed myself into a position to be able to answer all questions 

about what was happening in all areas. The schedule was a killer. 

We finally received a date for going into country. We would be going into 

Afghanistan through two routes. Route one would take 9 PRTs worth of people and 

equipment and push them into Bagram. The second route took about four PRTs 

worth of people and equipment into Kandahar in central southern Afghanistan. 

Afghanistan is a difficult country to move around in. There is no such thing 

as a ground MSR. There is very little infrastructure so the only sure way of 

getting around is by air. Then that is not always “sure”. Dust, cold, wind, rain, 

etc., can all cause problems with moving around. Since air is not always available 

when it is wanted or needed, it can take a long time to get somewhere. In addition, 

local truckers are used to get supplies to PRTs. This can be somewhat difficult. 

They will stop at the family house for two or three days before going on, so one 

can never be sure when the equipment will actually arrive. Because it was so 

difficult to move around and we were splitting all of our forces up throughout the 

country, it was hard to imagine how we were going to keep everything together 

and work with the situation. The Battalion Commander and Command Sergeant 

Major would be living right on Bagram (which is where I was living). The closest 

PRT to us was Parwan PRT which sat right on Bagram. The furthest PRT was in 

western Afghanistan in the city of Herat. This was about a 2.5 hour C-130 flight 

(when one would go there and that was not often). 

However, it is because of these very situations that our NCOs became the most 

important people at the PRTs and became the best trained and working of any NCOs 

at any time. Four of the PRTs had 1SGs and the rest of them had SFCs as the senior 

NCOs on the site. Due to the scope of the operations in the PRT, the PRT Joint 

Operation Command was manned 24 hours a day and NCOs had to be ready to 

make decisions that normally would be made by people 2 pay-grades above them. I 

watched SSG and SFC Soldiers doing things they had never done before, and doing 

them better than people whose sole responsibility is that task every day. 

49
Being in an Infantry unit had just about every NCO wanting to be out on 

missions and it was tough to convince some to do different jobs. However, every 

job was extremely important and once they realized that, they became okay with 

it. Each PRT became a small battalion operations center in and of itself. Our 

elements were about a platoon plus size element and force multipliers came 

and went with that. Special Forces came and went. Afghan National Army and 

Afghan Security Forces worked in or near the PRTs so the Embedded Tactical 

Trainers would come in and conduct missions with the PRTs. Staff Sergeant (SSG) 

squad leaders became full, mixed forces, operations leaders. SSGs coordinated 

operations with a company of Afghan National Army, a Special Forces team and 

a group of US Soldiers complete with dedicated CAS, ECM missions and CH-47 

insertions. This type of work for SSGs may be common in the special teams or 

special operations areas, but it was way out there for a regular Infantry unit. 

SFCs ran forward operations and rear operations for the TOC or went out 

on missions to take their turns. Some PRTs had to be built from scratch and the 

ground up. When this took place, SSGs and SFCs became general contractors 

and pay agents for local workers. The big Army likes guard units when we are 

able to apply our civilian skills in addition to our military skills. Any NCO who 

had construction, plumbing or electrical work backgrounds, was pulled in to 

assist in building and overseeing the PRT’s development. Every NCO conducted 

themselves over and above their pay grades day in and day out. They became 

experts at Blue Force Trackers, ACORNS and WARLOCs. They would learn this 

on the fly or at night while studying the manuals for them. They learned battle 

tracking, S-2 activities, order writing and Civil Affairs activities. It was by far the 

greatest piece of “schooling” that an NCO could receive. 

While all of this was happening, I continued to work in two different 

capacities. After seeing the regional Joint Operations Center was set up and being 

run properly, I was tasked with a temporary position of Regional Operations 

Liaison for Task Force Victory. Task Force Victory is the TF that TF 168 came 

in and worked under. TF Victory oversaw operations in the western part of 

Afghanistan which included PRTs Herat and Farah. At the time, a major held 

the position but was going to be leaving on R and R (rest and relaxation) and was 

expected to be gone for one month. This would mean that I would do a 13 hour 

shift in the Division JOC every day. I was to track all activity and operations in 

the AO and provide daily briefs at the morning CHOPS meeting and the nightly 

CFC-A (Combined Forces Command-Afghanistan) BUB.

My space in the JOC gave me a computer and two phones. Just to my left 

were the Air Support guys and to my front was Med Ops two steps down. To the 

far right, were the CHOPS. These three sections were ones I came to know well. 

While doing this job, two warlords in the west decided to wage war on one 

another. Warlords in Afghanistan have a history of having tanks, BMPs and 

thousands of troops on their payrolls. So when they choose to go to war, it is 

like two armies going at it. Ahmanula Kahn (A.K.) and Ishmail Kahn (I.K.) were 

50
the two warlords. Ahmanula Kahn advanced one day with tanks, vehicles and 

Soldiers into Ishmail Kahn’s territory, near the city of Herat. A clash between 

two warlords was something that the Afghan government could not allow to take 

place because of the potential to spread and create continued unrest. The US was 

committed to helping the Afghan government if requested, but President Karzai 

wanted to take care of the situation himself. The difficulty was that we had US 

Soldiers in the middle of the two factions.

The Farah PRT was in the middle of Ahmanula Kahn territory. The Herat 

PRT was in the middle of Ishmail Kahn territory. Our concern related to Herat 

was that the PRT stood in the middle of the city, surrounded by local housing 

and businesses. It would be difficult to defend in a manner that we would like. If 

Ahmanula Kahn. pushed too far (he had threatened to take over the city of Herat) 

then our guys could be in trouble. Here again the NCOs rose to the occasion. 

Once it was determined what was taking place, NCOs began driving missions 

and developing plans. Farah PRT conducted recons to view the compounds 

of Ahmanula Kahn and talk to those left behind. At the same time, Herat PRT 

conducted recons to the compounds of Ishmail Kahn and talked with his Soldiers. 

They also went to the headquarters of Ishmail Kahn and discussed the issue with 

him. They led a convoy to the area of fighting in an attempt to obtain a cease fire 

or talk to the leaders. 

On my end, I was receiving this information through phone, MIRc chat, email 

and predator feed. I was feeding all the information I had directly to the CHOPS. 

At one point, I got word through communications that an Embedded Tactical 

Trainer with the Afghan National Army that one of our young officers in Herat 

had been told that the PRT should conduct an emergency evacuation. I fed this 

to the CHOPS. He said to hold fast. The message was relayed back to the NCO 

on the ground. At one point, I had a phone in each ear and was answering MIRc 

chat and talking to the CHOPS all at the same time. The NCOs on the ground did 

an excellent job of staying calm, keeping matters in hand and providing excellent 

eyes and ears to the situation. Again, most of the NCOs doing this were SGT, 

SSG and SFCs. 

In the end, (after a tense couple of days) Ahmanula Kahn withdrew. Both 

sides had lost men but the PRT never did evacuate. All of this was not possible 

without the important role played well by NCOs of the 168 INF. Not just any 

NCOs, but young NCOs. 

My experience in the Division JOC for a month was one I did not like. 

However, the learning experience I gained in operations far outweighed my 

dislike for the task. After this experience, I held a treasure trove of information 

on operations in Afghanistan. I took this with me as I made visits to PRT TOCs 

to assist them in their operations. In addition, through the process, I was able to 

observe first hand some of the operations and missions out in the PRTs that I had 

been watching and listening to in the JOC. Knowledge was brought down from 

above to create a better unit. 

51
The mission in Afghanistan ended on 31 May 2005. We returned to our 

homes in Iowa. We had lost one man KIA. We had numerous WIA with only two 

needing to return home early to allow their wounds to mend. The greatest lesson 

that we learned is that we must push every NCO into positions and decisions of 

greater responsibility on a regular basis. In fact, our greatest challenge will be 

our ability to provide challenging and strenuous opportunities for our younger 

NCOs. In our return, we have NCOs that have tasted the challenge of the next 

level or higher and experienced the stress. Run properly, this will challenge the 

leaders of these individuals, and provide future leaders who are hungry for the 

next position.

Along with learning that we need to challenge our NCOs as often as possible, 

we also need to push the envelope on training. Ask for things not there, create 

training that doesn’t exist, drill things people do not drill on. It is because we 

went beyond the mandatory list for training for deployment and our NCOs 

worked harder than at any other time that we lost so few people. Not only was the 

leadership high speed, they were well prepared. 

Throughout 2004, Special Forces Soldiers hunted remnants of the al-Qaeda 

and Taliban forces in Afghanistan. They also tried to assist the Afghan people 

with Medical Civil Action Project (MEDCAP) programs aimed at treating 

local villagers’ medical problems. SGM D. Utley tells of his third rotation in 

Afghanistan, of training and equipping Afghan Security Forces, and of actions in 

the rugged and remote Konar Valley near the Pakistani border.

SGM D. Utley

“Konar Valley”

2nd Battalion, 3rd SFG, Afghanistan, 05-12/04

My Team, Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha (ODA) 364, 

was notified in September 2003 that we would return to Operation Enduring 

Freedom (OEF) for a third rotation in May 2004. My team had just completed its 

second OEF rotation as part of the Combined Joint Special Forces Afghanistan 

(CJSOTF-A) Direct Action Company. We had participated in eleven companysize raids, with only one Soldier killed and one wounded. We had huge results in 

the form of enemy dead and destroyed a large amount of al-Qaeda equipment. I 

was confident that the team was ready. 

During the time period from September to March, every team member 

received 45 days leave and an individual school. In March, the entire company 

went to White Sands Missile Range (WSMR) for an 18-day pre-deployment 

train-up. WSMR proved to be an excellent choice as the pre-deployment training 

location. The terrain and weather at White Sands are identical to the environment 

in Afghanistan. The only major draw back was that we did not have our Afghan 

Soldiers or Toyota Hi-Lux trucks to train with. The Company’s Sergeant Major 

52
and Commander’s Program of Instruction (POI) consisted of ten days of team 

training and four days of company training, which culminated with a company 

raid. Goats, role players and specific scenarios were integrated into the company 

raid in order to enhance the exercise. The team had been issued new Ground 

Mobility Vehicles (GMVs) and crew served weapons which we were able to 

validate at White Sands. Overall, this proved to be excellent pre-deployment 

training. 

We deployed to Bagram Airfield (BAF) and given five days to prepare for 

infiltration to Asadabad (ABAD). It was necessary that teams complete their 

preparations in five days or less in order to make room for incoming teams to 

prepare their equipment. The most important pre-infiltration activities are the 

Ammunition issue and Operational Funds (OPFUND) issue. This is because 

nothing happens in Afghanistan without a pay off or a firefight.

The drive from Bagram to Asadabad is approximately 80 km however it takes 

two days. We hired jingle trucks (2 1⁄2 ton Russian trucks) to carry team gear that 

was not on the gun trucks and extra Class I. The jingle trucks were extremely 

slow and the roads were treacherous. However, we were unable to leave the 

trucks since they contained team gear.

We arrived at Asadabad and began transitioning with the teams that we 

were relieving. The previous unit had placed two ODAs in Asadabad; however, 

my unit was only able to man one ODA (Operational Detachment Alpha). The 

first team that we linked up with, had all of their operational and intelligence 

information automated, as well as maps and route overlays for us. They also 

prepared a detailed operations and intelligence briefing for us. Their Area of 

Operations (AO) had been in the Nuristan province and they were adamant that 

a Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha presence was necessary there. 

However, there are no roads leading to Nuristan and the only way to get there 

is by rotary wing air. Nuristan was absolutely an al-Qaeda strong hold because 

of its remoteness, access to Pakistan and nearby refugee camps. The team had 

already drawn down to four Soldiers and the briefing was the only transition that 

we received. They were unwilling and unable to go to Nuristan with us for an 

in-depth orientation. Additionally, helicopter availability was an issue due to the 

on going Relief in Place (RIP).

The second team that we relieved did not have any automated information, 

maps or overlays. The team operated in the Asadabad area; when we suggested 

that we do a patrol together for orientation the team leadership vehemently 

objected. The team sergeant informed me that his guys had made it through their 

rotation with no wounded or killed and they were not going to risk it so close to 

redeployment. 

The Asadabad Firebase had a Marine Infantry Company that was responsible 

for the firebase’s security. A Provincial Reconstruction Team (PRT), was 

responsible for developing the provincial government, and infrastructure related 

civil affairs. The crown jewel of the camp’s units was a 160-man Afghan Security 

53
Force (ASF). The ASF had been recruited and trained by previous ODAs. We 

would make it our commitment to train and equip the ASF better than they had 

ever been; taking them to the level of conducting company-sized operations 

with minimal US supervision. The ASF were all from the province, and had 

all fought against the Taliban. They knew the terrain extremely well and more 

importantly they knew all of the key personalities both good and bad. During our 

seven months with the ASF we increased their numbers to 210 and gave them 

a reconnaissance capability that included sketching, GPS and digital camera 

operation. Additionally, we established an EOD team (the highest paid guys in 

the company) that dealt with all UXOs and IEDs. We also trained and equipped a 

heavy weapons platoon that had RPGs and recoilless rifles. 

During our “Employment” phase we conducted 41 CONOPS, which included 

numerous direct action missions, MEDCAPS, intelligence gathering and Force 

Protection Patrols. The ASF participated in every mission. 

The most memorable MEDCAP that we went on was on the top of a mountain 

about 12km West of our firebase. Our task organization was ODA 364 and a USMC 

platoon along with tough boxes of Class VIII, and a 6 wheel ATV with medical 

supplies water and ammo. We arrived on a CH-47 and the villagers were amazed 

to see a helicopter land at their village which was at 9500 feet. Upon our arrival 

we linked up with a village elder and set up a patrol base behind his house. The 

next day we had a huge turn out for the MEDCAP- over 400 people. We treated 

everything from scabies to sinus infections to burns. The funniest thing was a 50 

year old man that told me that his knees hurt. I told him he needed to move out of 

the mountains of Afghanistan if he wanted his knees to stop hurting. We gave every 

child a hygiene bag and a toy. During the night while the team was conducting 

security, we monitored the command net and listened to another team that was in a 

firefight and had a wounded Soldier. The helicopter trying to evacuate the wounded 

Soldier was having problems with brown out conditions and could not get to the 

casualty. After multiple attempts the evacuation was finally completed. We left 

the next day; the team was frustrated, we had done a low priority humanitarian 

while other teams were killing bad guys. I felt that the mission was a huge flop 

because we had not received any actionable intelligence and to make matters worse 

the rooms that we used to treat the patients were not properly ventilated and 75% of 

the team got sick the day after we returned. My interpreter told me to wait five days 

before passing judgment on the mission. He was right, after about a week, people 

from the villages surrounding the MEDCAP site started coming in and sending 

messages with runners about caches and personalities. We were able to interdict 

some al-Qaeda operatives transporting explosives and blasting caps from Pakistan 

to Afghanistan as a result of the information some of the villagers provided. The 

lesson learned was that nothing happens fast in Afghanistan, and an enduring 

presence is necessary to accomplish the mission.

One day, one of our Afghan Security Force Soldiers came to us and informed 

that he knew of a house where Bin Laden had spent the night a few years earlier. 

54
We did some checking around and it turned out that Bin Laden had stayed at this 

house after the bombings in Tora Bora. We were able to also associate the house 

with an al-Qaeda cell that was providing IEDs and rewards to anyone who would 

put an IED in the road. The homeowner would recruit and train people from 

refugee camps in Pakistan and then send them into Afghanistan to emplace IEDs 

in the roads.

We were able to conduct a close target reconnaissance and develop a plan. 

The house only had one road leading to it, a small mosque and a river on the East 

side, mountains on the Northside and a small village to the West. It turned out 

that the mosque was used like a hotel for foreign fighters traveling back and forth 

from Afghanistan to Pakistan. Our team said that they saw armed men with radios 

guarding the house which was indicative of a large cache and perhaps some high 

level al-Qaeda leadership.

We decided to cordon and search the house and the mosque at first light 

hoping to catch all of the males at the mosque for morning prayers. The good 

news was that the objective was only a 4 minute flight from our firebase. Our task 

organization had ODA 364, 3 ASF platoons, 2 x AH-64s and 4 x CH-47s supporting 

us. When we hit the ground, the assault force that was securing the mosque (only 

ASF entered the mosque) captured about seven bad guys and nothing else. The 

assault force at the house found an empty house. The house was huge and the 

teams kept clearing empty room after empty room. I was getting worried that the 

place was going to be a dry hole after weeks of planning and rehearsing. Before 

entering one of the rooms, an ASF Soldiers threw a flash bang stun grenade in the 

room and a fire started. The fire was too big to put out and we had not finished 

clearing, so we ignored the fire and continued on. By the time that we had cleared 

the entire house, the fire was raging. I walked over and told the commander how 

pissed I was that this was a dry hole, the house was on fire, and we were going 

to have a hard time doing any type of exploitation of papers/pictures/documents. 

While we were discussing our next move I began hearing random gunfire. I 

almost jumped out of my skin. The objective was secure, security teams were in 

place and we absolutely owned the objective, how could we be taking fire I asked 

myself. It turned out that the house was constructed of mud bricks and ammo 

cans, the entire house was a cache and the ammo was cooking off because of the 

fire. We pulled everyone off of the objective and had the two AH-64s on station 

and they leveled the house. They put so much ordnance into the house that two 

of the Chinooks had to go back to Bagram to pick up more rockets. As we were 

withdrawing off of the objective, two of the ASF guys started hotwiring an SUV. 

They reminded me that we always needed vehicles and that they were going to 

take this one and assign some guys to drive it back to the firebase. Unfortunately 

the fire spread so quickly and so much ammo was cooking off that we had to 

abandon our efforts to get the vehicle started. The ASF guys ended up having an 

RPG competition as to who could hit the vehicle first. The mission was only a 

partial success- we had destroyed the cache and grabbed some bad guys but we 

55
had not gotten the leader. After a couple of days, we had the PSYOPS guys start 

broadcasting that we knew where the IED cell leader’s other houses were and that 

we were going to burn them down as well if he did not turn himself in to us. It 

worked, after about three days of spreading the rumor, he contacted the Provincial 

Governor and made arrangements to turn himself in. The mission turned into a 

double success when he provided information about another al-Qaeda terrorist. 

That was one of the best missions ever. It was a total combined arms effort with 

Special Forces Soldiers conducting the targeting, the planning and the leadership, 

Afghan Security Force Soldiers executing the operation and Apaches providing 

fire support. 

ODA 361(another team in the company) was located about 25 km away in a 

place called Nangalam, which is right at the end of the Peche Valley. The Peche 

Valley is one of the toughest places in Afghanistan; the Russians lasted less than 5 

days there. There is only one road, which is sandwiched between the Peche River 

on one side and mountains on the other. The mouth of the Peche River opens up 

into the Konar valley and just four km away is the Pakistan border. The guys in 

Nangalam had been ambushed in June and one of the guys had been wounded 

pretty seriously. By the end of June, the base was getting rocketed 3 or 4 times a 

week. I approached the Company SGM and told him that 364 wanted to reinforce 

361 and help them reestablish control of the area. 364 and 361 had guys that were 

all friends with each other and some of our ASF were related. 

We arrived at 361’s location and began planning. There was another valley on 

the South side of the Peche River that was a terrorist sanctuary called the Korengal 

Valley. The Korengal Valley had Arabs, foreign fighters and its own dialect. The 

guys that had ambushed 361 lived in this valley, and this is where the rocketeers 

that had been harassing 361’s base planned and operated out of. The bad news 

for us was that the Peche River had no vehicle bridge and the river itself was 

impassible to vehicles except to jingle trucks, which are large Russian-made two 

and a half ton trucks. There was no way to get our gun trucks across the river. 

We finally decided to take Toyota Hi-Lux trucks across the river in the back 

of jingle trucks (Russian 2 1⁄2 ton commercial cargo trucks). We crossed the river 

at an adjacent valley and then we crossed over into the Korengal Valley using an 

old logging trail. Our ranks included about 80 guys in 11 Hi-Luxs. We crossed 

the river at night and drove all night long; we wound up in Korengal at sunrise. 

The people were sure surprised to see us. The first thing we did was seize a 

renegade Afghan Army Post, we took all of their weapons and locked them in 

their own jail. 

After taking over the Army Post we began clearing the village. We cordoned 

and searched all of the houses that we had intelligence on or looked suspicious. 

This whole village was bad, some houses contained three DVD players, satellite 

TV and all kinds of phones including satcom phones and cellular phones. We 

worked all day and at the end of the day we had about 24 detainees and a bunch 

of exploitable papers and phones. Plus, we destroyed all kinds of IED material, 

56
however, there were no males in the village and nobody fought. At 1500 local 

time the entire patrol linked-up at the Army post, drank all of their cold Pepsi 

(they had a generator and a small refrigerator) and began the convoy back to 

the river crossing site. This time we would take the one and only road that led 

through the Korengal Valley. On the East side of the road was a 200-foot drop 

to the river at the valley floor and on the West side of the road was the side of a 

mountain. As we were convoying back, the lead vehicle radioed the convoy and 

informed us that they had been ambushed in the spot they were approaching on 

a previous mission. Approximately 30 seconds after that radio transmission, an 

ambush was initiated on the lead vehicle with machine gun fire. The lead vehicle 

was disabled and the road was blocked. We now knew where all of the males 

in the village were, 400m away from us on the other side of the valley engaging 

us with machine guns and RPGs. The lead vehicle was disabled and the trail 

vehicle was taking a heavy volume of fire. Everyone had dismounted and we 

were returning fire, the bad guys were in prepared positions and the heaviest guns 

that we had were M249s. My gun trucks were sitting in Nangalam collecting dust 

on the M2s while we were slugging it out with M4s. We requested air support and 

got A-10s in about 10 minutes. They came in and dropped 500 lb. bombs and then 

started making gun runs. The enemy’s positions were so well prepared that they 

would stop firing when the A-10s were on there bombing runs and then resume 

firing after they pulled away. The lead vehicle was fixed and we began to move 

out of the Kill Zone. The trail vehicle was disabled so we quickly grabbed all of 

the sensitive items and blew the vehicle up. A vehicle near the rear of the convoy 

that contained some sensitive equipment was also disabled. The equipment was 

too heavy to move so we implemented the destruction plan for the equipment and 

then the vehicle. We then were able to move out of the Kill Zone. The A-10s 

stayed on station and made multiple passes with both bombs and guns. We moved 

out of the area about 4km to the North so we could consolidate, reorganize and get 

ready for the river crossing. 

While updating our higher headquarters, we were directed to obtain BDA of 

the sensitive equipment. The captain and I made a hasty plan, we had brought 

three ATVs on the patrol, we would ride the ATVs back to the Kill Zone and 

get the pictures of the destroyed equipment, and follow the ATVs with the Air 

force controller, the medic and the team sergeant (myself) in Toyota Hi-Lux. 

We cross-loaded our ammo, put oil on our weapons and headed back to the Kill 

Zone. We also got two Cobra Gunships to support our movement back to the 

Kill Zone. After we had gone about one KM one of the ATVs broke down, we 

pushed the ATV off of the road and put the ATV driver in the back of the HiLux. 500 meters later the commander’s ATV had broken down, we were now 

down to one ATV. The commander jumped on the back of the ATV that was still 

operational and they rode that ATV into the Kill Zone to get the BDA. Exactly at 

the moment that the ATV with two SF guys in full kit arrived at the objective the 

chain broke on the ATV and it would not go any further. The commander took 

57
pictures of the destroyed equipment and ran along with the ATV operator to the 

Hi-Lux that was about 400M away. We then directed the Cobra to destroy the 

ATV and to re-engage the already destroyed vehicle. The two broken ATVs were 

not directly in the Kill Zone and we were able to get one started and tow the other 

one. The entire element evacuated without incident, one USMC Lance Corporal 

had a minor gunshot wound to the leg, and we had lost two pick-up trucks and an 

ATV. We later determined that we killed 13 bad guys.

In 2005, a Navy SEAL reconnaissance element was inserted into the Korengal 

Valley. A short time later, they called on the Iridium phone and said that they were 

in heavy contact and required emergency evacuation. A helicopter was sent and it 

was shot down. Three of the four men on the reconnaissance team and all sixteen 

men on the helicopter were killed. It was a tragic day and testimony to the enemy 

presence in the Korengal Valley.

The lessons learned from this rotation concern are focused on operations, 

intelligence, and leadership. The operational cycle (OPS Cycle) has one major 

shortcoming and it is an Army institutional problem. The OPS Cycle is unable 

to respond in a timely fashion to the Intelligence Cycle. If an individual that had 

provided quality information in the past walked into the Firebase and announced 

that a known high ranking terrorist was in the valley, it would take a minimum 

of two hours to get a helicopter to the firebase. The problem is twofold, one- the 

helicopters are not co-located with the operational units and two the Concept of 

the Operation (CONOP) would require at least an hour for staffing and approval. 

The solution is to co-locate the helicopters at the firebases and give ground force 

commanders the authority to direct the helicopters’ employment.

The intelligence cycle requires an understanding of HUMINT and basic 

psychology. Information providers have their own motivations and these must 

be determined prior to the commitment of assets. This is a ground force operator 

and commander problem, and the only fix is training in interview techniques. One 

major shortcoming of intelligence is the lack of historical data. The SEALs went 

into a valley that US Forces had been at least three times before, yet they were not 

provided any of the previous information. The solution is to assign a historian to 

each of the Intelligence Centers and ensure that he is collecting both historical, 

operational and intelligence data.

Leadership must avoid trying to help ground forces. The ground force 

commander has to be the supreme authority for the assets that ground forces 

employ. It is the responsibility of higher leaders to ensure the assets that the wants 

of the ground force commander are available.

58
Establishing a Special Forces firebase in hostile territory is never an easy 

task. MSG D. Berry helped build Firebase Lane (named for SFC Mitchell Lane 

who died 29 August 2003 as a result of a combat operation in Afghanistan). 

He discusses the problems his unit encountered in establishing a firebase and 

the role each Special Forces NCO performs within Special Forces Operational 

Detachment Alpha. He also discusses the role Special Forces play in winning the 

hearts and minds of the local civilian population.

 MSG D. Berry

Establishing a Special Forces Firebase

ODA 381, 3RD BN, 3RD SFG (Airborne)

In February 2004, my Special Forces Operational Detachment-Alpha 

(SFODA) received notification that it we deploy for the third time to Afghanistan 

in support of Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF). Our mission war was to 

establish a new firebase in an area very hostile to coalition forces. My detachment 

began immediately conducting research on the area of operations (AO) that we 

would be working in. We found that another detachment from a different company 

would join us. The addition of the extra detachment was good news. We would 

be responsible for an area of more than 200 square kilometers. With only one 

detachment, we would have had to decide whether to spend our time building the 

firebase or establishing a foothold in the area; two detachments meant that we 

would be able to do both.

One advantage of a Special Forces detachment is its ability to be selfsustaining. The team can conduct many of the support functions that most Army 

elements rely on higher HQs support elements for assistance. NCOs of the team 

drive forklifts to load equipment, medical needs are conducted by the team medic, 

the team engineer conducts supply issues, and all communication needs are 

handled by the communications NCOs. We develop our own intelligence briefs 

with the Intelligence NCO and the Assistant Detachment Commander (WO2). 

This was one of the most important of the pre-deployment tasks as it enabled us 

to gain important information on previous activities in our area of responsibility. 

We also were able to find out key personalities, demographics, languages spoken, 

and location of key villages.

We deployed to Afghanistan in mid June 2004 landing in Kandahar to 

temperatures near the 100 degrees. The detachment arrived with eight members, 

seven of them NCOs. Our sister team arrived several days before us and moved to 

the firebase to conduct a Relief in Place (RIP) as well as a Transfer of Authority 

(TOA) with the detachment that had been given the task to establish the firebase. 

My detachment conducted our pre-launch activities in Kandahar as part of a 

unit requirement prior to any detachment moving to its firebase. The pre-launch 

activities consist of a country in-brief, equipment test, communication checks, 

weapon test fire and several other checks. After 4 days in Kandahar, we were 

59
ready to move to our firebase. One day prior to our departure, the detachment that 

we were replacing began to arrive in Kandahar for their redeployment back to the 

US. We were able to get several briefings from the leadership of that detachment 

as well as the communication NCO and the Operations SGT (Tm SGT). Each 

of the briefings that we received proved invaluable in the next few months as we 

gained a foothold in our area of responsibility.

During our time at Kandahar we were able to hire two interpreters, one with 

previous experience with Special Forces in the area we were going into. We 

coordinated with the local Afghan National Army (ANA) to provide us an escort 

to our firebase and prepared our gear and vehicles to depart Kandahar the next 

morning. 

We departed Kandahar early in the morning to prevent moving our convoy 

in the extreme heat of the day. We hired two large trucks known as jingle trucks 

(know for the large amount of accoutrements on the front bumpers and the sound 

they make as the travel down the road). After finally getting on the road almost 

two hours late, we made good time along the newly paved road between Kandahar 

and Qalat. Almost two hours into the trip, one of the trucks blew the transmission. 

We were now stranded as a large portion of our gear was on the truck with a blown 

transmission. We had no way to load the gear on the other truck or any of our 

other vehicles, all of which were loaded to capacity. We radioed to our command 

and let them know the situation, and the truck driver had assured us that he could 

fix the transmission. Needless to say, I was quite skeptical. With only a few small 

tools and some bolts and nuts removed from other parts of the truck, the driver 

repaired the truck and we were back on our way. The remainder of the trip proved 

uneventful except for the rough terrain we had to cross once we left the highway. 

In three hours we covered 120 kilometers on the highway and the next three hours 

took us only 30 kilometers over the rock, dirt and sand that the Afghans call a 

road. Although the firebase was still in the beginning stages of construction, it was 

a welcomed sight after the trip. 

Upon arriving at the firebase, each man linked-up with his counterpart from 

our sister detachment to receive a brief and become aware of ongoing activities 

in the camp. After a period of time, my detachment unloaded our equipment from 

the “jingle truck” and moved to the makeshift operations center for an intelligence 

and operational brief from the leadership of our sister team. We found out that very 

little had been done in the area concerning direct action operations or establishing 

rapport with the local population.

 I had each NCO to inspect the firebase. The weapons NCO (18B) began by 

coordinating with the base security. He went to each tower in the firebase to assess 

the current situation, introduce himself to the Soldiers and begin his development 

to upgrade the security. 

The Engineer NCO (18C) looked at base defense by examining the physical 

structure of the base. He checked the walls and towers of the base and other 

security measures. The base was relatively new and little had been done to bolster 

60
base security. When we arrived, there were only a few wooden buildings and 

barrier walls surrounding the base. The Engineer NCO began to put together a list 

of materials that he would need to upgrade the base against ground attack.

The medical NCOs (18D) consisted of two individuals. The junior man 

had two combat deployments with the detachment under his belt, while the senior 

man was on his first deployment. Both unloaded their medical gear and began to 

set up in the makeshift aid station along with the medical personnel from our sister 

team. The medical NCOs were told that there was little in the way of medical care 

in the surrounding valley. The locals were very wary of Americans and had stayed 

away from the firebase even after being offered care for sick and injured by our 

sister team. The medical NCOs began to formulate plans to get the locals to come 

to the firebase for medical attention. Medical NCOs in Special Forces (SF) are 

normally the number one way to begin to build rapport with local populations. 

We knew that medical care was the primary thing that would bring the locals to us 

and allow us to build their trust.

My two communications NCOs (18E) were like the medical NCOs, in that 

the junior had two previous tours with Special Forces and the senior was on 

his first trip. They began setting up the radios so that we could communicate 

with our battalion headquarters. They used several different types in order 

to provide a backup. They also established computer systems that we used to 

communicate with the battalion and produce daily reports which included situation 

(SITREP), intelligence (INTSUM), status of personnel (PERSTAT) and logistics 

(LOGSTAT).

I went with the Team Leader to get an in-brief from the leadership of our 

sister team. We received a quick brief on the current situation and what operations 

had been conducted prior to our arrival. We discovered that little had been done 

in our area on a regular basis. The latest mission in the area by Special Forces 

had resulted in an ambush by the Taliban. When the unit we were replacing came 

under ambush, a Navy Special Forces patrol had gone to reinforce them and 

suffered an Improvised Explosive Device (IED). The IED killed the interpreter 

and three others in the vehicle suffered severe injuries. IEDs were common in the 

area and little intelligence could be gathered from the locals because they feared 

reprisals from the Taliban if they gave the coalition unit any type of support. In 

addition, we found that night letters on the doors of village elders were used to 

maintain fear in the region.

On the second day, I met with the Platoon Leader from the small contingent 

of Combat Engineers charged with building the firebase. They had fewer men 

than is needed for a squad and a large amount of building to accomplish before the 

Winter arrived. Along with the Team Sergeant from the other team, we gathered 

the Engineer NCOs together and formulated a plan to build the firebase up in a 

short time while still conducting missions in the surrounding area. We concluded 

that local workers would be used to help with the building. We started with 

the locals from the surrounding villages. Because they feared the Taliban, they 

61
refused to work regardless the pay we offered. We decided to get workers from 

Kandahar. An Engineer NCOs from our sister team had helped build a firebase 

during a previous deployment and he still had contacts in Kandahar. Several 

combined teams and a security element from the Afghan National Army headed 

for Kandahar to hire workers to help us construct the firebase. They succeeded 

in hiring more than 200 workers, mostly from one extended family. In addition, 

they purchased building material for the firebase, and tents and food supplies for 

the workers. 

We also began a program to take our medical NCOs into the local villages and 

treat the villagers. It prevented the villagers from having to come to the firebase 

and enabled us to show the villagers our medical capabilities. Within the first few 

visits, this proved successful. Along with the medical assistance, we talked with 

the village elders and let them understand that we were there to help and that we 

were staying for a long time. We asked what they needed for assistance and started 

forming friendships.

By the end of our seven-month tour the firebase became a hardened structure 

with state of the art communications capable of connecting to the internet, 

SIPRnet, satellite phone system and LAN. The fire base proved able to withstand 

intense ground attacks or repel an air attack up to 122mm rockets. A mortar crew 

from the 25th Infantry Division provided the base with 81mm mortar indirect fire 

capabilities. In seven months we conducted more than 125 raids on Taliban forces 

and built both a school and a medical facility for local villagers. As we departed, 

there were more than 150 children attending school and the medical facility treated 

an average of 300 patients per week. 

Artillery is particularly well suited for providing counter fire to rocket 

attacks and fire support to combat patrols. R. Levis served as First Sergeant 

with Eagle Battery, 377th Parachute Field Artillery from October 2003 to August 

2004. Eagle Battery ran continuous twenty-four hour firebase operations at two 

different locations and participated in Operation Avalanche, Operation Blizzard, 

and Operation Storm.

1SG R. Levis

“Task Force Geronimo”

377th Parachute Field Artillery, Afghanistan 10/03-04

On 10 July 2003, the Commander notified us of a deployment to Operation 

Enduring Freedom III. The battery was part of a Parachute Infantry Battalion and 

immediately began the planning process to prepare for war. We searched lessons 

learned from the 82nd and 101st Airborne Divisions, and the 10th Mountain Division 

and Ranger Regiments. We planned to implement the lessons learned from these 

great units into our battery, most importantly deploying with the ability to conduct 

split-battery operations. This would provide the Task Force with more flexibility. 

62
October 10, 2003, Task Force Geronimo deployed to Afghanistan, assigned 

to CJTF-180 (Coalition Joint Task Force, 18th Airborne Corp) and attached to 

1st Brigade 10th Mountain Division in support of OEF III (Operation Enduring 

Freedom with the third series of unit deployments). After conducting a successful 

airborne assault from Ganci Air Base, Kyrgyzstan, and simultaneously conducting 

a ground assault convoy from Bagram Airfield (BAF), Afghanistan, Task Force 

Geronimo closed on Forward Operating Base (FOB) Salerno located outside of 

the town of Khowst, Afghanistan. Over the next couple of weeks, we conducted a 

relief in place and transition of authority with the Italian Army. This RIP would be 

a simple process for our battery since the Italian Army did not have indirect fire 

capabilities, essentially, we would build a new firebase for our six howitzers.

By the end of October 2003, Eagle Battery had successfully established a 

six-gun firebase at Forward Operating Base (FOB) Salerno. After coming under 

fire from numerous enemy rocket attacks, we acquired a Q36 fire finder radar 

from Combined Joint Task Force-180. The radar section assigned to Eagle Battery 

consisted of Soldiers from the Massachusetts Army National Guard. The radar 

allowed us to pinpoint the enemy rocket point of origin and enable us to conduct 

immediate counter-rocket fires or fire illumination for dismounted patrols in the 

area to enable them to locate and destroy the enemy responsible for the rocket 

attacks. Eagle battery trained daily to put effective, timely and accurate response 

fires on the enemy rockets point of origin.

Counter fire depended on timeliness and communication. The Task Force 

TOC (tactical operations center) had to have a fast clearance of fire drill, the 

radar section and artillery platoon had to establish a reliable and dedicated 

communications link that could put firing data on the guns in seconds. 

Operation Avalanche was a four-week long US led offensive in December 

2003 designed to disrupt resurgence in the southeastern territory of Afghanistan. 

We left two howitzers in the FOB for base security, and deployed towards the 

Pakistan border with the other four howitzers. We also received a 120mm platoon 

from the 1st Brigade 10th MTN for use during this operation. Eagle Battery 

established a Tactical Assembly Area (TAA) for the Task Force that included a 

HLZ (helicopter landing zone), 4 x 105mm howitzers and 2 x 120mm mortars, 

tactical operations center and ALOC (administrative and logistical operations 

cell), and a Forward Support Company that provided hot meals and maintenance 

support to the truck platoons. This TAA allowed companies to refit after multiple 

day dismounted patrols in the mountains searching for enemy operations and 

weapon caches.

During Operation Avalanche, the occupation of OP/LPs (Observation Posts/ 

Listening Points) became important points. Eagle battery was responsible for TAA 

security and my NCOs learned quickly the importance of observation posts. On 

the second night in the TAA, we came under an enemy rocket attack. One of my 

Soldiers on observation post saw the point of origin but did not have the knowledge 

of how to call for fire. The observation post did not have an accurate sector sketch 

63
with ranges or pre-planned targets. This leadership failure on my part would never 

happen again; it allowed the enemy to withdraw under darkness. We immediately 

enforced proper tactics, techniques and procedures by ensuring all observation 

posts had the following; reliable and back up communication, accurate sector 

sketches with inter-locking fires, binoculars, range finders, weapons with thermal 

weapon sites, compasses, and all Soldiers occupying the OP were proficient in 

call for fire procedures.

Operation Blizzard followed operation Avalanche. This operation called for 

the battery to provide two howitzers to Bagram Air Field for base security. This 

challenged my unit to establish three complete independent firing platoons out of 

one traditional firing battery. I had my senior NCOs gather in one tent to figure 

out how we would accomplish this mission. One of the pre-deployment lessons 

learned from our brothers during OEF I was to be able to conduct split-battery 

operations. With in 24 hours, we concluded we had the equipment and personnel 

necessary to accomplish this mission and meet the Commanders Intent. Task 

Force Geronimo now had the ability to maneuver 3 x 105mm Artillery platoons, 

1 x 120mm Mortar platoon, and 1 x 81mm Mortar platoon.

A major problem for our battery during Operation Blizzard was the absence 

of the Executive Officer (XO). We immediately made my senior SFC the platoon 

leader, and moved up a SSG to the platoon sergeant position. This move also 

enabled a SGT to take over a section. The XO had many responsibilities and could 

not dedicate enough time to the Battery and act as a platoon leader. The position 

of XO is vitally important to any units’ success and the Field Artillery can learn 

a lesson from our Infantry brothers, and make this a dedicated position in a Light 

Artillery Battery.

On 13 March 2004, Operation Blizzard had successfully ended in Afghanistan, 

and Operation Storm began. Operation Storm, our next major combat operation put 

Eagle Battery paratroopers in the dismounted fight, as well. During this challenging 

operation, Eagle Battery would be tasked to conduct village assessments, presence 

patrols, maintain 24-hour fire base operations, provide indirect fires to the line 

companies, and establish the Salerno English School for local children. 

Our next major operation was called Geronimo Exodus, our re-deployment to 

Fort Richardson, Alaska. During the month of July 2004, Eagle Battery Soldiers 

had to successfully RIP with Thunder Brigade, 25th Infantry Division from 

Hawaii, conduct another ground assault convoy to Bagram Airfield, account for 

all equipment, transfer equipment to the 25th ID, repack all shipping containers, 

prepare all vehicles for shipment, and lastly conduct reintegration training. 

We learned many lessons during OEF III. It is a challenge for all NCOs to 

capture lessons learned and implement them at their gaining units. I am very proud 

of every Soldier and their accomplishments during the many combat operations 

of Team Eagle. In more than nine months, the three two-gun platoons of B/377 

PFAR accurately and safely delivered in excess of 1,000 howitzer rounds through 

our seven M119A2 cannons, including 110-extended range munitions (M913 

64
rocket-assisted projectiles and Charge 8). Every round fired supported an essential 

fire support task and took the form of demonstration fires, precision registration 

fires, counter rocket and counter mortar fires, or danger-close support for troops 

in contact. 

M119A1 105 Lightweight Towed Howiters

The ability to prepare and execute an artillery ambush to its full extent always 

thrills an artilleryman. As coordinates are plotted and guns registered, there 

is an anticipation of the call to action, for the exact moment to respond--there 

is excitement in the air. The following story is about one Combat Observation 

Lasing Team from Eagle Battery as they respond to rocket attack on a small 

Afghan checkpoint.

Task Force Geronimo

An Artillery Ambush

Vignette

On 28 May 2004, after a small border checkpoint manned by Afghan Khowst 

Provincial Forces came under several days of heavy rocket attacks, Eagle Battery 

was called into action. Two platoons of four 105-mm howitzers and a Combat 

Observation Lasing Team (COLT) which consisted of SSG J. Occhino, SSG B. 

Thompson, and Specialist D. Larson convoyed to a spot near the checkpoint and 

prepared for action. 

The Combat Observation Lasing Team was equipped with multi-band radios, 

binoculars, a static ground vehicular laser locator designator, and a handheld laser 

range finder. Coordinating with Eagle Battery’s Fire Direction Center (FDC), 

they prepared preplanned priority targets and shift-from-known-point missions 

65
which were lased and computed by the FDC. The guns were registered, then, 

everyone waited for the first flash of a rocket. 

Early the next morning, Taliban forces opened their rocket attack on what 

they believed was an unsuspecting checkpoint. As the first rockets headed for 

the checkpoint, the Combat Observation Lasing Team recorded their positions, 

and Eagle Battery responded with 53 high-explosive shells and air strikes 

delivered by Marine Corps attack aviation. When SSG Occhino sent his end of 

mission transmission to the FDC, he and the rest of Eagle Battery knew they had 

successfully completed the ambush; and the Taliban would be more than hesitant 

to try another rocket attack on the checkpoint. 

Based on the an article, “TF Geronimo COLT in OEF Thwarts Attacks: an FO’s 

Dream,” Field Artillery Magazine, March-April 2006, Major Shane P. Morgan.

__________________________________________________________

Establishing a presence in a remote area is often beneficial to the Army. 

Getting to know the local populace and their leaders is critical for success in the 

distant areas located far from national government controls. 1SG W. Forro tells 

of building a forward operating base in Orzgun, Afghanistan.

1SG W. Forro

Building a Forward Operating Base

2nd Battalion, 5th Infantry Battalion

In July 2004, while serving as Company First Sergeant for A Company, 2nd

Battalion, 5th Infantry, my company received the task of establishing a forward 

operating base in the province of Orzgun, Afghanistan. The area chosen was 

critical in our efforts and required a continuous presence. A month earlier, 

Marines occupied a small area but only for a very short period. Other than that, 

military presence was non-existent in the area. With the local population unsure 

of personnel, great distance from the battalion main body, and lack of knowledge 

of the area, our issues were numerous from the very beginning.

As soon as we received the mission, the commander and I met a Staff 

Sergeant and a Gunny Sergeant from the 22nd Marine Expeditionary Unit (MEU). 

We gathered as much information as we could on the area, the local village 

elders, mayor, and police officials. We also planned a reconnaissance of the area 

identified to be our FOB. As for the distance from the battalion headquarters, we 

decided to leave the company executive officer (XO), NBC NCO, supply clerk, 

and one enlisted Soldier in Tarin Kowt with the battalion main body. These folks 

would be our voice to the battalion to ensure that our requests and needs were 

getting through to the proper people and then pushed out to our location. Since 

the distance was great and the road was barely passable, we concluded that the 

majority of our life support would have to come by air. 

It was also determined that we would move in two elements to our area of 

66
operation and secure our FOB site. All vehicles and approximately half of the 

company would move by ground convoy and the other half would insert by air. 

The commander and I decided he would lead the ground convoy and I would lead 

the air movement. This would allow me the time to move into the area, establish 

security, set up the company tactical operating center (TOC), and prepare to 

receive the rest of the company and its vehicles. 

The only classes of supplies initially taken in were those of which could fit 

in a ruck sack. The vehicles carried MREs, water, fuel, a 5K generator, sand bags 

and concertina wire. This was in addition to the almost 65 plus Soldiers that rode 

on those vehicles. 

As we began our new mission, it became apparent there were certain key 

players that would contribute greatly to the success, or failure, of this new endeavor. 

One such key player was our engineer squad leader. He became our Civil Affairs/

Special Projects Officer. He handled all his engineer duties in addition to the 

numerous other projects we accomplished. His role was critical in winning the 

hearts of the local population and gaining their trust. The mortar section sergeant 

became our elections official. He coordinated and headed all meetings with the 

local JEMB officials. Again, another critical role as we attempted to convince the 

people that their vote counted and needed to go to the voting stations. This was 

probably the most visible event that we participated in due to the fact that these 

were the first elections held in the country of Afghanistan. 

In an attempt to establish the base for a local government, the company 

commander dealt with the local, self-appointed officials. These were people such 

as the police chief, the district chief, and a doctor. Although he was not a village 

official, the doctor was a strong voice within the Uruzgon Province.

Squad leaders probably played one of the biggest roles in our mission 

accomplishment. They were continuously counted on to make decisions without 

any senior leaders present. Squad leaders led numerous missions, mounted and 

dismounted, with squad size elements and repeatedly, the squad leaders proved 

they were more than up to the task.

Lastly, the individual Soldier, using team work and sound judgment, they 

proved that there was nothing that they could not accomplish. Their imagination 

and motivation were essential and key to our FOB operating successfully on a 

day to day basis.

It took a total of 19 hours to get the entire company to the FOB. We had 

several priorities to get started on as soon as we arrived. The top three were 

establishing security, communication with battalion, and vehicle maintenance. 

The communication piece went really well and we had continuous communication 

with battalion shortly after being inserted. Security took a full two days to 

finally accomplish. This was due to the fact that we had to reconnoiter possible 

observation posts that would allow clear visibility of all likely avenues of approach. 

After several trips up the small mountains around our FOB, the commander and I 

finally came to an agreement as to how secure the FOB in the most efficient and 

67
effective manner. Vehicle maintenance was another issue. Our vehicles had taken 

a beating on the very rough terrain that they crossed in route to the FOB. Vehicles 

loaded to their maximum weight allowance with water, MREs, and Soldiers took 

a severe pounding. This fact, coupled with the extreme heat, high altitude, and 

rough terrain caused several maintenance issues.

Other issues began to arise as we worked towards establishing our new home. 

We began to realize that although we had key personnel with our battalion main 

body, we were not getting the requested supplies. This was due in great part to 

the fact that all supplies had to be flown in. Our battalion did not have aircraft 

dedicated solely to them, therefore, we were fighting for space on aircraft with an 

entire brigade plus sized element. 

Our living conditions were a definite issue. Soldiers were sleeping in the one 

man tents that were a rapid fielding issue (RFI) item. In other words, Soldiers 

had no where to go to get out of the heat or to relax. Bottled water was the only 

water we had and monitored closely to ensure that we did not run out. The only 

hygiene that could be allowed was brushing teeth and shaving. We only had what 

we could carry in our ruck sacks, so everyone had only one change of DCUs and 

four changes of under clothes. A gutted out port-a-potty served as the only latrine. 

This latrine had a can slipped in from the back which of course had to be burned 

twice daily. Burning the waste raised another issue, fuel. The only fuel we had, 

had been carried in five gallon cans on the vehicles and due to the weight, we 

could not bring an abundance of it with us.

These were some of the logistical issues that we were faced with, but there 

were also moral issues to contend with. The only electricity that we had came 

from the 5k generator that we had brought with us. That was only used to charge 

batteries and keep the communication equipment powered up. Soldiers could not 

use it for any other personal items. The heat was intense and there was no relief 

from it until the sun went down. There were no air conditioners or even a fan. 

MREs were our only meals which was enough to lower any person’s moral. Mail 

was almost nonexistence. There was no contact with the rest of the world it felt 

like. To add to all of this, there was no place to just get away and unwind. Our 

entire force consisted of some 155 Soldiers all living in an area enclosed by a four 

high mud wall approximately 150 meters by 150 meters. After almost a month 

of living like this, the commander and I decided that measures had to be taken to 

improve our situation.

 Our first concern was the moral of the Soldiers and the slow incoming mail 

issue. We easily corrected this by moving the supply sergeant and the supply 

clerk to Kandahar. We did this to ensure our mail got on the aircraft and made it to 

our FOB. This also guaranteed that our parts got to us. This was ensured by one 

of them riding along in the aircraft and handing our items directly to us.

We requested a vertical engineer platoon to come to our location to assist in 

the building of living spaces for our Soldiers. When we received word that they 

were coming, I went to Kandahar and personally requested the class IV that would 

68
be needed. This was then contracted to local drivers to ground haul to our FOB. 

We had to agree to meet them and escort them some 20 kilometers into our area 

of operation.

Battalion had issued us two satellite phones to communicate with them and 

to also use while out on missions. We dedicated one phone for Soldiers use every 

other hour. Six Soldiers an hour were allowed to call home for ten minutes. This 

was rotated by platoon and worked out to about one ten minute phone call every 

six or seven days.

On the logistical side, we requested fuel blivets of fuel to be sling loaded in. 

Once on the ground, the blivets had to be pulled up on the back of an LMTV and 

emptied into the 55 gallon drums that we had. As for the fuel to burn the human 

waste, we purchased that from the local town. It was of poor grade and could not 

be put into the vehicles, but it was certainly good enough to burn waste.

We had our battalion maintenance tent sent to us and prior to erecting it, we 

poured a cement floor that it could sit on. We mixed all of the concrete by hand 

and poured it from locally purchased wheel barrels. The mechanics could now 

conduct maintenance on the vehicles out of the sun and sand. It also provided a 

place to store extra parts.

As for the hygiene problem, we fixed the well that was in the corner of our 

FOB. The water was not potable but it more than adequate enough to use for a 

shower. Of course, the water had to be put into buckets and set out in the sun to 

warm up for a few hours before bathing with it.

We hired some local villagers to build an eight foot wall around our perimeter. 

Our perimeter covered approximately one half mile in its entirety. This allowed 

us to have aircraft land inside our perimeter which in turn allowed for us to have 

bigger items brought in. It also allowed for the Soldiers to get out and conduct 

some much needed physical fitness training. 

As for our MRE issue, we contracted local haulers to bring in two refrigeration 

vans. Once they arrived, we hooked them up to a vehicle and pulled them off of 

the truck. It took a little time and much effort to get them working properly, but 

thanks to a generator mechanic turned infantryman, we were in business in no 

time. With the refrigeration vans, we could receive fresh fruits, vegetables, and 

A-rations, all of which had to be refrigerated.

Once the living conditions started to improve, the moral of the Soldiers began 

to rise. They realized that things were on the incline and that were going to get 

better with each day. It was a slow process, but over the course of four months, our 

FOB was fully functioning and a great place to be. Every Soldiers was sleeping 

in a B-hut with a heating and cooling unit. We had four 5,000k generators that 

provided our electricity. We had the engineers build us a mess hall that could sit 

75 Soldiers at a time. Our maintenance bay was well stocked and manned with 

three mechanics. 

69
Serving as the A Troop First Sergeant, D. Detweiler knew he had to prepare 

his men for deployment in Afghanistan. New SOPs and qualifying weapons 

systems became essential. Individual training gave way to crew training, and 

finally to platoon training. Soldiers attended Air Assault School in preparation 

for heavy-sling operations. Preparing the Soldier for deployment is the focus of 

1SG Detweiler’s history.

1SG D. Detweiler

“Deployment to Afghanistan”

3-4 Cavalry, April 2005

I received orders for a permanent change of station to 3rd Squadron, 4th

Cavalry, located at Schofield Barracks, Hawaii in the fall of 2002. My change 

of station to Hawaii as a Cavalry Scout in the Armor Force was a dream come 

true. I wanted this assignment for 18 years, and the time arrived. I truly looked 

forward to this assignment as a chance to learn the light-fighter’s view on tactics, 

and to see the other side of the spectrum after years as a mounted warrior. My 

assignment upon arrival was First Sergeant of a light Cavalry Troop within the 

25th Infantry Division. I was looking forward to the challenge and took things 

seriously because of the rumors that spread about the division possibly deploying 

overseas. With the rumors confirmed, I was ready for the task.

It was time to start preparations for deployment to Afghanistan. First, the 

division had not deployed in almost 40 years and this endeavor would be a new 

learning experience for everyone involved. Secondly, with my arrival to the troop, 

a complete chain of command arrived to the unit at the same time. I thought the 

preparation and deployment was an adventure for all involved because it would 

give us a chance to build this monster into a lean fighting machine. Furthermore, 

it would allow us to start, and finish together with what we were getting ready to 

embark upon.

With the chain of command firmly established, we anticipated individual and 

collective training from the division through the brigade. The leaders within the 

troop collectively had little or no deployment or combat experience. This would 

not hinder our aggressive approach towards tough, realistic training. We accepted 

the task, and set our sights on the deployment date of 15 April 2004. 

Our unit’s first priority was the revision of the troop SOP. Once we knew 

of our deployment timeline, backwards planning took effect in order to execute 

our revised SOP and the execution of critical tasks, and battle drills. This would 

be imperative for the Soldiers of the troop to effectively fight and survive on the 

battlefield. The execution of these tasks to perfection would instill confidence in 

our Soldiers, and react in a manner that would be second nature. 

Initially, the troop’s focus was to qualify with every weapon system assigned 

to the MTOE. This was imperative because it would identify strengths and 

weaknesses at the individual level that would ultimately affect the collective 

70
level as a whole. If a Soldier had difficulties qualifying, re-training took effect 

immediately. With individual and crew served weapons qualified, crews began to 

fight as a team, and complete critical gunnery tasks that would ultimately factor 

into their survival on the battlefield. Once crews qualified, the focus shifted to 

platoon level training, and finally, to the troop. The unit, realizing the importance 

of lane training, set out for numerous months in and out of the field executing 

these tasks. In time, near perfection and measurable standards was certainly 

within reach. In conjunction with the field time, Soldiers attended Air Assault 

School in preparation for heavy sling-load operations within the theatre of 

operations, an indispensable skill that would reward us heavily in the end. In all, 

approximately five months of training prepared us for deployment to Afghanistan 

with a newfound sense of pride, confidence, and a sense of serving our country 

with dignity and respect.

The focus of individual and collective tasks shifted to the pre-deployment 

stage for deployment. This would lead the unit to the Conroy Bowl, and more 

importantly, the tedious portion of deployment, and prepping for overseas 

movement. In all, the division did an excellent job in the preparation and 

execution of this vital stage in our process for deployment. The basic areas went 

on without a flaw, but the RFI issue was late coming to the division. As a result, 

the Soldiers load increased dramatically to Afghanistan because of the extra issue 

of equipment. 

With the training and pre-deployment criteria met, our unit set its sights on 

Afghanistan. The flight itself turned out to be a journey of over 4 days with stops 

in Boston, Ireland, Turkey, Manus, and finally, Afghanistan. The stop in Manus 

disembarked our unit from commercial air and manifested us for a military flight 

into Kandahar, Afghanistan. While in Manus, the anxiety started to build for most 

of us because it would only be a matter of time before we set down in Kandahar. 

With our arrival into Kandahar, our advance party quickly integrated us into 

the unit, and our headquarters. Our initial task was to coordinate with the light 

cavalry troop from the 10th Mountain Division and begin to conduct battle hand 

over and cover areas of responsibilities. However, the unit re-deployed to the 

states and as a result, we had no continuity for an effective and successful rotation. 

The early departure of the unit only placed an extra burden on my NCOs, and they 

responded tremendously. 

My platoon sergeants at the time were Arjes, Bishop, Hodge, Stankovich and 

Roark. These Soldiers only needed guidance and a direction and they knew exactly 

what they needed to do to accomplish the mission. They possessed motivation 

and tactical prowess unparallel to their peers. These platoon sergeants made this 

rotation the success that it became. The combination of them all, keeping me 

informed at all times, and working through shortages as they arose. The unit 

owes each of them a debt of gratitude for their untiring efforts and their “can 

do” attitude that was instrumental at a very critical time. Each had to scramble 

for equipment, prepare their platoons for combat operations, account for a vast 

71
array of ammunition, conduct pre-combat inspections, and receive and analyze 

orders and missions. The drive for success became evident when they reported 

their status as ready to roll within three weeks of reaching Kandahar. I considered 

this accomplishment unmatched because of the promise that they would fall in on 

equipment not there, nor the unit to conduct battle hand-over.

With this task complete, the platoons focused on going out of the wire. It 

would be a new experience for each of us. Initially, the platoons rolled out to 

Tarnak Farms to familiarize themselves with the surrounding area and to confirm 

weapon systems zeroes and night vision devices. This small task played an 

important part for the troops because it started to give the feel of actually being in 

a combat zone. The trip to and from there, still had the devastation that remained 

from the war that happened almost three years earlier. 

With the initial tension released, the platoons started to roll out of the wire 

on a more consistent basis. Every platoon started to receive and analyze missions 

with vigor and a relentless pursuit of wanting to start making a difference. The 

opportunities were endless and the platoons accepted each mission as if it was 

their last.

With the platoons starting to roll out, re-supply became a main issue for me. 

With platoons out at any given time, it would be difficult, as time would tell, 

to resupply each of them in a reasonable time. My initial re-supply effort took 

approximately twelve hours to complete and that consisted of only two platoons. 

My headquarters section and I felt the effort it took to refit two platoons and 

decided that we needed a better way to re-supply them.

With our initial experience behind us, we focused on ways to improve resupply issues for the platoons. Since our assignment to Hawaii, we fell under the 

Aviation Brigade of the 25th Infantry Division. With this critical piece in place, 

we set out to make re-supply easier for everyone involved. 

I had mentioned earlier, that in conjunction with field time, Air Assault 

School played an integral part in our preparations for deployment, as well. I 

had the opportunity to send as many Soldiers as I could possibly send to school 

in anticipation of this very vital mission of re-supply. In a very short time, this 

task played an important part in our efforts. The air liaison officer assigned to 3rd

Brigade played an important part in our efforts of re-supplying our platoons in a 

timely manner. He coordinated lift efforts that would reduce re-supply times from 

twelve hours to three hours. We took into consideration load time and availability 

of aircraft to make this mission successful.

With the aircraft firmly supporting our efforts, it was time to become creative 

with the lift capability. When we arrived in Kandahar, the issue of John Deere 

tractors played an important part in our re-supply efforts. The troop’s initial issue 

of one all terrain vehicle hampered re-supply, but within time, our ATVs would 

increase to three. These three ATVs played a vital role in our continuing re-supply 

effort. 

With the security of Kandahar Airfield, re-supply efforts seemed easy and 

72
flawless. The effort of coordination and actually loading the CH-47s, with the 

assistance of numerous Soldiers, was flawless. The unit would assemble the 

ATVs at a rally point and then load the ATVs onto the CH-47s. With preparations 

for movement complete, Soldiers operated the ATVs and headed out for platoon 

re-supply missions.

With the integration of CH-47s to our re-supply effort, time decreased 

dramatically for re-supplying our fighting forces. The ability to conduct this critical 

mission enhanced our ability to concentrate on other critical tasks. In addition, 

with the use of ATVs to our mission, its acceptance by the lift company came 

with great appreciation. The gaining factor for them was less time on the ground 

and less chance of indirect or direct fire. Once the lift commander identified his 

landing zone, the ATVs would exit the CH-47, the helicopter would lift off and resupply operations would begin. With operations complete, radio contact brought 

the lift helicopters back to the landing zone, and a reverse order of loading the 

ATVs began. With re-supply missions complete, the helicopter headed back to 

Kandahar and the efforts started all over again for the next mission.

The CH-47s assisted the troop enormously. They continued to assist the troop 

when it came to heavier lift requirements. Throughout the entire deployment, the 

Alabama National Guard lift company played an integral part in almost every 

operation that required lift capability. In addition to re-supply efforts, they also 

assisted with numerous lift requirements for our heavy up-armor HMMWVs into 

our areas of responsibilities. Without the assistance of the lift company, my time 

spent during re-supply would have been a never-ending journey. 

Part of the Army’s mission in Afghanistan is to improve the Afghan Nation. 

In 2005, SGM L. Obeda and the 173d Combat Support Company built a road 

through the harsh landscape that ran from Qalat to Shinkay and the Pakistani 

border. This road, one of the few, in Afghanistan not only helped improve the 

Afghan infrastructure, but also showed the Afghan people that in supporting the 

National government they would improve their own lives.

SGM L. Obeda

“Operation Roma”

173d Combat Support Company, Afghanistan, 04/2005

April 1, 2005 marked a historical moment in the history of the 173d Combat 

Support Company. That year was the company’s second year long deployment 

to the Middle East. In February 2005, the unit has participated in OIF I, and nine 

months later deployed to Afghanistan in support of Operation Enduring Freedom 

VI. During OEF VI deployment, the company participated in numerous missions 

to include cave and cache destruction, route reconnaissance and clearance, training 

of Afghan National Army (ANA) Soldiers, in addition to conducting infantry 

patrol missions. The company’s most notable accomplishments during OEF VI 

73
were the community relations with the local population, and the construction of 

Qalat to Shinkay, road better known as “Operation Roma.”

Operation Roma was a very difficult road construction mission, and one of 

the largest projects that the 173d Airborne Brigade had undertaken. As a light 

airborne Engineer unit, we did not possess the equipment necessary for such a 

large scale road construction mission. Our unit’s training was tailored to conduct 

light air field repair work, smaller road upgrades, and road repair missions. 

However, based on prior experience gained from deployment to Iraq and knowing 

that Afghanistan didn’t have many roads, we included road construction as one of 

our top training objectives in preparation for this deployment.

Our first obstacle was to determine where the road was going to go. This task 

was very complicated since the only way through the area was to drive through 

dry river beds and over very rough terrain. As we conducted a reconnaissance of 

the area, we realized that the traveled time was over nine hours and only passable 

in a HMMWV. During the recon, our primary function was to locate a passable 

route that avoided the river beds and local farmers’ fields. This task required the 

assistance of the Qalat Provincial Reconstruction Team (PRT) in order to negotiate 

with local land owners to establish the future road.

As we started to develop the plan, we needed to build a camp in order to 

have our engineer equipment strategically positioned in order to construct the 

road in a timely and efficient manner. On or about 10 June 2005, we departed 

Kandahar Air Field (KAF) and made the 177km trip to FOB Lagman. Due 

to the amount of material that was needed to construct FOB Wolverine, the 

company moved in two serials. Each serial consisted of eight HMMWV gun 

trucks, organic engineer equipment, and approximately 30 jingle trucks loaded 

with materials needed to construct the FOB. It took three weeks for the camp 

to be able to effectively support construction, but efforts to improve the camp 

never stopped.

Camp Wolverine was located approximately half way between FOB Lagman 

Qalat and the Dab Pass and was capable of sustaining all personnel and equipment 

for the duration of our mission. The camp eventually grew into a base of operations 

for an Infantry platoon, an Artillery section, one Afghan National Army (ANA) 

BN, direct support and third shop level maintenance assets, and the home of the 

173d Combat Support Company, “Wolverines.” 

As the company developed a very aggressive plan to complete the road, the 

Company Commander, CPT Young, and I led the company in all aspects of the 

road construction. In addition, we managed a budget of over $1.7 million, over 

30 pieces of US Army Engineer equipment, over 40 pieces of Afghan engineer 

equipment, over 150 local national construction operators and laborers, and the 

first ANA engineer battalion. The environment, in which the soldiers had to 

work in, placed a major strain on the equipment. During the summer months 

the temperature was in the high 90s to low 100s. This caused the ground to turn 

into a powder like material that got into everything. This in turn resulted in 

74
increased maintenance requirements for the engineer equipment, weapons, and 

communication systems.

The plan called for three teams and was augmented by locally contracted 

operators, civilian laborers, and ANA engineer Soldiers. The teams were Clear 

and grub team, Sub-base team, and Emplacement of culverts team. 

The first team was to clear and grub the proposed road. This team had the 

difficult task to train the ANA Soldiers on dozer operations. ANA Soldiers were 

trained in clear and grub operations and assisted in the construction of the road. 

Since a great portion of the road was going to follow the existing trails, the initial 

clearing was mainly widening the road. Our D5 dozers did an adequate job of 

clearing the road where the terrain was flat. When the terrain became increasingly 

rough and required large cut and fills, it was necessary to incorporate the D8 and 

D85s that the civilian contractors brought to the mission. In order to keep the 

road out of the river bed, it required that the road go through some extremely steep 

and rugged terrain. The civilian contractors were able to move large amounts of 

material in a short period of time. This allowed the clear and grub effort to stay 

out in front of the sub-base team.

The second team was the road sub-base. Construction practices and techniques 

for completing the sub-base portion of the road went through many changes. 

Originally, we started using organic equipment such as 950B bucket loaders, 

5-ton dumps, D5 dozers, 130G graders and the Vive Roller. This configuration 

resulted in an average of 200-300 meters of sub-base being spread per day. To 

improve the work rate, we added civilian contractors and ANA Soldiers to the 

company’s fleet of eleven 5-ton dump trucks. At its best, the company was able 

to spread over 1200 meters of sub-base a day. In addition to large equipment, the 

civilian contractors brought water distributors increasing the California Bearing 

Ratio (CBR), thus making the road much stronger.

The third task of construction was the emplacement of culverts. The culverts 

were the most difficult aspects of the project. The project required extensive use 

of culverts through-out the entire road. Part of the road ran roughly two kilometers 

from the base of a large mountain and crossed many drainage ditches and ravines 

that originated in the mountains. The road also crossed numerous irrigation 

ditches that local farmers used to irrigate their fields. Even with the company’s 

widespread use of culverts there were still rivers that had to be crossed using low 

water crossings, and eventually bridges. Particular to our culvert emplacement 

was the use of local nationals and elements of ANA engineer Soldiers. In an 

effort to help put money back into the community and expedite the culvert effort, 

the 173d CSC hired 50 local nationals to help in the construction of headwalls. 

Between the ANA Soldiers and the local nationals the company effectively 

installed an average of six to eight culverts with headwalls and toe walls daily.

The Qalat to Shinkay road was a 48 kilometers stretching along the Suri 

district and through the infamous Dab Pass onto the town of Shinkay and 

eventually to the Pakistan border. Located in the Zabul Province, encompassing 

75
the cities of Qalat and Shinkay, the pre-existing road consisted of dirt trails and 

river beds that were washed out and unusable after heavy rains or thaws in the 

spring. The 173D Combat Support Company transformed these barely passable 

trails into a six meter wide gravel road that is trafficable by all vehicles. The road 

is now a main supply route for large trucks and commercial vehicles as well as a 

high speed route between FOB Lagman and FOB Sweeney which in the previous 

year was impassable due to snow. Over the course of the road’s 48 kilometers, 

two hundred culverts were placed and over 60,000 cubic meters of gravel lay. The 

road provides an efficient and reliable means of travel linking 18 villages in the 

dangerous Suri district that had never before been effectively linked to each other. 

This road also connects to the only national highway, Highway 1.

Combat advisors are a critical element in the US effort to build the Afghan 

National Army and Afghan Security Forces. SGM T. Lawrence served as 

Operations Sergeant for Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha 391. 

SGM Lawrence’s story tells of an encounter between Afghan National Army forces 

and Anti-Coalition Militia forces on 20 July 2004.

SGM T. Lawrence

“Combat Advisor”

SFOD 391, Afghanistan, 10 June-24 November 2004

As an Operations Sergeant in a Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha 

391, my detachment served as “Combat Advisors” in Southern Afghanistan during 

Operation Enduring Freedom from 10 June 2004 thru 24 November 2004. The 

detachment conducted unconventional warfare operations with the Afghanistan 

Security Forces (ASF) and elements of the Afghanistan National Army (ANA). 

Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha 391, fought with and advised forces 

provided by the Governor of Oruzgan Province, executed multiple operations to 

kill, capture, deny, disrupt, and destroy Anti-Coalition Militia (ACM) and Taliban 

forces operating in southern Afghanistan. My influence on the detachment and 

the host nation forces were critical to the successful execution of every mission 

the detachment executed.

I led the detachment and advised the Afghanistan National Army on 

numerous patrols and missions. These patrols and missions consisted of traffic 

control points, presence patrols, mounted and dismounted reconnaissance, cordon 

and search, search and attack, as well as movement to contact. These operations 

resulted in the confiscation of numerous weapons, ammunition, and explosives, 

as well as the detainment of several suspected Taliban and Anti-Coalition Militia 

members.

During the pre-dawn hours on 20 July 2004, as a member of a combined 

United States and Afghanistan National Army dismounted patrol, we conducted a 

cordon and search of six suspected Anti-Coalition Militia compounds in a village 

76
north of Kandahar. The patrol came under intense small arms and automatic 

weapon fire from a well prepared Anti-Coalition Militia force estimated to be at 

least forty personnel strong.

I maneuvered a support element through corn fields and canals up to the High 

Valuable Target Anti-Coalition Militia compound. In order to gain the best cover 

and concealment from the enemy force, the support element occupied a northern 

blocking position just meters from the main objective. 

Within seconds of engaging the first Anti Coalition Militia, the support 

element came under fire from an Anti Coalition Militia element approximately 

200 meters north of the main objective. While bullets ricocheted in all directions, 

a drainage ditch in which my element used for cover was consistently being fired at 

with small arms and automatic weapon fire. My support element simultaneously 

engaged the enemy while maintaining fire superiority on the Anti Coalition Militia 

to the north.

After neutralizing the immediate threat, the main effort cleared the objective. 

I then coordinated the link up of several Afghanistan National Army forces and 

United States Special Forces members to clear the two additional compounds 200 

meters north of the main objective. Once the main objective and the surrounding 

area was cleared and secured the number of enemy forces captured and killed 

were 16. 

As the detachment was nearing the end of this tour and redeploying back to 

Fort Bragg, North Carolina it was difficult to adjust to a normal way of life. It 

wasn’t more then two months later when the Battalion CSM came up to me and 

stated, “SGM Lawrence, get your guys trained up because we’ve been ordered to 

go back over into the Central Command (CENTCOM) Area of Operation. Before 

deploying to Iraqi, Special Forces Operational Detachment Alpha 391 went to 

Kenya to conduct a peacetime training mission with an Airborne Infantry unit.

The improvised explosive device (IED) has proven a favored instrument in the 

last few years of rebel forces in Afghanistan and Iraq. MSG R. Abernathy tells of 

his experience with such a device in the remote region of Chamkani, Afghanistan 

while on a routine patrol.

MSG R. Abernathy

“Reacting to an Improvised Explosive Device”

Team Sergeant, 3rd SFG, June 2005-January 2006

Another cold morning in the Afghan countryside and we again embark on the 

long return journey to our firebase after a few days of intense mounted patrols. 

The firebase, which is located 14km from the Pakistani border is the only home 

that we have known for several months. We actually looked forward to getting 

back home where we really only need to worry about the occasional rocket attack 

and not everything else that could go wrong while outside the wire. Our patrols 

77
didn’t extend much beyond a few days, because after a few days of staying on the 

edge our senses would reach overload. We are currently in an overloaded state and 

are desperately in need of a recharge. Therefore, with our pre-checks and briefings 

complete, we head out of our patrol base and jump onto the primary route back (the 

only route). After about fifteen minutes of travel...BOOM! The first US vehicle 

in the convoy (incidentally, my vehicle) was hit with an Improvised Explosive 

Device (IED). Bottom line, we experienced no serious injuries and recovered all 

equipment to the firebase, but many things did change. We’ll now experience the 

changes together.

In 2001, I was promoted and moved to Okinawa, Japan, and served as a 

Team Sergeant for SFODA 134, 1st Special Forces Group. During this time 

(post 9/11), we stayed actively engaged in OPERATION Enduring Freedom–

Philippines. After three years of service in Okinawa, Japan, I was ready to return 

to my Special Forces home, 3rd Special Forces Group. Luckily, the Team Sergeant 

position on SFODA 325 was open and I was slotted. I arrived October 2004, just 

after the team, and battalion, completed a successful rotation. My arrival was 

timed perfectly, because I was able to conduct many key training events with 

the SFODA. This training included a comprehensive rotation to the historic Fort 

William Henry Harrison in Helena, Montana. We were able to review all mounted 

and dismounted drills in an environment which closely replicated the Afghan 

terrain. Our detachment was ready to re-enter the fight and we did in the summer 

of 2005.

Chamkani is located in the Paktya Province of Afghanistan approximately 

14 kilometers from the Pakistani border. The Pashtun tribes of the Chamkani, 

Kharouti and Mangal ethnically dominate the area. Chamkani lies in a valley 

within the Hindu Kush Mountain range, and is made up of several smaller villages 

of which the collective whole is known as Chamkani. Local Nationals of the area, 

when speaking of Chamkani, are usually referring to either the Chamkani tribe or 

the Chamkani Bazaar which is located approximately 200 meters outside the front 

gate of Chamkani Firebase.

The firebase is located approximately 200 meters north of the Chamkani 

Bazaar with various hills surrounding the camp in a horseshoe pattern. There are 

three main lines of communication (LOCs) into the Chamkani valley, one coming 

from the east leading to Patan District and Pakistan, one from the west leading 

to Gardez and eventually turning north to Jaji District, and one from the south 

leading to Jani Khel District and Khowst. There are several small mud dwellings 

and other two story buildings in the Chamkani Bazaar located outside of Chamkani 

Firebase. The whole of the valley consists of mainly the bazaar and small farms 

tended by the residents of the several small villages around Chamkani.

The local populace seems to be generally positive about the presence of US 

and coalition forces and the positive economic conditions that have resulted since 

the buildup of coalition forces on Chamkani Firebase. The tribal elders assure 

US forces in the Chamkani area that there aren’t any members of al-Qaeda (AQ), 

78
Taliban (TB), or Hezb-E-Islami Gulbuddin (HIG) in their villages. However, we 

have received several reports that US personnel are under constant surveillance, 

observation and possible attack. The major threat to personnel in the Chamkani 

area continues to be al-Qaeda and HIG forces, including local tribal disputes. We 

expect rocket attacks originating from the southern valley, as well as, improvised 

explosive devices (IED), booby-trapped weapons caches, and ambushes along 

patrol routes. The base is ever vigilant to attacks, harassment activities, and 

intelligence collection by enemy forces either at the firebase or while out on 

combat patrols.

The months leading up to October (the month of the IED) were busy, both 

politically and operationally. During this time we have been working diligently 

on establishing rapport with the local leadership and population. This meant that 

we were on the streets nearly every day working our areas and speaking with the 

locals. Some of our areas, namely Ali Kheyl, were several hours away, which 

required us to plan patrols that lasted a few days in duration. With our surge 

into the area, we maintained a presence which limited enemy activity to a few 

harassing rocket attacks or the occasional IED. Due to our established rapport 

and information collection techniques, we usually received notification from the 

locals of an upcoming attack. This kept our detachment ahead of the enemy, 

which is always a better place to be. But things would soon change.

We planned and prepared to conduct a three-day patrol to the village of Ali 

Kheyl beginning on 30 September and ending on 2 October 2005. Little did we 

know at the time, but this patrol would change the lives of several people. We had 

several activities planned in conjunction with this patrol, but the main reason was 

to continue a US and Afghan Security Force (ASF) presence in the area. Patrol 

orders were published and approved and final preparations were conducted.

Patrol- Day One:

The patrol started with no delays and we could now expect to be in our 

vehicles for the next five to six hours with only a few breaks. During our planned 

breaks, we would conduct a short vehicle check point and establish a security 

perimeter. At one check point I remember confiscating a pistol from a local that 

was riding a moped. We had rules established in the area that prohibited anyone 

from carrying any type of weapon. Each household was permitted to have one 

AK-47 per adult male, but they still weren’t allowed to carry them. We continued 

our patrol and arrived in the early evening in time to set up a security perimeter 

and conduct meetings with the local officials.

Patrol- Day Two:

After an uneventful night, the day started the same as many. Afghan Security 

Force Soldiers scrambling to get chow out to the troops, team members taking 

care of their priorities of work, and the leadership dealing with the local officials. 

We departed our patrol base early, because we had several activities which we 

79
needed to conduct during daylight hours. After the long day, we would egress to 

the same patrol base we used the night prior. We reused this patrol base several 

times while conducting patrols in this area, because the threat was low and the 

terrain worked to our advantage. We never had any engagement with hostile 

forces while occupying this patrol base.

Upon return to the patrol base, we were approached by the gentleman that 

had his pistol confiscated. He claimed to be affiliated with the government and 

required the pistol for his protection. This was a common line that we would 

hear from locals in a similar situation. We informed him that the Government 

of Afghanistan required the confiscation of weapons (especially handguns) and 

he, working for the government, should know that. With a disappointed look, he 

departed our perimeter, but I had the feeling that we would see him again.

Patrol- Day Three:

Another morning dawned and normal activities were taking place. We were 

planning to get out of the area early that morning, but a little vehicle trouble 

delayed our return to base. During our daily pre-combat inspections, truck one it 

was noticed that the serpentine belt was off the pulleys and wouldn’t stay in place. 

Upon closer inspection, we noticed that a nut had vibrated off one of the mounting 

bolts and required replacement. We looked locally for a nut that could be used, 

but to no avail. Finally, we improvised and attached some wire to the end of the 

bolt and it looked as if it would hold. We may need to make more security halts 

to inspect the improvised bolt, but at least we would be mobile.

Meanwhile, the leadership was again speaking with the local officials and, 

as I expected, the man with the missing pistol was at our step again. But this 

time he was bringing some firepower. He was with Commander Dawood’s son. 

Commander Dawood was a HIG commander during the Soviet occupation and 

still is held in high regard in this part of the country, his son now attempts to 

carry as much respect. They teamed with the local officials and asked again for 

the pistol. We, team leadership, discussed the implications again, but came to the 

same result. We would not return the pistol, but informed him to get authorization 

from the provisional government for an exception to current policy. Some think 

that this decision triggered the IED attack.

Back at the vehicles, systems were double checked and it looked as if we 

were ready to initiate our movement. However, due to the handicapped truck we 

decided to alter our normal traveling formation and put truck three, my truck, in 

the lead. With the changes made and the movement order briefed, we were ready 

to move.

Now that we were finally moving, things seemed to get back to a normal 

state. All communications were checked and double checked. We were using all 

of the available countermeasures as we always did on patrol and it looked as if it 

was going to be another routine patrol back to the firebase. 

We moved downhill from our patrol base on a winding dirt road and, after 

80
passing through a small bazaar, reached the rocky valley floor. This is a large 

valley area which holds a small river that was crossed as we continued through. 

The road now turned southward and followed the valley and river and would 

continue to do so until we had to cross the next mountain range. You may expect 

this area to be desolate, but this mountainous region contained many coniferous 

trees and underbrush. Consequently, this made the valley floor an extremely 

vulnerable place and gave every advantage to the enemy. 

I was having a conversation with the driver covering our activities upon 

return. I was seated in the passenger seat and responsible for communications 

from vehicle. Our gunner was in his post manning an M-2 .50 cal machine gun. 

We also had one additional passenger in the rear cargo area manning an M-240G 

machine gun. This vehicle is not your standard M 1114 (hard-shell), but an openended M-1113. Luckily, we did receive the required upgrades which gave the 

vehicle some much needed protection. We were passing some snack food back 

and forth and then BOOM! We rocked around in the vehicle like some giant had 

picked the truck up and was using it to salt his food. Everyone was out of it for 

a minute or two and finally snapped out of it as we heard the guns from the rear 

trucks laying some rounds into the hillside. I called to each of the others to see if 

everyone was okay. Slowly (seemed as if it took forever), everyone answered and 

that confirmed that we all had made it through somehow. I announced to the rest 

of the team that we were shaken a bit, but seemed to be okay. Once recovered, we 

entered the fight, but it was a hopeless effort. We were wasting rounds into the 

hillside. We dismounted, covered and searched a few local dwellings and several 

bystanders, but no evidence to tie anyone to the attack.

After securing the area, many minutes traveled past as we went through the 

scene and tried to put things together, but we didn’t want to spend too much 

more time in the area, so we prepped to move. After an aerial escort arrived and 

scanned the road ahead, we licked our wounds and headed out again. We were 

ready to re-engage and expected to hit some trouble on the road home, but the 

rest of the ride was thankfully uneventful. After several hours of rough mounted 

patrolling, we arrived at our pseudo safe haven, Chamkani Firebase.

Everyone that was anyone was using every available communications link to 

talk with us and request several after action reports. Our medic was doing a fine 

job of conducting detailed medical assessments of the personnel involved in the 

blast. We told and retold the events of the day over and over again to our other 

curious firebase occupants. We were still on edge; adrenaline still flowing through 

the bloodstream like busy commuters through Grand Central Station. It would be 

several hours more, if not days, before we were back at some stable level.

81
The success of the US Army in Afghanistan is closely tied to the success of the 

Afghan National Army. Senior NCOs, like SGM M. Granado viewed the Afghan 

Army in late 2005. He saw an army without a strong NCO Corps. He knew that 

the success of the Afghan National Army would rely on the ability to create an 

Afghan noncommissioned officer who could lead and train Soldiers. Therefore, 

while serving as the Brigade Senior NCO Mentor he began work on creating the 

Afghan National Army Leadership Reaction and Training Course. 

SGM M. Granado

“Afghan National Army Leadership Reaction and Training Course”

December 2005

The Leadership Reaction and Training Course (LRTC) critical thinking and 

team building methodology has found its way into the Afghanistan Ministry 

of Defense’s Strategic Training Command due to the diligence and focused 

persistence of the United States Noncommissioned Officers Corps. The 

predominant leadership factor that was hindering the Afghanistan National Army 

(ANA) and its ability to successfully foster and maintain a qualified fighting force 

was the substandard utilization and respect for the ANA NCO.

The ANA unit we were to train was the 3rd Kandak, 1st BDE (a Kandak is 

equivalent to a Battalion) of the newly formed 209th CORPS whose mission and 

responsibility was to patrol and protect the entire northern region of Afghanistan. 

This Kandak was to be the first ANA Infantry unit to occupy the northern quadrant 

of Afghanistan. There were no other friendly units in the region other than Secret 

Special Operation Forces and the Provincial Reconstruction Teams (PRT) that 

were commanded by the British Army. 

After several unsuccessful attempts to train ANA NCOs, the idea of a 

Leadership Reaction and Training Course began to evolve. The actual course 

ideas and layouts were not new. Our initial internet research led us to Fort Sill’s 

and Camp Atterbury’s Leadership Reaction Courses (LRC) POI which is very 

comprehensive. However, we did not have the higher level of training or financial 

support, specified time or money and people power to build an LRC at this location 

at the time. In addition, the inherent bureaucracy that usually comes along with 

any good idea like this was also an annoyance. So we built it ourselves. 

The original course layout was a combination of old Leadership Reaction 

Course originals designed to promote teamwork and physical fitness along with 

the “critical thinking” aspects to identify leaders amongst the Soldiers. We coupled 

this with the civilian “ROPES”, a combination of team building and “high wire” 

elements for confidence. This was great in theory, except that majority of our ANA 

Soldiers did not see themselves as leaders, and neither did their commanders, so 

we created scenarios that came right from their own experiences and country. We 

took into account their terrain and culture and created a few scenarios that might 

actually happen if they were at home in their own village or rural town without 

82
anyone else available. We also used the controversial adages and commentary 

such as, “if your child or wife were going to die if you did not do something--

-what would you do?” We also identified a representative team of prospective 

future ANA “LRTC Fitness Trainers” (later to be identified as a Tactical Fitness 

Instructor or “TAC SGT”) to help us build, layout, and govern the new LRTC 

from dirt to final product.

The grand opening allowed for the ANA NCOs to show their ability to 

lead, demonstrate and conduct the training for all ANA and US commanders 

and senior NCOs of the 209th CORPS. This concept was new to the ANA 

commanders and there had been many ANA officer obstacles inherent to 

the process leading up to the opening ceremony. At times the US forces had 

problems supporting the follow through aspect of ensuring their identified 

ANA TAC SGTs were not put on a duty roster and or some extraneous detail 

as well. 

The use of a hand built wooden scale model greatly enhanced the “visual 

aspect” of the discussion this concept was then used for the instructional squad 

level briefings on the course too. Finally, the ANA 209th CORPS Commander 

gave full support to the project and graciously accepted the invitation to the 

“Grand Opening” and “Dedication Ceremony”. This ceremony was a myriad 

of pomp and circumstance and live demonstrations by the ANA NCOs at their 

best. The ANA TAC SGTs had worked with the Special Forces Group that was 

working in our compound. That added the needed emphasis of validity and he 

directed that all ANA training officers, Kandak and Brigade level senior staff, 

1SGs and CSMs be at the opening ceremony. 

The ceremony was a live ANA NCO demonstration of the entire LRTC 

training process for Platoon-Squad level units. The process of course rationale 

briefing, course overview and safety, course equipment care and leadership, 

self-confidence, initiative, and team building concepts came alive for everyone. 

More importantly, the entire program was completely run by the ANA TAC 

SGTs with only minimal US support. The ceremony was so successful that it is 

now officially sanctioned by the MOD and has been briefed at several country 

Commanders’ sessions.

It was at this time that some key US senior NCOs were asked if they would 

take on higher responsibility and promote this LRTC concept throughout the 

Combined Joint Task Force of Afghanistan (CJTF-A). This personnel move 

was accomplished and the LRTC concept took on a country wide training 

perspective. The Garrison level US Navy “Seabees” assisted with their expertise 

in the building of an even more comprehensive course in the capital Kabul. 

This LRTC was built at Darulaman Garrison of the 201st CORPS. This was in 

conjunction the Kabul Military Training Center (KMTC) and the British who 

trained the ANA officers along with the French who trained the NCO CORPS 

at this training facility. This site was ideal for this type of training, as all newly 

trained Kandaks leaving “Basic Training” go to this Garrison for two to eight 

83
weeks awaiting command structure and move out orders. Hence, another 

doctrinally sound training facility to support the tenets of leadership and team 

building before the ANA units go into combat.

84
85

“After all that has just passed -- all the lives taken, and all the possibilities and 

hopes that died with them -- it is natural to wonder if America’s future is one 

of fear. Some speak of an age of terror. I know there are struggles ahead, and 

dangers to face. But this country will define our times, not be defined by them. 

As long as the United States of America is determined and strong, this will not 

be an age of terror; this will be an age of liberty, here and across the world. 

Great harm has been done to us. We have suffered great loss. And in our grief 

and anger we have found our mission and our moment. Freedom and fear are at 

war. The advance of human freedom -- the great achievement of our time, and 

the great hope of every time -- now depends on us. Our nation -- this generation 

-- will lift a dark threat of violence from our people and our future. We will rally 

the world to this cause by our efforts, by our courage. We will not tire, we will 

not falter, and we will not fail.”

President George W. Bush, in an address to a Joint Session of Congress and the 

American People at the U.S. Capitol, Washington, D.C., Sept. 20, 2001

 _______________________________________________

“We will not judge fellow Americans by appearance, ethnic background, or religious faith. We will defend the values of our country, and we will live by them. 

We will persevere in this struggle, no matter how long it takes to prevail. 

Above all, we will live in a spirit of courage and optimism. Our nation was born 

in that spirit, as immigrants yearning for freedom courageously risked their lives 

in search of greater opportunity. That spirit of optimism and courage still beckons people across the world who want to come here. And that spirit of optimism 

and courage must guide those of us fortunate enough to live here. 

Courage and optimism led the passengers on Flight 93 to rush their murderers 

to save lives on the ground.

 Led by a young man whose last known words were the Lord’s Prayer and “Let’s 

roll.” He didn’t know he had signed on for heroism when he boarded the plane 

that day. Some of our greatest moments have been acts of courage for which no 

one could have ever prepared. 

We will always remember the words of that brave man, expressing the spirit of a 

great country. We will never forget all we have lost, and all we are fighting for. 

Ours is the cause of freedom. We’ve defeated freedom’s enemies before, and we 

will defeat them again. 

We cannot know every turn this battle will take. Yet we know our cause is just 

and our ultimate victory is assured. We will, no doubt, face new challenges. But 

we have our marching orders: My fellow Americans, let’s roll.“

President George W. Bush, in Address to the Nation, World Congress Center, 

Atlanta Nov. 8, 2001.
A CH-47 Chinook helicopter flies through a mountain range in Afghanistan, carrying 

cargo and personnel to a Coalition facility. Chinooks, dubbed the workhorses of Army 

Aviation, proved their worth in Afghanistan often performing tasks meant for Blackhaw

which were ineffective at higher elevations.

Spc. Isaac Scrugg

Afghanistan Invasion

October 7, 2001

86
by Sgt. 1st Class Larry E. Joh

September 3, 2003

Sgt. 1st Class Michael O. Perkins 

examines the eyes of a elder male 

from the Kuchi Tribe near Gardez, 

Afghanistan. Perkins, a medical 

specialist assigned to the 3rd Spe

cial Forces Group, provides medic

care to Afghan tribesmen in suppo

of the Combined Joint Civil Military 

Task Force.

by Cpl. Jason Prescott, December 12, 2001

Three memorial displays stand in for Master Sgt. Jefferson D. Davis, Sgt. 1st 

Class Daniel H. Petithory, both of ODA-574, Co. A, 3rd Bn., 5th SFG (Abn.) and 

Staff Sgt. Brain C. Prosser MI Det. 2nd Bn., 5th SFG (Abn.) during their memorial 

service Dec. 10, at Fort Campbell, Ky. The three Soldiers died during a bombing 

accident in Kandahar, Afghanistan Dec. 4. 

87
September 9, 2003

Staff Sgt. William Rothrock, 

left, and Sgt. Jon Soammer 

discuss an upcoming mission in Daychopan Province, 

Afghanistan. Rothrock is a 

squad leader and Sommer 

was a team leader in the 10th 

Mountain Division’s Company 

A, 2nd Battalion, 22nd Infantry Regiment. The soldiers 

searched for Taliban fighters 

and weapons caches. 

September 23, 2003

Pvt. Jeremy Wilson hands 

a stick of gum to a child in 

the village of Haji Mohammad Zai Kalacha in Afghanistan. Wilson is assigned to 

the 10th Mountain Military 

Police Company, which supports missions that provide 

humanitarian assistance and 

gather passive intelligence. 

Staff Sgt. Kyle Davis

Pfc. Hugo A. Baray-Vasqu

88
by Sgt. Drew Lockwood

January 23, 2004

The sun rises behind a Soldier 

who scans the perimeter of 

Firebase Gereshk, Afghanistan

From his position on the obser

vation tower he can see deep 

into the open desert beyond th

walls of this remote encampment.

by Sgt. Andre Reynolds, May 24, 2004 | Sgt. Michelle Naylor, center, medicates a 

in the village of Kasani, Afghanistan, while Sgt. Jonathan Morehouse and a villager he

keep order among the flock. The Soldiers were conducting a Coalition Medical Assista

mission in support of Operation Enduring Freedom. 

89
by DoD

July 7, 2004 | Special Forces Soldiers and 

a Marine Corps contingent maintain security 

as a medical evacuation helicopter lands to 

evacuate wounded Coalition personnel after 

a combat action south of Camp Blessing, 

Afghanistan. The Army is working with other 

services to defeat terrorism in Afghanistan.

April 15, 2

Soldiers operate a de-mining 

hicle, known as a “flailer,” to sea

for land mines and unexplo

ordnance in an uninhabited are

Bagram Air Field in Afghanis

Sgt. 1st Class Sandra Watkins-Keo

90
by Sgt. Frank Magni, March 11, 2005

Sgt. John Diaz (right) and fellow Scout Platoon 

Soldiers from Headquarters and Headquarters 

Company, 2nd Battalion, 27th Infantry Regiment, 

25th Infantry Division, patrol a road in southern 

Afghanistan. 

by Spc. Jerry T. Combes

September 20, 2004

Soldiers of the 37th Field 

Artillery, 2nd Infantry Division 

fire an M119 howitzer.

91
July 5, 2005

Soldiers from 173rd Combat Support Company, 2nd Battalion, 503rd Parachute Infantry Regiment, 173rd Airborne Brigade, improve an 84-kilometer 

road from Forward Operating Base Sweeny to FOB Laghman, Afghanistan

Pfc. Vincent Fusco

by Master Sgt. Lisa Gregory, July 1, 2005 | Staff Sgt. Vernell Hall, 55th Signal 

Company, interviews Maj. Christine Nichols from the Parwan Provincial Reconstruction Team, Bagram Air Base, on providing apprehension and crowd-control training to 

Afghan policewomen in Kabul, Afghanistan. 

92
by Sgt. Tara Teel

July 7, 2005

Soldiers in Afghanistan 

practice mountainwarfare skills with the 

aid of instructors from 

the Vermont-based Army 

Mountain Warfare School. 

by Staff Sgt. Larry Garner

July 26, 2005

A Soldier from the 503rd Infantry Regiment, 173rd 

Airborne Brigade, searches for a weapons cache 

in a well near Qalat, Afghanistan.

93
by Staff Sgt. Joseph Collins 

August 5, 20

Soldiers from Company B, 3rd Battalio

116th Infantry Regiment, 29th Infantry Di

sion, clamber up a ravine in southeaste

Afghanistan, in search of insurgents a

weapons cache

by Pfc. Mike Pryor

August 19, 2005

Afghan National Army soldiers question a 

detainee while a paratrooper from 1st Battalion, 

325th Airborne Infantry Regiment, 82nd Airborne 

Division, provides security from his Humvee during a search of a town in Dila, Afghanistan, as 

part of Operation Neptune Aug. 9.

94
by SrA Brian Ferguson, September 1, 2006 | Soldiers load a casualty aboard a 

UH-60 air ambulance during a medevac mission near Qalat. 

by Spc. Joshua Balog, October 5, 2005 | A Soldier from Task Force Sabre 

performs rear security aboard a CH-47 Chinook helicopter near Kabul, 

Afghanistan. 

95
by Staff Sgt. Michael L. Casteel, February 09, 2007 | Soldiers with the 10th 

Mountain Division’s 14th Combat Support Hospital distribute clothing and other 

items to Afghan villagers at a staging area near Bagram Airfield, Afghanistan, 

during a medical civil action program Jan. 15. 

96
Iraq Invasion

April 2, 2003 | A pair of M2-A2 Bradley fighting vehicles secures an area south 

of the Karbala Gap in Iraq. Elements of the 3rd Infantry Division (Mech.) moved 

through the area between Karbala and Lake Al-Razzazzah as U.S. forces continued the push toward Baghdad. 

March 18, 2003

Sgt. Dunel Hagelin, Company 

D, 1/325th Airborne Infantry 

Regiment, critiques his Soldiers 

as they exit from a building 

during urban warfare training 

at the Udairi range in northern 

Kuwait.

Pfc. Matthew Acosta

March 24, 2003 | Soldiers from the 3rd Infantry 

Division sit in firing positions during an enemy 

approach on their position at Objective RAMA, in 

Southern Iraq.

97
March 20, 2003

March 23, 2003 | Soldiers of 1st Brigade, 101st Airborne Division (AAslt), mourn the 

loss of Capt. Christopher Seifert at a Camp Pennsylvania memorial ceremony. Seife

and Air Force Maj. Gregory Stone were killed when Hasan Akbar threw grenades in

their sleep tent early Sunday morning. The attack also left 14 other Soldiers wounde

Akbar was later convicted and sentenced to death for the act.

98
March 2003

Soldiers from the 101st Airborne Division, (AAslt), Fort Campbell, 

Ky., stand in a bunker in Kuwait, after hearing a Scud missile siren 

in the afternoon.

Photos by Pfc. Joshua Hutcheson

April 14, 2003

Pfc. Robert Wiltshire walks along a section of road littered with golf 

ball-sized bombs in the city of An Najaf.

99
by Spc. Jason Baker, May 2, 2003 | Battery B, 2nd Bn., 319th Airborne Field 

Artillery Regiment, convoy north along Highway 8 in Iraq. The artillerymen 

position to support the 82nd’s 2nd Brigade Combat Team during its operations to 

secure the main supply route leading to Baghdad.

by Spc. Dan Wiltshire, April 20, 2003 | Col. Curtis D. Potts, commander, 4th 

Brigade, salutes Maj. Gen. Muhammed Thumayla following the general’s surrender to 

coalition forces.

100
by Sgt. Curtis G. Hargrave, July 22, 2003 | Soldiers from 101st Airborne Division (AAslt) look on as a Tube-launched Optically-tracked Wire-guided (TOW) missile 

strikes the side of a building where Uday and Qusay Hussein, sons of Saddam Hussein, barricaded themselves inside and refused to surrender. The two were later found 

dead among the rubble.

September 10, 2003

A combat engineer assigned to the 173rd 

Airborne Brigade stacks 

Iraqi artillery shells slated 

for destruction at an area 

north of Kirkuk Air Base, 

Iraq. Paratroopers of the 

173rd work with the Air 

Force to destroy the mun

tions. More than one milli

pounds of ordnance have 

been destroyed since the 

beginning of the war.

by SSgt. James A. Williams

101
by Spc. Chad D. Wilkerson

December 3, 2003

A welder works on new modified protection plates for un-armored Humvees in Iraq in preparation for changes in enemy tactics in Iraq. Anti-Iraqi 

forces and insurgents began developing and employing improvised explosive devices against coalition forces.

102
by Pfc. Chris Jones, January 14, 2004 | Maj. Gen. David H. Petraeus cuts 

a ceremonial ribbon to mark the grand opening of the Al Hasoodia School in 

Kanash, Iraq. The rebuilding of the school, a nearly $10,000 Coalition project, 

began after the division conducted an air assault near the town in November. 

Petraeus was commander of the 101st Airborne Division at the time. 

March 23, 2004

First Sgt. Fidelito 

Ordonio helps guard 

the Sahilia Elementary 

School in Iraq during 

the school’s dedication 

ceremony. Ordonio is 

assigned to the 25th 

Infantry Division’s Com

pany A, 1st Battalion, 

27th Infantry Regiment

Elements of the division 

are deployed to Iraq. 

by Spc. Sean Kimmons

103
by Department of Defense

May 26, 2004

Soldiers, Coaliton allies and Iraqi personnel secure and survey the scene of a 

car bombing in which both occupants died in the vehicle. The explosion occurred 

approximately 500 meters from one of the entrances to the Coalition Provisional 

Authority during Operation Iraqi Freedom. 

104
February 17, 2004 | Sgt. 1st Class Todd Oliver paints over anti-Coalition 

graffiti in Kirkuk, Iraq. Oliver is assigned to the 173rd Airborne Division’s 

Public Affairs Office. Obscuring the graffiti contributed to area stability.

by Spc. Jan Critchfield, April 21, 2004 | 1st Lt. Brian Schonfeld, from the 

91st Engineer Battalion, is confronted with resistance when he attempts to persuade a shop owner to remove framed images of anti-coalition leader Muqtada 

al-Sadr from his shop. by SPC Clinton Tarzia

105
by Sgt. Dan Purcell, September 23, 2004 | Soldiers, local sheiks and Iraqi 

media members crowd together during a recent detainee release program held at 

Camp Hawk, home of the 303rd Iraqi National Guard Battalion. The 91st Engineer Battalion, 2nd Brigade Combat Team, 1st Cavalry Division provided security 

measures that facilitated the orderly release of the former prisoners.

by Spc. J. H. French, January 7, 2005

Staff Sgt. Scott Logan, 82nd Military Police Company, 82nd 

Airborne Division, gives a small Iraqi girl pop tarts while on 

patrol in Ar Ramadi, Iraq.

106
May 5, 2006 | A Soldier from the 988th Military Police 

Company shows an Iraqi police officer the correct way 

to hold his weapon during training at Forward Operating 

Base Kalsu. 

July 1, 2005 | Staff Sgt. John Imperato, a team chief from 411th Civil Affairs Battalion 

(center), speaks with an Iraqi businessman (right) through an interpreter during a 

recent patrol through Tikrit’s marketplace. They made contact with members of Tikrit’s 

business community in order to help establish a chamber of commerce and study the 

effects of Iraq’s successful first elections on business.

Staff Sgt. Raymond Drumsta

Petty Officer 2nd Class Katrina Beeler

107
by Tech. Sgt. Andy Dunaway, November 28, 2005 | Staff Sgt. Jason Lyday 

demonstrates to Iraqi trainees how to handle the AK-47 rifle during a close-combat course at Forward Operations Base McHenry.

July 20, 2006

U.S. Army Sgt. Todd 

Swank plays his French 

Horn during a warm up 

session before the arrival of VIPs and guests 

to Forward Operating 

Base (FOB) Courage 

in Mosul, Iraq, for the 

turnover ceremony. The 

ceremony returned FOB 

Courage back to Iraqi 

possession.

Tech. Sgt. Jeremy T. Lock

108
1st Sgt. Stephanie Hika

109
110

“It may take a long time, but no matter how long it takes, those who killed thousands of Americans and citizens from over 80 other nations will be brought to 

justice, and the misuse of Afghanistan as a training ground for terror will end. 

As I’ve said from the start, this is a difficult struggle, of uncertain duration. We 

hunt an enemy that hides in shadows and caves. We are at the beginning of our 

efforts in Afghanistan. And Afghanistan is the beginning of our efforts in the 

world. No group or nation should mistake America’s intentions: We will not 

rest until terrorist groups of global reach have been found, have been stopped, 

and have been defeated. And this goal will not be achieved until all the world’s 

nations stop harboring and supporting such terrorists within their borders.“

President George W. Bush, to the Warsaw Conference on Combating Terrorism, 

Nov. 6, 2001
IRAQ TIMELINE

1932 - Iraq becomes independent

1958 - Monarchy overthrown

1963 - Baath Party takes over in coup

1979 - 

Saddam Hussein takes power

Dawah Party attempts assassination of Tariq Aziz

4 Sep-Iran-Iraq War begins

16 March 1981-Chemical attack on Kurds

20 August 1988-Iran-Iraq War ceasefire

2 August 1990-Iraq invades Kuwait

1991 - 

16-17 January-Beginning of Operation Desert Storm

24 February-Coalition begins ground operations

3 March-Ceasefire

2003 - 

20 March-American missiles hit Baghdad

9 April-US forces enter central Baghdad

July-US appointed Council General meets for first time

July-Insurgency begins

2004 - 

March-Suicide bombers attack Shia festival

April-May US forces fight Sadr militia

June-Interim government established

August-US forces engage Sadr militia

2005 - 

30 January-Iraqi elections for Interim National Assembly

15 December-Iraqi national elections, Shia, United Iraq Alliance take

majority

2006 - 

22 April-Jawad al-Maliki forms government

May-June-Rise in religious violence 

30 December-Hanging of Saddam Hussein 

111
STORIES FROM IRAQ

Iraq has been called many different names in its history: Sumer, Babylon, 

Mesopotamia, to name a few. Two of its cities are among the holiest sites of 

Shiite Islam; these are An Najaf where Ali, son-in-law to Mohammed and the 

first convert to Islam, is buried and Karbala where Ali’s son, Husayn bin Ali, was 

killed in battle and buried. From 762 to 1258, during the reign of the Abbasid 

dynasty and the Caliph of Baghdad, Iraq served as the center of the Islamic world. 

In Abbasid courts, Arab and Persian cultures mixed, and Baghdad became the 

intellectual leader of studies in science, mathematics, medicine, and philosophy. 

In 1258, the Mongol leader Hulagu Khan sacked the city with such ferocity that 

it never recovered its former greatness. After the Mongols, the Ottoman Turks 

and then the British ruled Iraq. Finally, in 1932, Iraq became an independent 

kingdom.

In 1958, the monarchy was replaced by a republic which featured military 

strongmen as its rulers. This continued until 1968 when the Arab Socialist Baath 

Party took power. The Baathist believed in a secular state which combined Arab 

112
socialism, nationalism, and Pan-Arabism. In 1979, Saddam Hussein took control 

of the Baathist Party and Iraq.

In the same year, Iran became an Islamic republic, openly despising 

and challenging the secular states of the region--specifically Iraq. Ayatollah 

Khomeini, Iran’s fanatical fundamentalist religious leader, sought to spread the 

Islamic Revolution throughout the entire region, especially to Shiite communities 

in Iraq, Saudi Arabia, and Syria. The Iranian challenge was answered on 22 

September 1980, when Iraq launched an invasion of Iran. Iran relied heavily on 

waves of volunteers to force back the Iraqi forces. When it seemed Iran’s human 

waves might succeed, Iraq responded with the use of chemical weapons on both 

military and civilian targets against the Iranians and their own rebellious Kurdish 

population. The brutal war, in which Iraq lost over 375,000 men and Iran, over 

500,000, continued until 20 August 1988, when both sides agreed to a ceasefire.

Saddam Hussein did not last long as a peaceful dictator. Within two years, 

Iraqi troops marched into Kuwait and started the Gulf War. The United States 

built a coalition of nations and responded first with a devastating air campaign 

followed by a stunning 100-hour ground campaign that crushed any element of 

the Iraqi army that could not retreat fast enough. 

Saddam Hussein found himself forced into a ceasefire. In the Kurdish north 

and Shiite south uprising followed the ceasefire. Saddam dealt ruthlessly with the 

Shiite insurgents in the south; however, he was forced to stop short in the north 

where the Kurds gained considerable autonomy, creating a near country within 

a country. In what became an endless game of brinksmanship, Saddam pushed 

the US and its allies to the brink of war on numerous occasions. The primary 

issue centered on weapons of mass destruction--nuclear, biological, and chemical. 

The United States was determined that Iraq would not possess these agents of 

war. Fearing his enemies would find him helpless without such weapons, Saddam 

proved elusive and evasive in the face of United Nations inspections.

Finally, on 20 March 2004, the brinksmanship ended in the US-led invasion 

of Iraq. Iraqi troops, ill prepared and equipped, fared no better than in the 

previous Gulf War. In a three pronged attack, the US 3rd Infantry Division swung 

westward and headed for Baghdad, while the 1st Marine Division moved through 

the center of the country, and the 1st (UK) Armored Division moved north through 

the eastern marshland. American and Coalition military power, technology, and 

leadership proved decisive on the battlefield; within twenty-one days, the results 

from this powerful combination crushed the Iraqi Army.

113
“FIGHTING THE IRAQI ARMY”

1SG J. Bradshaw did his best to prepare his Company for the war against 

Iraq hovering on the horizon. In the initial invasion, his troops found themselves 

in three major ground attacks in the cities of An Najaf, Karbala, and Baghdad. 

During this time, his Company fought for 28 days and traveled more than 1,200 

kilometers before flying to Mosul. In Mosul, they stayed for nearly a year, 

changing their tactics from combat to stability and support operations. They 

found themselves on the streets of Mosul in the role of police, chasing down 

looters, criminals, and any resistance leftover from Iraq’s disbanded Army.

 

1SG J. Bradshaw

Invasion of Iraq

1/502nd Infantry Regt., 101st Airborne 2003

As I sat in a room full of first sergeants in early June 2002, Major General R. 

Cody, Commander, 101st ABN DIV briefed us on his expectations of us as first 

sergeants. As he continued with his speech, he said, “You will be taking your new 

companies into combat” and repeated those remarks several times throughout 

the rest of his briefing. Sitting there reflecting on what the general had said, I 

wondered when that date would be. Assuming the first sergeant position of B 

CO, 1/502nd INF REGT was an honor knowing that it was my responsibility to 

3rd Infantry Division in defensive firing positions, Southern Iraq, 24 March 

2003.

114
get my men ready for combat. Over the next nine months, the company trained, 

conducted live fires, and honed our skills as infantrymen.

Pre-deployment

Second Brigade Combat Team (BCT) received orders in early December 

2002 for deployment to Iraq. The next two months were spent packing milvans, con-exes, and preparing all the unit’s vehicles for rail delivery to the 

docks in Florida. We also received a large amount of new equipment, such 

as desert camouflage uniforms, body armor, new weapon magazines, 24 brand 

new M249 squad automatic weapons, ballistic goggles, and other miscellaneous 

equipment.

During those last couple of months, the commander and I worked diligently 

preparing the unit for combat. We focused a lot on preparing our families, not 

knowing how long we would be gone or what laid ahead for us in Iraq. This put 

an enormous amount of strain on the families. We primed our family readiness 

group (FRG) through many meetings, making contact rosters, setting up check 

writing classes for the younger wives, daycare, and anything else that would add 

comfort to the families.

Updating and managing personal data for the unit and all the requests for 

information by higher headquarters, although necessary, was a big challenge. It 

seemed at the time that we were sending up the same information to the battalion 

on a daily basis. Having all the new electronic technology that we have today, 

I suggested to the battalion command sergeant major that all first sergeants 

along with S-1 get personal data assistants – small, portable computers ideal 

for managing tasks and contacts, better known as PDAs.The command sergeant 

major took me up on the idea. With the new technology, we were able to “hot 

sink” our PDAs with each other, thus eliminating the need for passing hardcopy 

information back and forth with the risk of losing it. I had the entire company’s 

information encrypted and set up on the PDA, and I carried it under my body 

armor to protect it. My platoon sergeants knew exactly where I kept it at all times 

in case I was wounded or killed in action. If that should be the case, then my 

senior platoon sergeant could step into my position and have the entire company’s 

information on hand; and they would never miss a beat.

On 3 Mar 2003, the 2nd Brigade Combat Team took off from Campbell Army 

Airfield enroute to Kuwait. Eighteen hours later, my Soldiers became a part of the 

world they had only seen on television.

The Invasion

After staging at Camp New York in Kuwait, we flew by UH-60 helicopters 

across the border 26 March to an area just outside of An Najaf, Iraq. On the 

afternoon of 1 April, we loaded our trucks for the initial move to the outskirts of 

the city into an area we called OP1. Shortly after getting off the trucks, we began 

receiving small arms fire from the outskirts of the city; my young Soldiers looked 

115
bewildered and confused. After issuing initial orders to the men, I watched my 

“boys” lose their innocence and during the next few minutes, watched them go 

from young men to fighting warriors and ultimately to our next generation of 

heroes. I knew all the hard relentless training I had put them through was just 

beginning to pay off.

The next day, 2nd BCT, with B Company chosen as the main effort, initiated 

the largest ground attack since the Vietnam War almost 30 years prior into the 

town of An Najaf. We initiated a two-battalion frontal attack with a battalion in 

reserve as we crossed the line of departure at 1 p.m. The sun beat 98 degrees of 

relentless heat down on us as we wore MOPP level 1 gear. The intelligence we 

had received from the battalion S-2 was clear: “There is a 600-man stronghold in 

the town.”

Crossing the 1,000-meter open area just to get to the edge of the city is 

something that I will never forget. OH-58s and Apache helicopters flew overhead 

along with Bradley fighting vehicles and M1 Abrams tanks in support. The 

artillery fired rounds to cover our assault route. What an incredible site to see!

The Company lost five Soldiers crossing the open area; not to hostile fire 

but to heat exhaustion. This is where my PDA came into play. Without pulling 

out a big book notorious by most leaders, I simply turned on the PDA and all the 

information that the medics needed was readily available. 

As we made our way through the initial sections of town, we encountered 

light resistance. What was surprising was many of the enemy forces were not 

fighting us, but rather going after the Bradleys and Abrams. Clearing only 

half of our objectives by 5 p.m., we received word to get to the southern edge 

of town by nightfall. The commander put the company in hasty defensive 

positions and picked the quickest route out of town. We again linked the three 

platoons up and after conducting accountability, moved out on the route picked 

for our departure. With only two hours left of daylight remaining in the day, we 

conducted a hasty road march out of town, moving three kilometers in under an 

hour. The men were tired and on the verge of dehydration at this point, so we 

set up a perimeter, intermixing Bradleys and Abrams tanks among us. As night 

fell on that first night in An Najaf, the men remained steadfast, ready for any 

attack that may come their way. Fighting in An Najaf lasted two days before 

the battalion finally loaded up on flat bed trailers and headed out: next stop – 

Karbala.

Over the next 22 days, we fought our way north through Iraq, traveling 

by trucks, helicopters, buses and C-130 airplanes. After receiving orders from 

division, 2nd BCT then packed up and flew to Mosul on 26 April.

Upon landing in Mosul, we relieved a Marine detachment in place and 

promptly moved into the heart of the city where we could see the signs of heavy 

fighting that had taken place during the previous few weeks. Over the next couple 

of weeks, my company saturated its newly assigned area of operation, intent on 

bringing order to the chaos.

116
New Mission

On 1 May, President George W. Bush declared the end of major combat 

operations in Iraq. Our new challenge was to switch from a combat role into a 

stability-and-support-operations role – a huge challenge. The biggest reason for 

this was that the rules of engagement had changed. Training our young Soldiers 

to accept this was a daunting task since, in their eyes, nothing had changed. The 

platoon sergeants and squad leaders understood their Soldiers’ frustrations with 

the new ROE and knew what they had to do, what every noncommissioned officer 

has to do – lead by example. This dynamic show of leadership and poise gave the 

Soldiers the confidence to succeed in their new roles.

We spent from June to September getting to know local religious leaders 

– known as Imams – in the area, as well as shop and hotel owners, in order to 

develop a core number of local informants from which we could gather human 

intelligence. This also allowed us to maintain a somewhat peaceful environment 

where people could live their lives peacefully as they grew to trust us. Although 

resistance was generally light during this time with only a few direct fire contacts 

occurring, an angry mob targeted me once with hand grenades during a riot. My 

sleeping quarters at the time were on the corner of the building where we stayed. 

Insurgents fired two RPG-7s right into the room, destroying practically everything 

and injuring four Soldiers in the attack.

In early September, we started experiencing an increase in improvised 

explosive devices along our major routes throughout the city. With this new 

threat, we started shifting our focus from stability operations to counter-terrorism 

operations. These operations continued throughout the remainder of our time in 

Iraq.

Dark Day

November 23, 2003, will forever be a dark day for those of us serving with 

the Company and 2nd Brigade at that time. At 2 p.m., I received a call that two 

American Soldiers were lying dead in the street in my area of responsibility. 

Racing to the area, I could see my Soldier and our brigade command sergeant 

major lying beside their vehicle. They were covered in blood and were not moving. 

While pulling security around the area, my Soldiers kept looking at their friend 

and the command sergeant major. As I examined their bodies, I could see they 

had been killed with rocks; their bodies mutilated. Their weapons, body armor, 

and sensitive items were all missing. I picked up my Soldier and our command 

sergeant major, whom I considered my close friend and mentor, off the ground 

and put them in body bags, knowing this would be the last time I would ever get 

to see them. During the next three days, our company swarmed the AOR in search 

of their killers. After receiving a tip from an informant, we mounted a companysized raid and captured the men responsible for their deaths.

From December 2003 through February 2004, we focused intensely on 

hunting down insurgents who attempted to infiltrate the area. Our company, along 

117
with Department of Defense personnel, vigorously hunted these people down. 

We conducted two to three raids a week while maintaining daily local patrols 

throughout the AOR, force protection measures and other duties. Our operational 

tempo during this time, while necessary, was unbelievable. 

I contribute our company’s success to several things. First, our squad leaders 

and platoon sergeants led by example throughout the deployment. Secondly, we 

maintained a vigilance and steadfast belief that we were making a difference in 

people’s lives. Last, we submerged ourselves into the Iraqi communities rather 

than sitting behind the walls of one of the many huge base camps that you see 

in Iraq today. We were capable of knowing the fine details of every road and 

back ally in our area of responsibility because we lived among these people 

on a daily basis. Developing friendships while compiling knowledge from our 

local informants, we were able to maintain a stable environment and growing 

economy for the citizens of Mosul that became the model for other cities around 

Iraq.

Starting in early January 2004, we conducted a battle handover of Mosul 

with the 2nd Infantry Division’s new Stryker Brigade unit and by 4 February, the 

Company redeployed back to Fort Campbell, Kentucky. The privilege to take 

those men into combat is one of the highlights of my life, bar none.

As Coalition forces struck at Iraq from the south, Special Forces units linkedup with the forces from the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan in northern Iraq to create 

a Northern Front. Together they launched Operation Viking Hammer to destroy—

not the Iraqi Army—but the Ansar al-Islam organization which controlled about 

a dozen villages close to the Iranian border. Ansar al-Islam was a terrorist 

organization which believed in a fundamentalist, radical interpretation of Islam 

and used suicide bombers in its fight against the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan. 

SGM K. Cleveland and the men of Operational Detachment 091 played a key role 

in driving Ansar al-Islam from northern Iraq.

SGM K. Cleveland

Operation VIKING HAMMER

ODA 091, Operations Sergeant, 3rd Battalion, 10th SFG (Airborne), 

03/28 & 29/03

A Special Forces Groups consist of three Battalions, with three companies 

each. A Major and a Sergeant Major command the company, known as SF-ODB 

or B-Teams. An Operational Detachment Alpha (ODA) consisted of 12 men; the 

team leader (Captain), the XO (Warrant Officer), the team Sergeant (E-8), an 

intelligence NCO (E-7) and two each of the following Special Forces specialties; 

Weapons NCO, Engineer NCO, Medical NCO, Communications NCO. 

Any enlisted Soldier in Special Forces wants to be an ODA Team Sergeant. I 

was lucky enough to have that honor for almost 6 years. I was the Team Sergeant 

118
for ODA 091 and we were the “GO-team”. In other words, if there was a mission 

that you wanted done right, you wanted ODA 091 to do it. 

In 2002, we knew that the United States was going to war with Iraq; the 

question was exactly when. ODA 091 had the mission to go to Iraq early, link up 

with Kurdish Peshmerga forces and set up the mechanisms to receive the rest of 

the 10th Special Forces Group. Six teams were a part of that mission and attached 

to B Co, 3rd Battalion for command and control. For the next five months, we 

trained on weapons systems, long range communications, link up operations and 

other “field craft” tasks. In all, our Pre-Mission training up lasted five months. 

In January 2003, ODA 091 and the other five ODAs departed Fort Carson, 

Colorado for Stuggart, Germany. While in Germany, the teams would continue 

training and prepared for an infiltration to link up with coalition forces which 

turned out to be a harder task than first thought. 

We were able to get some split teams, (6 man ODAs) in Iraq through Turkey, 

however, the rest of us weren’t so lucky. Several times, we prepared to leave and 

then had to stand down. During that up and down cycle, training continued with 

the hope that we would eventually get into the country and be able to do our 

mission. Keeping my teams moral up turned out to be one of my major tasks. 

Almost a month after we arrived in Germany it was decided to leave and move 

forward to an Intermediate Staging base. 

After several unsuccessful attempts to reach Iraq we crossed into hostile 

territory, I could see the tracers of the anti-aircraft fire and hear it hitting the 

bottom of the MC-130H. I saw a very bright light and heard a loud bang, I thought, 

“we just got hit”, but it turned out to be the aircraft dropping chaff. Then I heard 

another dull thud and saw the air force loadmaster looking out the window. I 

asked him, “What happened?” He said, “We just lost engine number 3”. I sat 

back and told myself that there were three more to get us to the airfield. We finally 

landed on a dirt runway at the As Sulaymaniyah airfield. 

We hurried to off-load all the equipment so that the aircraft could get off the 

runway and make room for the rest on the sorties. After we got all our kit off the 

aircraft, we loaded onto buses and taxis, and proceeded to the safe house. Along 

the route, every 10 feet or so, a Kurdish Peshmerga Soldier stood guard on our 

route. It all seemed surreal until one of the Kurdish Soldier had an accidental 

discharge with his RPG, which brought things back into focus. We arrived at 

the safe house found a spot in the corner, inventoried all our equipment and 

personnel, and went to bed. The next morning we received the warning order for 

the upcoming mission. 

10th SFG (A)’s primary mission was the three Iraqi divisions just north of 

the “green line” but also the Ansar al-Islam (AI) terrorist organization to the 

south. Kurdish forces were arrayed toward and engaged with the terrorist and 

would not turn their attention to the Iraqis until that threat to their rear was 

eliminated. While preparations continued for the battle with the Iraqi divisions, 

Charlie Company had the mission to eliminate that AI threat. With six ODA’s 

119
they linked-up with 6,500 Peshmerga forces and prepared for battle. LTC Tovo, 

the 3/10 SFG(A) Commander and Kak Mustafa, the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan 

(PUK) Commander, formulated a six-pronged attack to drive AI out of the valley 

and a town called Sargat. The plan received the code-name Operation VIKING 

HAMMER. ODA 081 and ODA 091 were the main effort for the assault up the 

valley toward Sargat. The others would provide support and act as blocking forces 

during the assault. 

For the next two days, the team leadership for each prong would work with 

their Peshmerga counterparts to finalize and synchronize the operation. One day 

into our planning it was determined that an additional two prongs were needed, a 

Black and an Orange. ODA 091 had to fill the Orange Prong slots, so the debate 

began, “who from our team would split and move to the Orange Prong”. Doctrine 

stated that the XO would take the split team and Command the Orange Prong, 

but the warrant officer on the team did not want to leave the main effort and 

Yellow Prong. I decided that I would take the junior weapon and senior medical 

sergeants, move to the Orange Prong, and lead the 1650-man Kurdish element. 

I thought to myself again, another change to the mission, but at least this time I 

would be in charge of this part of the operation. 

We left the Halabja compound at 2300 hours on 27 March 2003, and 

conducted our link up with Kak Hamis Hagighalib, the Orange Prong Peshmerga 

Commander. The Orange Prongs main objectives were to seal of the northwestern 

six villages that the IGK had vacated and then set up a blocking position on top 

of Hill 1351. My interpreter throughout the operation would be the Orange Prong 

Commanders’ son, Reb War. He would turn out to be a great warrior with an 

excellent grasp of the English language. 

At 0600 hours, on the 28 March Operation VIKING HAMMER began. The 

Orange Prong forces began occupying the villages with no significant resistance 

and we began our own movement with the Peshmerga organic equipment in tow; 

which included an old Katyusha rocket truck and a heavy machine gun. 

The Orange Prong main effort stopped short of Hill 1351, in the village of 

Banasar and began the initial assault. The Katyusha rocket truck fired 20 rockets 

and I requested B-52 air strikes, but from our position, I could not get effective 

BDA on the target and recommended to Kak Hagighalib that we should move 

closer. At 1000, we arrived at Yalanpe, a village 1,500 meters northwest of Hill 

1351 and joined a Peshmerga unit that was already under fire. Enemy fire came 

from structures and from the flanks of the mountain ridge above Hill 1351. The 

AI fighters were about 500-600 feet above the village and could fire straight down 

onto the friendly forces. A sniper and a machinegun pinned down the Kurds, and 

we came under fire within half an hour of reaching Yalanpe. By 1100 hours, I 

began a new call for close-air support (CAS) against Hill 1351. For the next three 

hours or so, my junior weapons SGT and I tried to get an effective strike. The 

first two “fast movers,” F/A-18s Yahoo 11 and Yahoo 12, streaked over the hilltop, 

which may have pushed the Ansar (or IGK) fighters into hiding. In subsequent 

120
passes, those jets failed to deliver effective strikes. We adjusted fire south of the 

initial impact and re-attacked, without assessing significant damage. One aircraft 

ran low on fuel while another had a hung bomb. Kurdish Soldiers to the south 

began to move toward the Hill 1351 and delayed further combat air support. The 

air strikes did not have the effect that we were looking for, so we decided to begin 

the “dicey” climb up the southwestern side of the hill. While moving up the 

hill, the challenges to me, and the other SF personnel, were to keep a front line 

trace of the friendly forces. We were probably five-hundred meters short of the 

hilltop, when I saw Peshmerga from the Black Prong running back down the hill. 

It looked like a civil war breakage of lines the way they were running down the 

hill. Black and Orange Prong Peshmerga had intermingled and through Reb, I 

found out that the Black Prong had called an air strike on the hilltop. With all the 

confusion, I called the B-Tm Commander, who was controlling all fires, and put 

the air strike into a “check fire” status. Once I had the front line trace of all the 

friendly forces, I cleared the air strike “Hot”. However, we were so close to the 

target, I had to give my initials for danger close CAS. I could hear the ordnance 

fly over our heads, and when it hit, it caused a big splash of rubble and debris, 

which showered us with rocks. The Kurdish Soldiers were excited and thought it 

was the greatest thing in the world. Unfortunately, that debris that went over our 

head, killed one of the Peshmerga that had earlier ran down the hill. 

After the air strike, at about 1600, my team and the remaining Peshmerga 

continued our advance to the objective. As soon we crested the top of the hill, 

enemy fire pinned us down. The enemy machine gun rounds were splashing the 

rocks in front of me and I knew we were close enough when I saw a tracer pass by 

my head. We were able to IMT to within 100 meters of the machine gun, but we 

could not move anymore. My weapons SGT continued to fire 40 mm HE, until he 

told me he was down to three rounds. I told him to wait and hold the rest of his 

HE. I asked Reb War to find a RPG gunner and bring him to the front. 

We were running out of daylight when the gunner and Reb got to me. We 

worked out a plan to shoot the machine gun with the RPG, the plan was simple 

or so I thought. My weapons SGT would fire an illumination round so we could 

see the machine gun and then have the RPG gunner shoot it. It briefed well but 

the illumination went up with a pop, and I was waiting for it to burst, when the 

RPG gunner got up and shot in the dark, then the illumination lit up. The language 

barrier made the coordination impossible. I told Reb again what we wanted to do, 

but he said that was the last RPG round. 

We closed our perimeter and waited for the AC-130 gunship to get on station. 

I called the American Company Commander to give him our current position 

and ask for an ETA for the gunship. I also had to tell him that we were down 

to a platoon minus in our perimeter that the rest had run off earlier. I found 

out it was at least 2-4 hours before the gunship would be on station, depending 

on the priority of fires. Reb was worried and did not want to wait, because he 

said, “the enemy would crawl down and throw grenades on us”. The Peshmerga 

121
commander wanted us off the hill too, and my American boss agreed. I gave the 

grids to the Company Commander for the Gunship and then we left in the cover 

of darkness and under fire. 

Just before midnight, I got back to Halabja and went to the room that we 

had been staying in to get some sleep, but I found the 3rd SFG teams had arrived 

and took our spots. I went to the Bn S-3 got the initial OK to get a couple of the 

Ground Mobility Vehicles (GMVs) from 3rd Grp to go back up in the morning 

with me. I coordinated with the team leader and team SGT of ODA 392, to see 

how we would utilize their team to go back up in the morning. I planned to 

call CAS from Banishar, move with the gun trucks to Yalanpe, to suppress the 

enemy on the Hilltop, and finally bound up the hill under the cover of ODA 392’s 

grenade launchers and heavy machine guns. None of the Kurds liked the plan; 

they thought it was too risky and that if we continued to drop bombs on the hill we 

would win. At about 1000, we left with the 4 GMVs and moved north to link-up 

with Kurdish forces. 

We arrived in Banishar at about 1100 and I briefed the plan to the Kurdish 

Commanders on the ground, instead of beginning the attack they wanted to eat 

lunch and discuss it some more. We agreed that after lunch we would try to call 

combat air support (CAS) from Banishar and then move to Yalanpe, if needed. 

Instead of me trying to call the CAS though, ODA 392 had an AF TACP that 

would try to do it “right”. 

Unfortunately, he could not maintain communications with the aircraft, so 

after 2 hours of trying to get CAS on the hilltop, I decided to leave Banishar and 

move to Yalanpe; I thought even if we could not make better commo from there 

at least we would be closer. Enroute to Yalanpe, I got word from the Black Prong 

that they had gotten to the top of Hill 1351 and met no enemy resistance. Instead 

of stopping, I told the driver in the lead GMV to continue past Yalanpe and get 

to the top. 

We got to the top of Hill 1351 at about 1500. While meeting with the Black 

Prong commander and assessing the situation, our Peshmerga saw 20 (+) AI 

running over the mountain into Iran. The 3rd Grp TACP called another air strike 

to get the fleeing AI before they got to Iran, but the pilots were afraid that their 

ordinance would over fly over the target and go into to Iran, so it was called off.

As it turned out, those grids I had given to the AC-130 the night prior had 

worked. We found two dead AI and the “gelatinous mass” of another. In addition, 

after looking around I found that we had gotten to within 50 meters of the machine 

gun the night before, not the 100 meters I first thought.

Sargat was secure and the AI threat eliminated, Operation VIKING 

HAMMER was mission complete. The Orange Prong Peshmerga lost 8 men and 

3-4 wounded. My two team members and I were awarded the BSM with V device 

and the Arrowhead device for the Iraqi campaign medal for our actions.

122
Amid the fluid battle for Iraq, SSG H. Jhanson sought to make improvements 

and upgrades to American positions with limited equipment. Finally, he arrived 

at Bushmaster and built more than 100 landing pads for helicopters.

SSG H. Jhanson

Engineer Company, 10th Mountain Division, March 2003

 I was assigned to an engineer company out of 10th Mountain Division 

during Operation Iraqi Freedom in 2003. However, our unit was attached to an 

engineer battalion from Fort Lewis, Washington.

 We crossed the boarder into Iraq with limited equipment because much 

of our equipment had not yet arrived. Some of the equipment included SINGAR 

radios and mechanic tools. Our leadership was forced to limit the radios to key 

leadership positions, such as the company commander, executive officer, first 

sergeant and platoon sergeants. The mechanics struggled to get tools having only 

had what came with the contact and wrecker trucks. 

As we ventured around throughout Southern Iraq, we regularly stopped at 

different camps to complete simple repairs and upgrades. However, we never 

really stayed long since the war constantly pushed further north.

We finally got to Bushmaster where we were tasked to build more than 100 

helicopter landing pads for the 101st Airborne Division and a field landing strip, 

all while maintaining 24-hour security operations. No matter how many times I 

had done this in garrison, it never prepared me for what we were about to see.

 As the first C-130 touched down on the landing strip, we kept our heads 

low and our fingers crossed. We were elated when the aircraft touched down safely. 

But elation faded quickly when we saw other support elements loading some of 

the American casualties that had been transported down there to be evacuated due 

to the hostile fires. That’s when we knew it was a pat on our backs and back to 

work; we had a long way to go.

We eventually moved on to what is now LSA Anaconda in Balad where we 

were given the mission to restore and upgrade the airfield there. It was a task that 

seemed to never end. We fought with the soil to get the compaction to the right 

measurements while having to continuously try different mixtures. After three 

months of constant work on this airfield, we got to witness the first C-130 landing 

on it.

Not done yet, next we got to work upgrading it. In order to make it capable of 

allowing C-5s to land, we had to work another four months to stretch the landing 

strip out. Finally, in October 2003 the first C-5 landed successfully. We didn’t 

know at the time but five months later we got to use that airfield to return to Fort 

Drum, New York. Although it may have had a great impact on the war, I am proud 

to have been a part of a unit that accomplished well what were told to do.

123
Conducting convoy operations in a time of war is always dangerous. Charlie 

Company, 440th Signal Brigade crossed the Iraqi border and proceeded all the 

way to Baghdad without an escort. They ensured their path by using the Global 

Positioning System. They ensured their success by good leadership. 1SG B. 

Brown tells how, despite the difficulties, the unit traveled across Iraq safely.

1SG B. Brown

Convoy to Baghdad

440th Signal Brigade, 03/03-04/03

In March 2003, while serving as the First Sergeant of Charlie Company, 

440th Signal Battalion, I was deployed to Kuwait in support of Operation Iraqi 

Freedom with a follow on mission to support the V Corps Main Command Post 

in Baghdad, Iraq. Our unit was in a unique situation, in that we were tasked to 

convoy from Kuwait to FOB Dogwood and then onto Victory Base in Baghdad 

alone. Our Battalion Headquarters and sister companies convoyed 10 days prior 

to our unit, and the Corps Main Command Post would not move until hostilities 

were at a minimum and the main supply routes (MSR’s) were secured. My 

company convoyed from Kuwait to Baghdad without military escort and as an 

independent element.

I have been in the Army for 23 years serving in the Signal Regiment (25W) 

in a variety of capacities. On 7 February 2003, the 22nd Signal Brigade received 

a warning order to prepare to deploy in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom. This 

came as no surprise to us, we realized that it was not a question if we were going 

to deploy but more so when. This would be my first deployment after 20 years of 

service. The Company Commander and I made several inferences to our Soldiers 

of the potential to deploy. We successfully conducted several training lanes that 

served as prerequisites for deployment. Our main concerns were to insure that the 

Soldiers prepared their families for the deployment mentally and emotionally and 

to institute the systems necessary (i.e., powers of attorney, banking, wills, etc.) to 

sustain their families during the deployment. This was a daunting task because of 

all the unknowns regarding the deployment. The inability on the Commander’s 

and my part to accurately and honestly assess what we were in store for prevented 

us from conveying this to the family members effectively. 

We prepared our unit mentally and emotionally to depart approximately 30 

days later. In less than 30 days, we had to complete Desert Camouflage Uniform 

(DCU) draw, conduct Soldier Readiness Preparation/Per-Deployment Preparation 

(SRP/PDP), pack up and prepare the MIL vans for shipment and finally prepare 

the vehicles for shipment. Upon completion of these tasks, on 5 March 2003 

we deployed to Kuwait and prepared to move north into Iraq. While in Kuwait, 

we conducted standard pre-combat checks and pre-combat inspections of all our 

signal equipment. We drew our basic load, which included AT-4’s, Fragmentation 

Grenades, a multiple of signaling grenades and the standard 5.56mm small arms 

124
ammunition. This process continued through the month of March; on 31 March by 

order of the Brigade Commander (COL J. Smith), the entire Battalion proceeded to 

move north into Iraq and ultimately to Forward Operating Base (FOB) Dogwood. 

The Battalion convoyed for 10 days stopping at different Convoy Support Centers 

(CRC’s) until finally arriving to their final destination of FOB Dogwood. While 

the battalion convoyed, my unit, (C Co 440th Signal Bn) was still located at Camp 

Virginia conducting convoy briefs, intelligence briefs and developing the security 

plan for movement. We gained an additional Node Center platoon from 32nd Signal 

Battalion, which was assigned to us for Operational Control. We integrated them 

into our planning and preparation phases. 

On 7 April 2003, we received our movement order which directed us to begin 

moving north on 8 April at 0600 hours local. The Company Commander plotted 

each one of the way points and created a program that would allow us to have the 

points downloaded into our commercial Global Positioning Systems (GPS). Our 

convoy consisted of four serials comprised of 58 vehicles. 

On 8 April 2003, we departed Camp Virginia as scheduled. Our first challenge 

came as we attempted to get on to MSR Jackson. We were separated because of the 

traffic, and some parts of the convoy began to deviate from the route because of 

being unfamiliar with the area and not depending on the GPS. It was fortunate that 

I was in the rear of the convoy and maintained constant radio communication with 

the convoy commander. I informed him of the situation and requested that he pull 

over while I regrouped the convoy. We succeeded in getting each vehicle back on 

track and continued to head toward CSC Navistar. This was our first stop prior to 

crossing the border into Iraq. The Commander received a convoy security briefing 

from the MP’s on site, which informed him that there would not be an MP escort 

through Iraq as we were informed. They gave us a strip map to Talil Air Base. At 

that point, we briefed all the Soldiers on the lack of MP escort and re-emphasized 

the importance of situational awareness, truck commander alertness and actions 

on contact. At approximately 0915 hours on 8 April 2003, we crossed the border 

into Iraq. We convoyed for 8 hours moving at an unusually slow speed because 

of the terrain and the size of the convoy. We arrived at CSC Kenworth and found, 

it was not constructed to support us as a life support area (LSA), however it was 

secure and it allowed us an opportunity to rest and prepare for the next day. 

We spent the night at Kenworth but a sand storm developed and it made 

it very difficult to sleep. It was hot and muggy all through the night. While we 

attempted to sleep, CPT MacNeil worked on the next segment of waypoints 

and prepared them to input them into our GPS’s. At 0600 hours the next day (9 

April), we conducted a key leader meeting and issued the new waypoints. We 

departed CSC Kenworth at 0700 hours, as the convoy moved we encountered 

other convoys and it caused a back up in traffic and a separation of elements in 

our convoy. This traffic jam and subsequent vehicle break down slowed us down 

tremendously and put us behind schedule. We had a vehicle break down which 

again separated the convoy and slowed us down. The serial in which I was in 

125
contained the maintenance team. We pulled over to the shoulder, our mechanics 

were able to repair the vehicle within 30 minutes and we rejoined the main body 

of the convoy without any hostile incident. We arrived at a site occupied by an Air 

Defense Artillery unit, where we requested to spend the night while assisting with 

their security and they agreed. 

The next morning at approximately 0700 hours, the Commander issued the 

new way-points; we conducted a safety briefing and continued on the convoy. As 

we continued to head north, I began to get apprehensive because we were alone 

and had no real intelligence regarding enemy activity. We remained vigilant and 

alert, we watched carefully as we passed through the different towns. There were 

not very many people outside but every now and again we would drive through a 

village and the children were amazed at seeing us. In most cases, they waved and 

request a Meal Ready to Eat (MRE) or something to eat. We cordially waved back 

to them but maintained our mind set of being in a hostile environment. Prior to 

leaving, that morning the commander and I had conducted a map recon to assess 

any potential choke points or danger areas for the day’s convoy. 

We felt that we would reach the Karbala Gap before the day was done. This 

was a topic of discussion for us because we had talked about it other times before 

and had heard many unpleasant stories prior to our deployment. We considered it 

the most dangerous negotiation of terrain at this point. My Commander and I had 

a great relationship and we made a commitment to each other that we would make 

it through the Karbala Gap together. However, we had an unforeseen incident. 

One of our HMMWV’s broke down and we were approximately 20 miles away 

from the escarpment in Karbala. The commander and I decided that it would not 

be wise to stop the entire convoy at this point. I told him to continue to move 

and that I would attempt to get the vehicle repaired and back on the road. I had 

two trucks with me for security and the company wrecker. Upon arriving at the 

disabled vehicle, I placed one vehicle on the road in front of the downed vehicle 

and one behind the downed vehicle. The Soldiers dismounted and pulled security 

in a 360-degree perimeter. The Soldiers in the wrecker and I stopped directly 

in front of the disabled vehicle and two of the company mechanics attempted 

to repair the truck. The truck had a busted radiator hose and we did not have 

another one on hand. SSG Evans made every attempt to fix the vehicle using field 

expedient methods but was unsuccessful.

We then decided to tow the vehicle to the next scheduled rest stop and repair 

it at that site. We hooked the truck up to my HMMWV in order to minimize the 

amount of time and distance between the main convoy and us. After successfully 

securing the vehicle, we continued the convoy as a five-vehicle element through 

the Karbala Gap without an incident. After arriving to the rest site I briefed the 

Commander on what had occurred and the apprehension I had coming through the 

Gap without him and the rest of the team. I was very proud of my mechanics and 

the security guards as they stood fast in a defensive posture and the maintenance 

team never relenting in getting that truck fixed and back on the road. We continued 

126
the convoy without incident. The next day we arrived at FOB Dogwood and joined 

the rest of the Battalion. 

Upon arriving, we briefed the battalion chain of command on the events that 

occurred during the convoy. The Battalion Commander was so impressed that he 

gave us a new mission. The V Corps main Command post had not moved and 

our company would not have a signal mission until they did move and arrive 

at Camp Victory in Baghdad. The battalion commander directed us to serve 

as escorts for different communication assemblages that had to go to Baghdad 

International Airport (BIAP). Again, the Commander and I had our reservations 

about the mission because there were so many unknown variables that we could 

account for that might compromise the mission. We conducted another map recon 

from Dogwood to BIAP; we put together two security teams consisting of several 

of our dependable NCOs and courageous Soldiers. Our first mission came after 

being at Dogwood 3 days. Our mission was to escort and deliver three satellite 

signal vans to BIAP for their follow on mission. 

Upon departure, the convoy consisted of seven vehicles, two security vehicles, 

the three signal vans and the Commander and I. The Commander led the convoy 

and I was in the rear of the convoy. We kept constant radio communication and 

kept everyone no more than 50 feet in front or back of each other. There was 

very little traffic on the roads because the local nationals were not leaving their 

homes during the hostilities. There was so much damage on the highway we had 

to travel down the oncoming traffic lanes. The distance between Dogwood and 

BIAP was approximately 55 miles. It took almost an hour and a half to make the 

trip. The map recon was flawless, however, there was one particular intersection 

which really made us nervous. It was a four-way intersection with a market place 

on the east side of the street. There were people out at this location and it caused 

the convoy to slow down a great deal and on occasion would cause us to come to 

a complete halt. 

The Commander and I felt that this was very dangerous because we could not 

tell who or where the enemy might be. This intersection was a perfect place for 

an enemy attack. Improvise Explosive Devises (IEDs) had not been developed 

as a tactic at this time but as I look back it could have served as the best area 

to place one. Each time we approached that intersection we halted the convoy. 

We brought the two security teams forward and they acted as road guards for 

the north and south traffic lanes. They provided security as each vehicle passed 

through the intersection. This strategy worked perfectly as the vehicles passed 

through the intersection and across the highway onto the oncoming traffic lanes. 

We convoyed successfully to BIAP without an incident. Upon arriving to BIAP 

we had to drive past one of Saddam Hussein’s palaces. We observed several of 

the local nationals looting the palace and carrying the artifacts to their homes. We 

felt somewhat threatened because again we did not know who may or may not 

be hostile. We remained at the ready with our weapons and continued to make it 

past the people. 

127
We arrived at BIAP, coordinated with the 3rd Infantry Division G-3, and got 

the signal vans and Soldiers linked up with the unit they would be supporting. We 

returned to Dogwood without incident and conducted four additional missions 

within the next six days. After being on the FOB for 10 days our unit received 

a movement order to occupy Camp Victory in Baghdad. Camp Victory was 

approximately five to eight miles away from BIAP. We were already familiar 

with that route and received orders to report to the battalion command team of 

51st Signal Battalion, 35th Signal Brigade, and become operationally assigned to 

their unit. We left FOB Dogwood on 22 April 2003 and arrived at BIAP at 1300 

hours the same day. The Commander and I reported to the Battalion Commander 

and Command Sergeant Major. We received a convoy brief and an information 

brief and departed BIAP. There was no intelligence suggesting that we would 

be faced with a potential attacks. We arrive at Camp Victory at approximately 

1800 hours. The area was war torn and in disarray from the attacks conducted 

by the 3rd Infantry Division. After conducting a reconnaissance of the area, we 

established a hasty life support area and bedded down for the night. The days 

to follow would consist of establishing a more structured LSA and wait for the 

V Corps main Command Post to arrive. Our mission was a success. I, as well as 

the company commander, endured a great deal of apprehension, fear and worry. 

The Commander and I communicated with each other constantly throughout the 

mission, neither one of us had to guess what the other was thinking. He reassured 

me and I reassured him. I commend my Commander on staying the course and not 

wavering in the face of so many unknowns. To our credit, we realized the potential 

dangers and we mitigated the risks as best as we possibly could. His confidence 

gave me confidence. I felt we conducted this convoy as a genuine command team. 

I am very proud and honored to have crossed the Iraqi border and convoy all the 

way to Baghdad with my Commander Captain MacNeil.

Saving the lives of Soldiers wounded in battle is always critical to the 

Army. In this story, 1SG B. Barren tells how his Company established medical 

facilities to treat the wounded of the 4th Infantry Division in Tikrit, Iraq.

1SG B. Barren

Tikrit

704th Division Support Battalion, 4th ID 03/03

In May 2002, I began my duties as a First Sergeant. I was assigned to E 

Company, 704th Division Support Battalion, 4th Infantry Division, Fort Hood, 

Texas. The Company was a Medical Company capable of performing Levels I and 

II health care. Level I care consisted of sick call procedures. Level II care is Level 

I plus basic trauma, dental, laboratory, radiology, mental health, and optometry 

services. Upon arriving at the Company we had approximately 100 Soldiers 

assigned, well under the authorized number for the mission. We had 100 percent 

128
of our authorized Medical Equipment Sets and vehicles. The unit was divided into 

five platoons. The Headquarters platoon consisted of approximately 10 Soldiers 

included the Supply Sergeant and his Soldiers, NBC NCO, COMMO NCO, and 

orderly room members. The Maintenance Platoon consisted of approximately 15 

Soldiers included a variety of mechanical MOSs. The Division Medical Supply 

(DMSO) Platoon consisted of approximately 10 Soldiers. This was perhaps the 

busiest platoon in the company. This platoon’s mission was to re-supply the entire 

division with medical supplies from a central location. The Treatment Platoon 

consisted of approximately 40 Soldiers. This platoon was further divided into five 

treatment squads, which consisted of four medics and one Physician’s Assistant. 

The remainder of the Soldiers either worked in the sick call section, dental, lab, 

x-ray, mental health, or optometry services. The Ambulance Platoon consisted of 

approximately 25 Soldiers. This platoon was equipped with 10 ambulances.

In November 2002, we received a warning order to prepare to deploy to Iraq. 

The initial plan that we received had us entering Iraq from the north through 

Turkey. The plan had us supporting several units by providing four treatment 

squads and ambulance crews. 

The remainder of the unit would establish a Level II Facility in the Brigade 

Support Area. From November through December we prepared our vehicles and 

equipment for shipment. During this time frame, we received approximately 15 

to 20 new Soldiers into the unit. These Soldiers came directly from Advanced 

Individual Training. It was a difficult task integrating these Soldiers into their 

new platoons. We were moving at such a fast pace with vehicle and equipment 

preparation it almost seemed like the new Soldiers would get lost into the shuffle. 

I was really concerned about their competence level as far as patient care and 

the fact that they had just graduated from training. Sometime around January/

February 2003 the plan drastically changed and we were no longer entering 

through Turkey. The new plan had us entering from the south through Kuwait. As 

the briefings continued this became the final plan and the Commander and I began 

the planning process for the unit. 

The Battalion began to deploy in mid-February 2003 and continued through 

March 2003. Another concern that the Commander and I had was we were 

authorized three Professional Fillers (PROFIS) Physicians. Typically, they come 

from a Medical Center or a Medical Activity. Our PROFIS Physicians arrived 

in mid-February. Each one came from a different location, one from Fort Sam 

Houston, Texas, one from Fort Jackson, South Carolina, and one from Fort Hood, 

Texas. After they arrived, they had to be integrated into the platoon, which left 

very little time for them to develop their battle rhythm. The Commander and I 

decided that he would depart with the first group of Soldiers from our unit, which 

was at the end of February, and I would remain behind and depart on the last flight 

ensuring the rest of the unit had departed. The last flight for my company was 3 

March 2003. I had approximately 60 of my Soldiers and various Soldiers from 

other companies on the flight.

129
We arrived in Arfjin, Kuwait and departed shortly by bus to Camp Virginia, 

Kuwait. This is where the constant challenges began. They started with housing 

Soldiers in the same units and in the same sleep tents. There were so many 

Soldiers on the camp, it was impossible to house all of my Soldiers in the same 

sleep tents. My Commander and the Soldiers that had arrived before me were 

housed approximately one-quarter of a mile away from me. Accountability was 

a nightmare for the first few days. Things started to get better when units started 

to depart the Camp and head north into Iraq. At this point we were able to secure 

tent space for my entire unit. We stayed at Camp Virginia for approximately eight 

days. During this time we made several trips to the port of Kuwait to receive our 

vehicles and equipment. Once again the challenges continued. As we gathered 

our vehicles from the staging yard at the port we noticed thatwe had all our 

vehicles except the Commanders. After hours of searching and notifying the port 

authorities, we discovered his vehicle had been moved into another unit’s area, the 

vehicle identification number had been removed and the front had been covered 

up to hide the bumper number.

When we finally departed Kuwait and headed into Iraq our destination was 

Tikrit, Iraq, which was the home of Saddam Husain. My unit was tasked to provide 

ambulance crews to various units as they traveled north to Iraq. The plan was to 

have a final link up in Balad, Iraq where the ambulance crews would return to the 

unit. Well, this didn’t happen. Apparently, the arrival times of some units to Balad 

was later than anticipated because several units got lost. The Commander and I 

had concerns not only for our ambulance crew Soldiers, but if we arrived at Tikrit 

without them, we would not be able to support the units we were assigned to. Five 

days later we arrived in Tikrit and somehow things worked out because shortly 

afterwards the ambulance crews arrived in Tikrit.

Once we arrived in Tikrit we established our area of operation in a large 

sandy field area south of the airfield. We erected the Aid Station using new 

equipment that we had been fielded with prior to departing Fort Hood. These 

vehicles were called Chemical Biological Protective Shelters (CBPS). We were 

issued four. The unique thing about these were they expanded from the rear and 

created a dome like shelter. These were perfect for treating patients. They were 

designed to be able to be hooked together. It was obvious that this place had 

been bombed, perhaps during the first war. Most of the buildings were destroyed 

or vacant with the possibility of having unexploded ordnance inside. Initially, 

we were not allowed into the buildings because of the NBC threat. Late one 

afternoon we had a Soldier report on sick call complaining of a rash, dizziness 

and white powder on his arm and face. It was discovered that the Soldier had 

been inside a building and had been exposed to some type of substance. We 

immediately notified the Battalion and our NBC NCO and began our patient 

decontamination procedures. Simultaneously, we had several more Soldiers 

show up with the same symptoms. Now we started to panic. After various NBC 

test it was determined that the powder was some type of insecticide. For the next 

130
few months we continued to operate in the sandy area until the buildings were 

cleared for occupancy by EOD.

The Commander and I located a group of buildings that were perfect for an 

Aid Station. Once we moved into buildings we had to modify the walls to create 

a patient holding area. With the amount of Soldiers that I had remaining with me, 

I was able to house all the Soldiers within the group of buildings and still have 

plenty of room for all of the service for Level II care. The only exception was 

Mental Health services, which we located away from the Aid Station and sleep 

area. During the transition to the buildings we gained a Combat Stress Control 

Team consisting of approximately six Soldiers and one Psychiatrist. This was a 

great asset to the unit and our Mental Health services. For the next several months 

we continually made improvements to the work and sleep areas. 

Our missions began to change as more units moved onto our Forward Operating 

Base (FOB). We were still the primary Aid Station on the FOB especially for 

the National Guard and Reserves who didn’t have medics organic to their units. 

Other battalions had their own Aid Stations and used us strictly for Level II care. 

We had three treatment squads and three ambulance crews located at separate 

sites throughout Iraq. One treatment squad was located with 1/10 Calvary, which 

stayed on the move. We had one treatment squad and two ambulances supporting 

the Division Main in Tikrit City. The last treatment squad and ambulance crew 

were supporting 3rd Brigade in Balad. The Commander and I rotated our visits 

with those Soldiers. Because of the distance and travel time, we were often gone 

from three to five days. 

We started re-deployment operations in February 2004. During this phase, 

we redeployed Soldiers to Kuwait in increments until all of the Soldiers departed 

Iraq. Once we arrived in Kuwait we washed vehicles and packed equipment. As 

my Soldiers departed from Kuwait, once again I was the last one to depart. The 

next best feeling was getting on the plane and returning home, but the best feeling 

was a sense of accomplishment for bringing home safely 120 Soldiers. 

In conclusion, our deployment to Iraq was very successful. As mission 

changes occurred, we were able to adapt to the situation and continue the fight. We 

encountered two major lessons learned. They were the PROFIS and the CBPS. We 

learned the PROFIS selection system had problems that caused late notification to 

the physicians. This placed them behind the unit’s scheduling for uniform pickup, 

training, and equipment issue. The fielding of the CBPS should have been much 

sooner. We received them two weeks prior to shipping our equipment. This had an 

effect on the quality of training we received on the vehicles. 

131
Not long after the War of 1812, the Battle of New Orleans occurred. In today’s 

world, the “information age” has made it so everything including war is reported 

almost instantly. SFC M. Swart tells of the 101st Airborne’s experience with the 

embedded media during Operation Iraqi Freedom.

SFC M. Swart

Embedded Media

Public Affairs Office, 101st Airborne, 2003

One could argue that any time the 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault) goes 

off to war, it’s a historic event. But for the Public Affairs Office of the 101st during 

Operation Iraqi Freedom in 2003, the deployment was historic for another reason: 

We had more than 70 media representatives from around the world embedded 

throughout our maneuver and support units.

Prior to Operation Iraqi Freedom, media members were usually herded 

around and “minded” by PA personnel. Usually, that meant being in “press pools” 

where what little information they received was carefully guarded. The media 

hated it, and often went out on their own because they could get better access to 

the military by watching from a distance than by working with us. This created 

operational security headaches for the military – such as during entry operations 

in Somalia where reporters lined the beach waiting for the amphibious landing.

But with OIF, the Department of Defense came up with a new way to handle 

reporters: Grant them full access to units through an “embedding” agreement that 

provided ground rules and left them unescorted. By agreeing to basic operational 

security guidelines, they received unfettered access. We embedded the bulk of 

our media during the day of in-processing briefings at Fort Campbell prior to the 

deployment in February 2003. We linked up with another 10-15 stragglers once 

we reached Kuwait and trekked across the desert to get them to their units. It was 

game time.

The war kicked off on 19 March. From our vantage point in Kuwait at the 

Division Main Command Post at Camp New Jersey, we tried to keep tabs of what 

the reporters were reporting, and provided additional support when possible.

I was pulling night duty at the PAO desk in DMAIN on 22 March. The 

ground assault was ongoing, but the 101st headquarters was still operating from 

this staging area in the middle of the Kuwait desert, about 20 miles from the 

border.

That night at about 1 a.m., the radio erupted in chatter.

“Camp Pennsylvania is under attack!!” shouted someone over the radio at 

the front of the TOC. We had dealt with SCUD alerts for days, but confused looks 

rippled through the staff at the thought of an Iraqi ground attack on one of our 

bases this far into Kuwait.

There was more chatter and commotion on the radio over the next few 

minutes, and the old military cliché “the first report is always wrong” once again 

132
proved to be true. As follow-on reports came in, first they were suspected Kuwaiti 

terrorists; then Kuwaiti translators; then a report came in that translators were 

being detained. Within an hour, we began to get something closer to the truth – a 

Soldier was being held for allegedly attacking his own brigade command post. 

At the time, all we knew was that there were a number of injuries; by morning 

we discovered that two of the service members from our 1st Brigade, the 327th

Infantry Regiment (Bastogne) lost their lives as a result of the attack.

In the hours immediately following the attack, I witnessed what I considered 

to be something of historical significance, if only to my own career field. It 

happened something like this:

After the attack, I immediately ran to get my PAO, Major T. Cate, so we could 

start working the issue. When he came back to DMAIN, our embedded reporter 

Rick Atkinson from the Washington Post came with him as well.

And there, in the middle of the night, I watched 101st commander Major 

General David H. Petraeus, our division JAG officer, our PAO and our embedded 

journalist work together to determine what we could release. It was a great feeling 

of satisfaction to know that we had found a way to bring media into the fold while 

still protecting operational security. In my mind, this was the most honest, timely 

and effective means of handling the situation. We were balancing facts at hand 

with how much information we could accurately release. We knew that it was 

probably a fratricide, but in the interest of accuracy, Atkinson was willing to work 

with us to ensure that facts, not first reports, got out.

Major Cate could have played dumb and left Atkinson asleep in his cot that 

night, and General Petraeus could have booted him out of the DMAIN as soon as 

he walked in. But both officers recognized that for the embed program to work, 

they would have to take a chance on the new system in bad times as well as 

good.

As we worked out the details in the DMAIN, embedded Time reporter Jim 

Lacey, who was with 1st Brigade Combat Team at Camp Pennsylvania, broke the 

story by satellite phone to CNN with accompanying still imagery. He was in the 

other end of the group of tents that the command cell was in. We watched the reports 

on the big screen in the DMAIN – Soldier scurrying, the brigade commander with 

his arm in a sling, getting the situation under control. The embeds stuck to their 

rules, and although it probably went against the basic military instinct to control 

everything, we made no effort to shut anyone down.

I learned something else about the embed program when I ended up with sort 

of a dumb quote after I talked to our New York Times embed Jim Dwyer. It read: 

“‘I was really shocked when I found out that a service member was suspect in this. 

... I know those who were in there, and they are really great guys -- it’s amazing 

that anyone would strike at them.’”

Are those the exact words I’d choose at a planned press conference? But 

that’s another part of this deal; they catch us at our best, and sometimes at our 

worst. They see us being in our environment as we are. One of my Soldiers was 

133
friends with one of the officers who died, and he was also deeply affected by the 

incident. The whole idea of fratricide just turned my stomach. At that point, it’s a 

wonder I didn’t say anything worse than what I did.

I’ll never forget that night, because it showed me that we were truly in the 

dawn of a new era in dealing with the media. The military had finally taken steps to 

catch up with the instant-communication age. The 101st’s fledgling media embed 

program had left the nest, and to this day I believe the embedded media are the 

most effective, responsible and honest way to let the American people know the 

struggles and reality their military faces. 

Regardless of anyone’s personal views on Iraq, it is clear that America 

supports its Soldier: it is evident if nothing else than because of the yellow ribbons 

seen on vehicles every day. Those aren’t for the war – they are for the service 

members! I can’t help but think that the embed program has contributed to this 

by allowing the American people to see that Soldiers are real people, thrust into 

extraordinary circumstances and faced with extraordinary challenges. 

Soldiers have seldom been charged with saving the cultural heritage of an 

enemy nation. One of the noble endeavors of Operation Iraqi Freedom was 

saving the national treasures of ancient Iraq. SGM D. Grimes, while serving with 

the 352nd Civil Affairs Command, helped save the treasures of the Assyrian city 

of Nimrud. He also served as an escort to the Iraqi National Orchestra when it 

visited Washington, D.C. He accomplished both missions while Iraq spiraled into 

the chaos of uncontrolled looting and sniper fire.

SGM D. Grimes

352nd Civil Affairs Command

Operation Iraqi Freedom 2/03-3/04

I was assigned to Headquarters/Headquarters Company (HHC), United States 

Army Civil Affairs and Psychological Operations Command (USACAPOC), Fort 

Bragg, North Carolina. HHC USACAPOC was a non-deployable unit. My rank at 

the time was Master Sergeant. However, on 26 February 2003, at approximately 

1630 hours, I received mobilization orders by facsimile to report to Fort Bragg not 

later than (NLT) 0800 hours 28 February2003.

Being in the United States Army Reserve (USAR) I had to make immediate 

preparations for deployment in addition to giving notice to my civilian employer. 

I had many personal affairs to handle also. Since my wife had experienced Desert 

Shield/Desert Storm she was familiar with what her role would be. I normally take 

care of our business, but she had demonstrated that she could step right into that 

role. With all our personal affairs in order I reported to Fort Bragg, as directed.

I was transferred from HHC USACAPOC to the 352nd Civil Affairs Command 

(CACOM) to fill their battle roster. The in-processing to active duty was no 

different than any other units. The 352 placed me in the S1 on the battle roster. 

134
Most of my experience was in operations so this was an assignment that I was not 

very familiar with. 

When training and validation were complete the 352nd CACOM received 

the movement order. The unit was assembled and notified that 59 slots were 

available for movement. Personnel were asked who was prepared for movement. 

After several changes I was manifested because I was ready from the first notice. 

Movement was scheduled for 0400 hours. I had my equipment in place and was 

about to load the bus for movement to Pope Air Force Base when I was pulled 

aside and told I was transferred within the Command to the 411th Civil Affairs 

Battalion (CAB).

I reported to the 411th CAB and learned that I was needed there to validate 

them. I assisted them in validating and again received a deployment date. Since I 

had already experienced packing vehicles and equipment for air transport I had no 

trouble preparing the 411th CAB for movement.

I contacted the movement officer at Pope Air Force Base, who was also a 

member of HHC USACAPOC, and learned that our equipment was scheduled for 

movement on a chartered Boeing 747 Cargo Plane. I volunteered to accompany 

the equipment to Kuwait. 

The unit deployed on a chartered air liner and I followed with the equipment 

12 hours later. Upon arrival in Kuwait, I learned that the unit had moved to Camp 

Arifjon. The Commander and NCOIC had not left anyone at the airport to assist 

me with the equipment. The vehicles were packed with sensitive equipment and 

ammunition.

With assistance of the movement officer at Kuwait Airport and the Private 

First Class who accompanied me, I was able to move the vehicles to Camp Wolf. 

Once I processed in country I tried every means available to contact the 411th. 

Unable to make contact with anyone I began to plan how I could move vehicles and 

equipment 35 miles. While in the movement headquarters I overheard a Sergeant 

First Class (SFC) question the movement officer on how he could move his 

Military Police (MP) Unit to Camp Arifjon. The requirement was convoys could 

not move unless they had ammunition. Once the SFC finished his conversation I 

pulled him aside and asked if he was able to move his personnel. The MP NCOIC 

told me they didn’t have ammunition and could not move to Camp Arifjon. 

I told the MP NCOIC that I had ammunition but I was in need of drivers and 

assistant drivers for my vehicles. We agreed to assist each other with movement. 

We then contacted the movement officer and I became the convoy commander. I 

distributed ammunition to the MPs, and the MP NCOIC assigned his personnel 

to drive my vehicles. We moved to Camp Arifjon without incident. This is an 

example of what NCOs can accomplish. The MP NCOIC and I had never met 

before. We found ourselves in need of each other’s service and we combined our 

resources to accomplish the task before us.

I began to train personnel in the 411th CAB in movement and tactics. Before 

I was able to complete the training I was summoned to the 352nd Command 

135
Headquarters. I was informed that I was transferred again. This time I was assigned 

as NCOIC of the Special Functions Team.

When movement orders came to cross into Iraq, I remained with the Special 

Functions Team. Upon arrival in Baghdad, the Special Functions Team was 

augmented with two Marines, (Sergeant and Corporal) and one Navy Lieutenant 

Commander. Our mission was to assist three United States Ambassadors with 

reconstruction. This mission continued for the first few months in country. My 

team was outside the wire everyday with these missions.

Through our contact with locals we were able to locate the treasures of 

Nimrud. The treasure consisted of gold crowns and other pieces of gold jewelry. 

The estimated value was 5 billion dollars. The treasure was located in a vault at 

a bank in Baghdad. It took three days to pump water from the basement so we 

could recover the treasure. Once it was located we moved it into another vault 

and British historians cataloged it and verified that the collection was intact. 

We later displayed the treasure to the world, through the media, at the Baghdad 

Museum.

On 28 June, 2003, while conducting a mission in northwest Baghdad, our team 

was hit by sniper fire. One team member was wounded. Since we were in the city 

we had no means to evacuate our wounded except by vehicle. We evacuated the 

wounded to the nearest aid station where he was treated. The wounded Soldier’s 

life was saved, but he is paralyzed from the neck down. This condition has little 

hope for recovery. We returned later and identified the sniper.

On 1 July, 2003, First Sergeant C. Coffin, HHC 352nd CACOM was killed in 

a motor vehicle collision as he was returning to Kuwait from Baghdad. Having 

been a civilian police officer for over 30 years, I was detailed to investigate the 

collision. I was also detailed to accompany his remains home for internment.

 On 1 September 2003, I was promoted to Sergeant Major in my primary 

Military Occupational Specialty, 18ZW8B. When the 352nd Commanding General 

could not find time to pin my chevrons on, I asked Command Sergeant Major to 

pin me. As in many other occasions NCOs took the lead. My pinning took place 

on the bank of the Tigris River in Baghdad on 6 September 2003.

 In early December 2003, personnel from the United States (US) Department 

of State were in search of a senior military Soldier who had a current US Passport. 

I was the only Soldier identified who had a passport in possession. I was detailed to 

escort the Iraqi National Symphony Orchestra to Washington, DC. The symphony 

was scheduled to perform at the Kennedy Center. President George W. Bush was 

scheduled to attend the performance. I escorted the orchestra from Baghdad to 

New York City. As a side note, it was snowing in New York upon arrival. This 

was the first time any of the Iraqis had seen snow. I took time to show them how 

to throw snow balls. I was met by a group of State Department personnel who 

took charge of the Iraqis. We were bused to Washington, DC. President Bush and 

General Myers, Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff and other officials attended the 

performance. The day after the performance the orchestra leader and lead violinist 

136
were escorted to the White House for a personal visit with President Bush. The 

visit lasted approximately 30 minutes.

Having my passport allowed me this experience. Knowing that orders would 

be issued for movement as an NCO I was prepared for any situation. I had no idea 

that I would need the passport, but being prepared for any situation paid off. Many 

officers were not pleased with the assignment, but I was the only senior Soldier 

who had a valid passport. Jordan required a passport for entry to their country. 

While in Washington, DC, I expected at least one Iraqi to leave the group 

and stay in the US. I was surprised that no one defected and requested asylum in 

America. Everyone returned to Iraq with me.

In late December 2003, my team was moving along a major highway in 

northern Baghdad near Canal Road. I was driving the lead vehicle when I suddenly 

had a bad feeling. We were approaching another convoy of three vehicles about 

to drive under an overpass. I exited the highway onto Canal Road as an IED hit 

the other unit. I immediately turned and drove onto the overpass (high ground) 

to cover the unit that was hit. My team deployed along the bridge and engaged 

personnel in the high grass near the attack site.

The last significant incident occurred on 18 January 2004. My team was hit 

by an improvised explosive device (IED) and our interpreter was killed. Two 

Americans received minor injuries. The IED had been buried in the median of a 

four lane divided highway in eastern Baghdad. We did not see the insurgent who 

detonated the device. 

Redeployment began in late February 2004 and I arrived at Pope Air Force 

Base on 3 March 2004. I was released from the 352nd CACOM and later reported 

to my new assignment at the Joint Special Operations University, Hurlburt Field, 

Fort Walton Beach, Florida.

For years wives and mothers have told stories of how they waited anxiously 

at home while their husbands and sons fought in wars overseas. In today’s Army 

the story may be somewhat different. The following is a story by SFC D. Bramlett, 

who tells of how he tried to deal with his wife’s (SSG L. Bramlett) deployment to 

Iraq as he anxiously waited at home, wishing he could somehow protect her.

SFC D. Bramlett

“A Wife Deployed”

I was deployed at Camp Bondsteel, Kosovo, when the planes hit the World 

Trade Center. Soon afterwards, I returned to Fort Campbell and then six months 

later went to Germany with my wife, SSG L. Bramlett. She was serving as the 

secretary/driver for the CSM of the 30th Medical Brigade. 

I was far from prepared for the biggest change in my life that would soon 

take place. After the President declared Iraq a major threat, our unit started to 

mobilize in order to deploy in the upcoming invasion. My wife’s unit deployed 

137
before mine and was sent to Kuwait. For some unknown reason the day before 

my unit was scheduled to deploy we had to stand down. We were not deployed in 

the first wave of the invasion. 

Instead, I ended up watching the invasion unfold on television and wondering 

if my wife was in that first group of Soldiers. This was the most distressful thing 

I had ever been through. Later I learned that my wife did move behind the first 

wave and ended up settling in Balad, Iraq where her unit made their headquarters. 

I spent the next few months watching television, pulling guard duty, and conversing 

with my wife on e-mail. I sat there and watched while the war on terrorism took 

place with my wife right in the middle of it.

As soon as the troops secured Baghdad, my wife and her unit moved into one 

of the palaces in the city. Before they could get settled, the suicide bombers and 

rebels started up. My wife was driving the CSM all over Iraq and was on the road 

the majority of the time. It scared the hell out of me and I expressed this to her. 

She assured me that she was alright, but still I felt like I needed to be there to help 

her, if nothing else.

The rocket propelled grenade or RPG was widely used against the US and 

Coalition forces by the Iraqi Army and by insurgents that followed. SSG B. Sipp, in 

this vignette tells of such an attack against Soldiers of the 3rd Infantry Division.

Staff Sergeant B. Sipp

RPG Attack

3rd Infantry Division (Mechanized) PAO

Author’s Note: I would like to preface this by saying that this was a hard 

account to write. As journalists, we are taught to tell the story, not to be part of 

it. We report on and share what we see--we do not take part in it. Riding with 

2-69 Armor (and we have been, continuously since we “crossed the berm” over 

a month ago) has been a non-stop roller coaster of experience. In the following 

account, we unintentionally got caught up in a situation and the line between 

reporting and participating got blurred. For those who were there with us, I hope 

I got it correct.

BAGHDAD, Iraq - On 6 April, at approximately 4:30 p.m., or 30 minutes after 

occupying the Arab Petroleum Training Institute in al-Tajeyat, on the outskirts of 

Baghdad, members of the 3rd Infantry Division’s Task Force 2nd Battalion, 69th

Armor Regiment, from Fort Benning, Georgia, were attacked by Iraqi small 

arms and rocket-propelled grenade fire in an attempt to disrupt the refueling and 

rearming operations that were commencing.

Incoming red tracer and RPG fire immediately targeted the lead cargo Heavy 

Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck full of High Explosive Anti-Tank and SABOT 

rounds for Hard Rock Company, as well as the two fuel HEMTT’s and Assassin 

138
Company’s rearmament HEMTT. As the rounds impacted, the lead vehicle 

burst into flames. Fire began to consume the tank and Bradley ammunition and 

explosives stored on the vehicle. When the rounds got hot enough, they inevitably 

“cooked off” and exploded. Such a horrific explosion would surely impact the 

fuel and ammunition HEMTTs parked behind, thus destroying the Task Force’s 

ammunition and fuel supply in one fell swoop if something was done quickly.

During the heavy incoming fire, Pvt. K. Prewitt, 2-69 Armor, was hit in the 

leg as he moved from around the HEMTT fueler. Prewitt, from Alabama, was 

a newly assigned tank crewman who was filling a spot as a refueler until a tank 

slot opened up for him. Knocked down by the round and in obvious pain, Prewitt 

managed to sit up and gain situational awareness. Seeing the burning ammunition 

vehicle and volume of small arms fire all around him, he began pulling himself 

backwards toward the high grass and in the direction of his fellow Soldiers who 

were returning fire.

Across the compound to the east, Sgt. M. Wood, Spc. N. Warren and Pfc. J. 

Krieger -- all members of the 2-69 Scout Platoon -- were pulling security in their 

Humvee when they too came under fire from the Iraqi attackers. Pulling their 

vehicle around, they were hit by a rocket-propelled grenade that skipped off the 

ground and exploded under the vehicle and under Krieger’s driver-side seat. 

“Our radio exploded, the (driver’s) seat was on fire and he (Krieger) was 

thrown out of the vehicle,” said Wood. 

Adding to the confusion, a smoke grenade went off inside the vehicle and 

mixed with the smoke from the rapidly burning interior. As the volume of small 

arms fire increased, Krieger was further injured when he was hit in the leg by 

shrapnel or enemy fire. Seeing his driver down and his vehicle destroyed, Wood 

rushed to Krieger and helped him through the gate and into the building where the 

2-69 medics were setting up a triage. Warren began laying down suppressing fire 

to cover their retreat and moved into position to provide much-needed fire support 

where events were still unfolding near Prewitt and the burning ammunition 

vehicle.

From the second floor of the Petroleum Institute, Staff Sgt. J. Harrison, a 

medic with 2-69 Medical Platoon, saw the events unfolding on the road out front. 

Seeing Prewitt dragging himself through heavy fire, he ran down the stairs and 

out into the firefight. Outside, he met up with Spc. W. Edmonds, a C Co., 203rd

Forward Support Battalion medic, and 1st Lt. Eppers, the 2-69 assistant S-1, 

who was carrying a stretcher. They were joined by 1st Lt. D. Pray, the battalion 

chemical officer, who, after bringing a dazed Soldier in from the line of fire, went 

back out to lend assistance at Prewitt’s side. With rounds slicing through the air 

all around them, they stabilized Prewitt as best they could and loaded him aboard 

a stretcher. Lifting in tandem, they were able to remove him from the area and get 

him back to the building.

As the ammunition HEMTT began to “cook off”, a call of “Who knows 

how to drive a HEMTT?” was heard to our rear. Presumably, the idea was for 

139
any available HEMTT drivers to sprint through the gunfire, get in the cabs of 

the remaining vehicles, and move them away from the lead ammunition vehicle 

which was rapidly being consumed by fire. Being a former petroleum supply 

specialist, I was licensed on the M978 HEMTT; but more importantly, I was in 

position and knew how to drive one. I quickly dropped my mask (I figured it 

would get hung up on the fence) and proceeded to climb over the fence leading 

into the field of fire. I kind of figured it would be just myself running out there and 

that I might have to make two trips because there were two vehicles that needed 

to be moved. I cleared the fence and began an all-out dash to the rear ammunition 

HEMTT, praying that if I got hit, it would only be a graze, which wouldn’t stop 

me, or that the plates in my vest would stop any round. I could hear rounds 

whistling by and could see tracers as I neared the HEMTT. What I didn’t see, 

however, was an ornamental white chain that separated the road from the grass 

field. Approximately 10 feet from my destination, I hit that chain in full stride. I 

would later learn that many of the Soldiers providing cover fire believed that I’d 

been hit at that point.

What I saw, when I picked myself up off the ground to enter the cab of the 

HEMTT, is something I will carry with me forever. I was never alone out there. 

I may have hopped the wall first and believed it was only me, but every member 

of our “group” had followed me over that wall and into the same danger. Spc. 

E. Molina, a broadcast journalist and one of my two Soldiers attached to 2-69, 

was only two steps behind me the entire way. Molina had never been inside of 

a HEMTT, but he had “my back.” Spc. A. Nuelken, a print journalist and my 

other Soldier, was laying down cover fire for the both of us. Sergeant 1st Class 

E. Collazo, a tanker with 2-69 who was pulling duty as a security element for the 

Air Force ground controller, was right behind Nuelken adding suppressing fire of 

his own. Everyone had jumped that same wall and everyone had chosen to define 

that moment rather than letting the moment define them.

Molina, keeping his feet better than me, managed to get into the cab a step 

ahead of me. With the vehicle already running, he quickly figured out the parking 

brake and threw it into reverse. I pointed down the road and told him to “not stop 

for anything.” When I turned around to get in the HEMTT fuel truck in front, I 

saw who I believe to be Capt. M. Southern, the 3rd Brigade S-3, in the cab and 

preparing to move. I stayed there until the HEMTTs had left and then recall 

feeling very vulnerable at that point. Rounds were still cutting through the air and 

the lead ammunition truck’s cargo was starting to cook off only 30 feet ahead of 

me. I looked back and could hear Soldiers yelling for me to “get out of there.” 

Get out of there is just what I did. 

Remembering exactly where that chain was this time, I ran back through 

the field toward 1st Lt. J. Cline, the 2-69th liaison officer, who was also helping 

direct fire. It was there when the ammunition vehicle’s large tank rounds began 

to explode with an earth shattering force. It was quickly decided that we should 

climb back over the fence and take cover as far away from them as possible. 

140
Collazo, Cline, Nuelken and I hopped the fence like it was an Olympic sport and 

took cover closer to the building.

The direct combat may have been over at that point, but the night was far 

from over. Everyone who was involved has their own story to tell -- this is just 

one of them. From the Soldier (few of them actual ammunition specialists) who 

hopped onto the ammunition HEMTT that Molina saved and began to upload 

Assassin Company’s tanks with ammunition in order to get them back into the 

fight to the medics, whose professionalism and coolness under fire have given me 

an undying respect for their abilities, and to Sergeant 1st Class T. Dale, 2-69 Fire 

Support noncommissioned officer, who spent more than an hour searching the 

darkened halls of the building for something as mundane as a mop and bucket to 

clean up the blood from the floor of the hallways in order to show respect for the 

wounded and because it was the “right thing to do,” Task Force 2-69’s Soldiers 

and leaders truly came together that night under the most trying of circumstances 

and showed why they train as hard as they do and why they cannot be defeated 

when they are fighting for one another.

Authors Note: PV2 Kelley Prewitt died of his wounds approximately 30 

minutes after he was evacuated, despite the valiant and heroic efforts of the Panther 

medics. They treated, and saved, many patients that day, and their professionalism 

and expertise is second to none in this writer’s opinion.

When Soldiers prepare to go to war their minds fill with thoughts of 

encountering a hardened enemy on the field of battle. However, for many there 

are greater experiences to be gained than those limited to the battlefield. Each 

deployment takes a Soldier to a new and distant land where they encounter not 

only enemies, but a variety of people on the road of life. In the following story, 

SPC A. Tietjen describes an encounter with Christian Iraqis in a small village 

where she was treated with kindness and compassion. 

SPC A. Tietjen

A Small Village

514th Medical Company Ground Ambulance, 62nd Medical Brigade

It was a beautiful day in April 2003 as we were convoying through Iraq, 

heading toward Irbil for a mission. I was assigned to a medical company ground 

ambulance unit, serving as a Tactical Operations Center NCO, when we had 

another unscheduled stop. 

We had just entered the town of Qaraqosh, a small quaint village full of 

Christians fifteen kilometers outside of Mosul when one our 5-ton vehicles had a 

double blow out. We stopped alongside the road and pulled security around our 

vehicles. While on guard, we noticed that the people from the village that were 

outside at the time quickly retreated back into their homes. 

After about ten minutes of working on the 5-ton to get back on the road, a 

141
woman approached me. She spoke very good English and asked me if we were 

there for Saddam Hussein. I informed her that we were not; in fact, we were only 

in the town because one of our vehicles had two flat tires. She seemed pleased at 

this answer and went back toward the center of the village. After no more than 

five minutes, everyone – kids, men, and women – had come back out of their 

homes and came up to our convoy. Some of the Soldiers in my company were a 

little nervous, seeing as the villagers just didn’t come at a slow walk but rather like 

they were kids running for the ice cream man.

The woman I had talked with earlier came back to me and thanked us for our 

service. She thanked us, the United States Army, a branch of service that was there 

impeding on their soil. This was unbelievable to me. She introduced herself as 

Geenah and I introduced myself. She said she was a Christian who taught English 

at the university there in Iraq before all of the attacks. Many of the women and 

men invited us into their homes to have tea, lunch, take a shower; the offerings 

were immense. The unique thing about them offering us showers was that they 

had no running water, and no electricity. They were offering us the last of their 

clean water so that we could wash up. 

We greatly appreciated the offer but politely turned them down. They had 

families to attend to, yet, here they were offering the little things that they had. 

Many of the young women offered us female Soldiers their crosses. They were 

taking them from off of their necks and trying to give them to us. These women 

were showing their gratitude by giving us their worldly possessions. Once again 

we declined them. 

When I declined Geenah’s, she was taken aback. She asked me, “Are you 

Muslim? Is this why you do not take my necklace I give you?” I told her that I 

was not Muslim nor was I a Christian. She asked me, “Then you do not believe 

in God?” I told her, “It is not that I don’t believe in one god, I just believe there 

is more than one. I am what the Americans call a Wiccan.”

She was not surprised of this, nor did she ask what I was talking about. She 

knew of my religion. She told me, “You not being a Christian or not believing in 

one holy being is no difference to me. You were brought here for a reason, and I 

appreciate you for who you are. Your beliefs have no impact on the love that we 

have for you and all the rest of your Soldiers.” 

This was quite moving to me. I am usually ridiculed, or shunned in regards to 

my beliefs. Yet, here was this woman I had never met in my life until this moment 

who accepted me for me. 

We stayed in this small village for sometime until the 5-ton was fixed and 

during this time, the kids climbed in and out of our ambulances, asked questions 

in broken English, the women offered us cakes and tea; and the men, knives and 

leathers. One little boy went to his mother and asked for money, then went to a 

little ice cream shack a little ways down the road and came back with two little 

cups. He looked up and said, “Pretty soldier, take this for thanks from me, and I 

can have the other?” 

142
Now mind you, we had been told never to accept anything from the nationals, 

regardless of where it came from. But here was this little boy, couldn’t be more 

than 5 years old, offering me a cup of ice cream. He was so proud that he was 

helping us in a small but meaningful way that I accepted it. And would you know 

that still to this day, I have never tasted anything that was even close to as good as 

this ice cream. It wasn’t the flavoring or the sheer coldness on such a hot day that 

made it taste good. It was the unselfish, full-of-love and compassion and sheer 

relief that we were not there to destroy their village that made it taste so good. 

This memory of Iraq will always remain first in my thoughts; not the turmoil 

caused, the destruction, the convoy rides through the hot sun, and the cold nights. 

Not the missions I went on, not the people I deployed with, but instead it was of 

a little town in Iraq where the people believed in us to be there to help them put 

Iraq back on a good track so that they did not have to hide the fact that they were 

Christians – Christians that showed no indifference to those of us who chose not 

to be; Christians unlike many of those here in America today.

1SG D. Veneklasen had been in the Infantry several years when he took over 

as First Sergeant of A Company, 1st Battalion, 26th Infantry Regiment. When they 

traveled to Iraq in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom 1 in 2003, much of the 

training he had grown to expect throughout his career was about to run head-on 

with what he was about to encounter in Samarra, Iraq. 

1SG D. Veneklasen

VBIED

A Company, 1st Battalion, 26th Regiment

I assumed responsibility of A Company, 1st Battalion, 26th Infantry Regiment, 

based at Schweinfurt, Germany, in early July 2003 with full knowledge of the 

upcoming deployment to Operation Iraqi Freedom II early in 2004. Soldiers 

from 1-26 Inf., had deployed numerous times to places like Kosovo, Bosnia and 

Macedonia. However, the focus had been on peace keeping and stability operations 

prior to Iraq. Now the focus is on combat operations trying to implement a voting 

process to mold a Democratic process for the Iraqi people.

Six months prior to the deployment, the unit focused on training, such as 

advanced marksmanship which includes reflex fire techniques, military operations 

in urban terrain training, platoon and company live fire exercises, detainee 

operations, medical evacuation requests, and a big concentration on getting 100 

percent of the Soldiers in the unit qualified on Combat Life Saver skills. We 

initiated an intense training schedule; Soldiers knew their mission wasn’t going to 

be a simple live fire exercise. Fortunately, our senior leaders maintained continuity 

throughout the deployment. It turned out that our training had adequately prepared 

us for the successes and failures we experienced during this challenging time.

143
Introduction to Car Bombs

My unit took on many challenges after relieving the 4th Infantry Division of 

their duties in Samarra, Iraq, early March 2004. Samarra sits just 30 miles north of 

Tikrit, home of fallen dictator Saddam Hussein. In 2004, it was full of corruption; 

full of insurgents.

Our intent when we arrived was to educate the local city council members 

on what it meant for them to restructure council to be self sufficient and abide by 

the law. We worked feverishly to enable the city council to self govern, rebuild, 

protect, employ and maintain safety for its 250,000 citizens. After 45 days of 

constant patrolling, meeting with the local Imams, and working with the established 

leadership, a decision was made to allow the community leaders to take the first 

step in promoting a safe and secure environment for the local Samarra people. 

Before long, they had established a police force and the city council was working 

hard to clean the city; it seemed our mission was running as planned. 

We felt the 26th Infantry was making progress but we still maintained presence 

patrols throughout the city, focusing our efforts toward civil affairs functions, 

such as rebuilding schools, establishing electricity and running water for the local 

populace, and helping to clear the streets of any remaining insurgents. My unit 

in particular seemed to be making large steps forward, but we all felt as if it was 

almost too good to be true. Although progress was made, we had issues hiring 

interpreters, and encouraging locals to help clean the streets. It seemed that the 

trust value between coalition forces and the city remained cautious.

During the rebuilding efforts of Samarra, my unit also took on the role of 

training what was then called the Iraqi National Guard (ING). We established 

a training headquarters building just to the east of the Tigris River where others 

focused on the entry and exit point of the city. We worked a Green, Amber and 

Red cycle system in support of the ING, rotating the duties internally throughout 

the battalion. We still maintained a concentrated focus on presence patrols, route 

clearing, forward operating base (FOB) security, and additional civil affairs 

efforts. I’ve never seen better command relationships internally since I joined 

the Army. 

My company’s continuing assignments became more complex, with limited 

boundary changes and our mission included a platoon-minus on quick reaction 

force missions, a platoon-plus on force protection missions, and a platoon forward 

working as a combined force supporting the Iraqi National Guard. Our main 

mission seemed clear: My platoon forward was responsible for the perimeter 

security, the battalion’s mortar platoon maintained a counter battery, and the ING 

worked the entry control point (ECP). 

Heat of Battle

Shortly after 10 a.m., on 8 July, 2004, a vehicle-born improvised explosive 

devise detonated next to a building within the ING headquarters. Within minutes 

we heard the report -- high casualties among both US and Iraqi National Guard 

144
Soldiers. I prepared for the worst as my quick reaction force and I left the gate. 

The ING headquarters was a short drive from FOB Brassfield-Mora.

Our equipment status was clear; the battalion’s standard operating procedures 

specified that the QRF include the medical ambulance and a recovery vehicle. 

We approached the Iraqi National Guard headquarters at around 10:30 a.m. It 

was clear a coordinated attack was in place as mortar rounds still rained in on the 

ING Headquarters upon our arrival. As a company first sergeant, I was challenged 

with numerous tasks, including the Iraqi desert giving off 140-plus degrees and 

non-stop enemy small arms fire and mortars coming at us. The two-story building 

housing both Iraqi and US Soldiers was devastated. I was very fortunate to have 

“Wolfpack 6” Capt. J. Sowers involved with the quick reaction force. It was clear 

the anti-Iraqi forces had coordinated a catastrophic blow to the US Army and the 

ING. Our priorities were clear – Capt. Sowers worked the radio, getting additional 

assets established, while I worked Bradley Fighting Vehicle sectors of fires and 

a casualty recovery plan. We needed it because it was clear there were casualties 

already, along with numerous wounded Soldiers. 

Our Soldiers were hit and hit hard, with enemy small arms fire still coming 

from the west bank along the Tigris River. Soldiers that were not pulling security 

and destroying the enemy were involved with recovering Soldiers from a collapsed 

building. What was unclear was the number of Soldiers trapped underneath the 

building. Our Soldiers were staring fatigue and exhaustion in the eyes as the 

battalion focused efforts on taking care of and evacuating the casualties.

Temperatures now reached 145 degrees and started taking its own casualties 

as Soldiers started showing serious signs of dehydration as they concentrated on 

recovery efforts. After four hours of continuous fighting and digging through the 

collapsed building, Soldiers were starting to show signs of heat exhaustion, so 

I told Capt. Sowers to request an immediate re-supply of 200 intravenous bags. 

The Soldiers worked from their hearts but they needed an immediate rest plan. 

After speaking with Capt. Sowers, I established an additional casualty collection 

point just for Soldiers to receive an IV. I immediately surveyed the area, taking 

Soldiers I perceived to be exhausted out of the fight. Our medics were now 

required to stick every Soldier sent to them with an IV. The medics asked if a 

uniform degrade was possible during this effort to allow the Soldier to breathe 

more naturally. When I almost agreed, another round impacted 200 meters east, 

changing my mind. We decided to leave them in their full gear and pulled in all 

available leaders to get them refocused on the importance of staying in full battle 

gear during this challenging time.

The buddy system also needed to be fully implemented. I issued guidance on 

water consumption, eating, fatigue, sickness and heat injury. I also emphasized 

that leaders also needed a buddy. Once the fight and recovery actions were well 

established, we evacuated more than 20 Soldiers, identified four who killed in 

action, and learned that one was missing. We didn’t know if he was still buried or 

had been evacuated, so the Soldiers continued to dig.

145
Despite feeling consumed and overwhelmed during the fight, I emplaced 

Soldiers and vehicles, and designated their sectors of fires. But I didn’t realize the 

impact of the feelings the Soldiers may have had until seven hours into the fight. 

I spoke with Capt. Sowers and we decided the combat stress team was something 

that needed to happen and happen soon. 

While still trying to coordinate and confirm a battle roster on the number of 

medically evacuated Soldiers and any missing sensitive items, it was apparent 

our roles as Soldiers had changed. I often speak of Capt. Sowers as if he was my 

commander. However, he belonged to Headquarters and Headquarters Company 

and only became part of the QRF because of great concern over his mortar platoon 

located the ING Headquarters. Capt. B. Marlin, the Company A commander, was 

focused on force protection efforts on FOB Brassfield-Mora, although he wanted 

desperately to be part of his organization in Samarra.

Capt. Marlin later assumed responsibility of the devastated ING headquarters, 

relieving Capt. Sowers after his outstanding war fighting effort.

The recovery of all US Soldiers and the destruction of anti-Iraqi forces were 

our priorities until the relief could take place. With one warrior still missing and 

the temperature starting to recede, our efforts started coming together. We felt it 

was time to try and piece this tragic day together. Still struggling to find the buried 

Soldiers, we maximized our force bringing a heavy engineer unit in to help with 

the rubble. Eight and a half hours later, we finally recovered the missing warrior’s 

body.

Reflections of War

Prior to the attack, the Iraqi National Guard compound had been reinforced 

with 15-foot high by 15-inch thick concrete barriers – called T-barriers. Workers 

also had emplaced Hesco barrier bags completely around the entrance, leaving 

two ING Soldiers guarding the entry control point.The A Company leaders 

from 3rd Platoon had established quadrant security inside the compound using 

Bradley Fighting Vehicles and a platoon of mortars. The Iraqi National Guard had 

maintained a 10 to 25-man force, also within the compound, and took responsibility 

for the ECP. Observation and rooftop security at the ING headquarters had been 

left to my A Company Soldiers. We established our presence on the roof with four 

50-caliber machine guns and two sniper rifles, which gave us a 360-degree field 

of fire.

Time spent in this defensive posture allowed us ample time to reflect on the 

events that had occurred earlier that day. Staff Sgt. W. Horton said he remembered 

seeing a small sedan parked at the entry control point around 10 a.m. that day, right 

before the explosion. Bradley Fighting Vehicle Soldiers covering the southeast 

quadrant also remembered observing the event. Horton said he remembered 

seeing the driver wearing a police uniform.

A section leader from Alpha Company remembered seeing an ING Soldiers 

running away from the entry control point shortly after the car was spotted. The 

146
car then sped through the entrance and smashed into the T-barrier, exploding on 

impact and damaging the right side of the headquarters building, which buried the 

20 US Soldiers under the rubble, killing five of them. The blast was so great that 

the only recognizable piece of the car bomb was the front bumper.

With all the initial confusion, it seemed logical to think the Iraqi National 

Guard Soldier had been part of the attack. Adding to this belief was the fact 

that many ING Soldiers were never seen again after the attack and their bodies 

didn’t turn up. Many of us believed they had moved to a secure area with advance 

warning in order to minimize their losses. I personally feel that to be very true 

as well.

Our battle focus changed after the attack. We established a new standard and 

focus toward defeating an enemy that thrived from disrupting any and all gains 

we put forth toward assisting Iraqis in establishing an Iraqi-run democratic nation. 

The loss of five warriors and the wounding of another 26 due to lack of security 

is a cost we cannot afford.

My personal experience also changed how I focused on my leadership 

style. The lessons we learned were detrimental to our previous training strategy. 

Complacency is a word I do not believe in but I realized the forces we had trained 

lived a different value system from us. Our Soldiers were not the issue, however, 

our senior leadership was. Interpretation and execution of the responsibility 

given to Iraqi National Guard Soldiers turned into the worst combat experience 

of my military career. Like any other missions, we double and triple checked our 

Soldiers prior to executing the mission by using sand tables, rehearsals and back 

briefs. However, we did not include or at least were hesitant in involving the ING 

in these rehearsals. Whether it was a fault of mine or our senior leadership, it was 

a fault that killed five of our service members. 

We American Soldiers train to stay aware of our left and right flanks but don’t 

always realize our left and right flanks may include foreign Soldiers. The oneteam, one-fight method for everybody is what will make the mission a success.

147
FIGHTING INSURGENTS

The Army and the world were stunned by the rapid collapse of the Iraqi 

Army in 2003. However, the joy was short lived; it soon became apparent that a 

variety of groups would challenge US and coalition troops in Iraq. There were old 

Baathists, militias, al-Qaeda and foreign troops, and a variety of others trying to 

kill American or Coalition Soldiers with car bombs, improvised explosive devices, 

rocket-propelled grenades, and the ordinary bullet. American troops responded, 

establishing bases inside Iraq from which they could fight the insurgents.

1SG R. Greene and the Soldiers of Eagle Troop constructed and maintained 

two Forward Operating Bases (FOB) in Iraq. This stretched their logistics 

capabilities to the limit, yet they maintained. They also assisted in the development 

of a Border Patrol Academy for Iraq thereby helping to stem the flow of foreign 

fighters into Iraq.

1SG R. Greene

“Eagle Troop”

Eagle Troop, 2nd Squadron, 3rd Armored Cavalry Regiment, 07/03-03/04

During my deployment to Operation Iraqi Freedom I, I took on a very 

challenging assignment as the First Sergeant of Eagle Troop, 2nd Squadron, 3d 

Armored Cavalry Regiment. Prior to my departure from Fort Carson, Colorado, 

I received training on Tactical Convoy Operations, Traffic Control Point 

Procedures, Weapon Qualification, Weapons and Ammunition Identification, 

Improvised Explosive Device Training, and a Situation Report on the Regiments 

combat situation in Iraq. The unit’s Rear Detachment was well organized and had 

systems in place to ensure that my family would be taken care of in the event they 

needed some type of assistance while I was deployed.

Upon my arrival into to Kuwait I was given numerous briefings, which 

consisted of Improvised Explosive Device Awareness Training, Antiterrorism 

Training, Combat Live Fire Training, Rules of Engagement Training and numerous 

other types training. I was very eager to join my new unit in the fight in Iraq. My 

movement into Iraq during Operation Iraqi Freedom I was on a two-hour flight 

in a Chinook armed with heavy machine guns. The helicopter took me to an old 

Airbase by the name of Al Asad Airbase in Iraq, which was previously owned and 

operated by Saddam Hussein’s Army. 

Upon linking up with my new unit I was greeted by the Squadron Command 

Sergeant Major. He gave me a briefing on the combat situation of the Regiment 

and then later introduced me to the Eagle Troop Headquarters Platoon Sergeant. 

There was no First Sergeant available for a battle handover briefing when I arrived 

at the Troop I was given a black binder with a few administrative documents 

enclosed. The unit had already been in the fight for four months when I joined 

148
them in Iraq. They had already taken several casualties, one of whom was killed 

in action (KIA), and the moral was very low. I knew I had my work cut out for 

me from that day on. I began to establish a plan that same night on what I wanted 

to discuss with my Commander and Platoon Sergeants. 

My Commander and all the Platoons were out on a recon mission, which 

later resulted in the establishment of two Eagle Troop Forward Operating Bases 

(FOBs). When my unit finally returned from their mission, I let them all settle in 

and get situated. My first experience with my Troop Commander went very well. 

I explained to him that I was there to support him and the Soldiers of the Troop. 

I also explained that I had been doing some planning while he was out on the 

recon. Prior to speaking with my Troop Commander, the Squadron Commander 

had already briefed me on our battle space and the unit’s mission. The mission 

was to establish a Border Patrol Academy, a Saudi Arabian Border Check Point, 

and to help rebuild one of the Iraqi towns in our area of operation.

The Regimental Headquarters had assigned us a Squadron-sized battle space, 

and we realized that it would be tough to cover with a Troop-sized element, but 

we knew that we had to make this mission a success. The Troop Commander and 

the Executive Officer sat down with me the next day to layout the details from 

the recon. Immediately following the meeting with the Troop Commander and 

Executive Officer, I called a meeting with all my Platoon Sergeants. I introduced 

myself and told them what I expected of them. I also explained to them that I was 

there for them, and they should not hesitate to ask me questions about anything 

that they were unsure of.

We immediately begin to discuss the plan for this operation, because we had 

to move out in about 5 days. The first thing I wanted to know from them was 

maintenance and weapons issues they had in each of their platoons. They explained 

that some of their vehicles were not fully operational due to the shortage of parts. 

The unit was composed of 10 Bradley Fighting Vehicles, 9 M1A2 Abrams Tanks, 

2 Mortar Tracks, 12 Up Armored HMMWVs, and some Maintenance/Supply 

assets. For the most part, their weapon systems were holding up pretty well. 

I later discussed the critical logistical pieces with all of the Platoon Sergeants 

and the Executive Officer. I was pretty impressed after speaking to each of the 

leaders, and they seemed to have their “ducks in a row.”

This mission required extensive planning and outside support from Army 

Reserve Constructional Engineers. My Executive Officer did a really good job of 

bringing all the support elements on board. Prior to moving out the unit conducted 

several Pre-Combat Inspections to ensure that our Soldiers, vehicles, weapons, 

and other equipment were ready for combat. On the way to our new Forward 

Operating Base, helicopters escorted us with crew-served weapons mounted on 

them. The unit was already well versed in Tactical Convoy Movement in a hostile 

environment, but the helicopters were used to scan for Improvised Explosive 

Device emplacement along the route. Upon our arrival at the new location, we 

had to immediately establish 360-degree security. 

149
The Commander and I called a meeting upon our arrival at the new Forward 

Operating Base. We discussed our contingency plan and new priorities of work. 

We also established a new time line that incorporated a sleep and security plan. 

The next day was a very long day because we had to build a Forward Operating 

Base from almost nothing. The buildings that we occupied had been stripped 

of all the wiring, windows, plumbing, etc. The Army Reserve Constructional 

Engineers that were attached to us were well prepared to accomplish this mission. 

Some of the Engineer Company’s leadership had accompanied my commander 

on the recon mission.

Once the Forward Operating Base work was started, we had to come up with 

another plan to build a second FOB about 120 miles away from the current FOB. 

Once both Forward Operating Bases were established, we started our combat 

operations and continuous improvement to the Forward Operating Bases as time 

permitted. As stated previously, the mission was to help rebuild an Iraqi town in 

the Al Anbar Province, establish a Iraqi Border Patrol Academy, and to establish 

Traffic Control Points to stop the shipment of illegal weapons and Improvised 

Explosive Device making material across the various borders.

The establishment of the two Forward Operating Bases provided us with 

a place for Soldiers to conduct business simultaneously 120 miles apart. The 

Commander and I selected the individuals who would man the border checkpoints, 

and those who would train the Border Patrol students. The Iraqi students were 

very eager to get trained to defend their borders from terrorists operating in their 

country. Later in the deployment, the distance between my two FOBs became 

very strenuous on my Logistics. I was required to put a convoy together every 

four days for Logistical Package (LOGPAC) Operations. The convoy had to 

travel a distance of 120 miles each way. 

The long distance and frequent trips truly took a toll on my vehicles. We 

destroyed two M998 Cargo/Troop Carrier HMMWV engines on these long 

missions. The Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS 

RADIO) had some communications issues from one FOB to the other or even 

short distances outside of any one of the FOBs. The unit encountered a few 

hostile situations while operating on the border, which resulted in the deaths of 

several Iraqis, but nowhere near what they had faced while fighting in Fallujah, 

Iraq. The Border Patrol Academy was a real success story for the Regiment. 

The establishment of the border checkpoints allowed over 20,000 Iraqi Nationals 

to drive through Iraq and into Saudi Arabia to attend the annual celebration of 

Ramadan. Ramadan is an Islamic religious observance that most Iraqis long to 

attend at some point during their life.

Upon completion of the Regiment’s mission during Operation Iraqi Freedom 

I, the United States Marine Corps relieved us in Al Anbar Province. When the 

Marines arrived, they seemed very hostile and not willing to listen too much of 

what we had to say. One thing that amazed me about the Marine Corps was that 

they had a First Sergeant for Administrative Operations and one for Logistical 

150
Operations. When I met both of them, they seemed to think that they knew 

everything there was to know about our battle space that we had just spent the 

last eight months occupying. Although they did not want to listen, I insisted that 

I would do the morally right thing and continue to push as much information to 

them as I had during our right and left seat rides.

Nevertheless, during our last week at one of my Forward Operating Bases, I 

asked the Logistical First Sergeant if he would need any more logistical support 

from my unit before they took over. He replied with “no thanks I’ve got it handled.” 

I ordered the Logistical Package anyway, because he was failing to realize that 

he had to feed over 300 Soldiers and needed Classes I, III, and V for two separate 

Forward Operating Bases. The Class III would not only be used for tracked and 

wheeled vehicles, but for power generation and for the four helicopters that were 

assigned to his unit. On the fourth day when my Logistical Package was about 

30 minutes out from the Forward Operating Base, the Marine Logistical First 

Sergeant came to me and asked me if I could order him one more package before 

my unit left the area.

This really made me feel good, because I responded that I had already ordered 

the package because I knew he was going to need it. I told him that it sometimes 

pays to listen to the people that you are doing a Battle Handover with. During this 

conversation, my unit was preparing for a long road march from Iraq to Kuwait. 

Prior to reaching this point, we had to conduct numerous redeployment tasks to 

ensure that all administrative tasks were conducted before moving back to Kuwait. 

We had to conduct weapons qualification, crew drills for Tactical Convoys, SRP 

packet updates, and numerous other redeployment classes.

Before moving out on the convoy, the leadership conducted Pre-Combat 

Checks, and the Commander and I conducted Pre-Combat Inspections of every 

vehicle. Extensive Risk Assessments were conducted because of the amount of 

distance we had to travel in such a hostile area. The unit made it back to Kuwait 

with no injuries to personnel or loss of equipment. Upon our arrival in Kuwait, 

we had our work cut out for us at the wash rack. The Regiment spent about 3 

weeks trying to get vehicles clean enough to ship back to the United States. 

In addition to our wash rack duties, I had to establish another unit Command 

Post, which was shared by several other units. The sleeping conditions were not 

the greatest, but we had seen worse. The establishment of my unit in Kuwait 

required a lot of coordination with the Squadron Personnel Actions Center for 

manifesting flights, mandatory debriefings from the Chaplain, etc. Some Soldiers 

were identified as high-risk individuals and therefore could not go with their 

Families until after a 72 hours cool down process upon their arrival in Fort Carson, 

Colorado. Explaining to some of these Soldiers that they would not be able to 

go home immediately was pretty tough, but it was part of the Risk Management 

Process that was mandated from our higher Chain of Command.

My unit learned a lot of difficult lessons while deployed to Operation 

Iraqi Freedom I. One of the main things that we learned is that there cannot be 

151
enough training on combat-related tasks. The training that we received prior to 

the deployment was great, but we needed to focus more on Urban War Fighting 

Tactics. As NCOs, we have to remember to continue to train our subordinates’ 

two levels up. This will help to ensure that our Soldiers are ready to step up to the 

next level if the combat situation dictates. 

The next lesson learned was that the SINCGARS Radio had some issues when 

operating 120 miles away from the next Forward Operating Base. The Regiment 

had radios with the capability of talking further than this, but they were in limited 

supply. This put Soldiers’ lives at risk. During some of our Logistical Operations, 

my Soldiers and I had to travel long distances without radio communication. The 

technique that I used was that when I departed for the Logistical Package mission, 

I would call my other FOB via satellite radio or satellite phone to inform them 

that I was en-route to their location. They knew that if I did not arrive by a certain 

amount of time that they needed to come and meet the LOGPAC.

The final lesson learned was Administration Operations. I started to question 

my NCOs about counseling and Noncommissioned Officer Evaluation Reports. 

They told me that the guidance they received from the chain of command was that 

these reports would be waived, because this was the start of the War on Terrorism 

and the higher headquarters did not have a plan to track evaluations. As mentioned 

earlier, when I first arrived at the unit, the administrative paperwork that I received 

consisted of only a black binder with a couple of documents in it. I immediately 

begin to fix this problem for my Soldiers and Noncommissioned Officers.

I had to put systems in place to get the reports done. I explained to 

my Noncommissioned Officers that just because a unit is in combat, your 

Noncommissioned Officer Evaluation Reports do not stop. The Army will still 

continue to hold promotion boards and promote Soldiers during combat. This 

was a tough task to accomplish with the limited systems that we had in place, but 

eventually we made it happen.

The unit encountered a number of problems upon redeployment. The initial 

problem was with Soldiers who had developed marital and financial problems. 

These individuals were advised to attend counseling sessions to help them try to 

get their lives back together. The unit also had problems with establishing new 

work areas, because the footprint that they had prior to deployment had been given 

to mobilized Reserve and National Guard units that had been called up to perform 

duties on Fort Carson while the Regiment was deployed. The Rear Detachment 

was supposed to have all these issues resolved prior to our redeployment, but it 

did not happen. Our equipment took quite a while to return from Kuwait to Fort 

Carson and limited our ability to continue to train our Soldiers on critical combat 

tasks.

In conclusion, Eagle Troop and the Regiment of Mounted Riflemen 

successfully completed our mission during Operation Iraqi Freedom I. Upon the 

completion of our tour in Iraq, Eagle Troop was awarded the Unit Armor Draper 

Leadership Award. 

152
There are times when training fails to prepare a unit for real action on the 

ground. 1SG J. Thanheiser tells of how his unit, lacking in combat experience, 

did not prepare with realistic scenarios for what lay ahead on a convoy from 

Kuwait to Forward Operating Base Warrior in Iraq. There were major questions 

that needed answers. How do you guide the lead vehicle? What happens if a 

vehicle breaks down? Are the rules of engagement practical and usable for the 

situation? 

SGM J. Thanheiser

Convoy to Kirkuk

1-27 Infantry, 02/08/04-02/11/04

When the airplanes flew into the Twin Towers on 11 September 2001, I was 

a First Sergeant in the 1st Battalion, 27th Infantry. We were stationed at Schofield 

Barracks, Hawaii. Initially we had no direct orders to deploy in support of the 

Global War on Terror (GWOT). We were the Army’s Pacific punch. A year later, 

we were put on notice that we would be going to Afghanistan. In the Battalion, 

we had only 20 Soldiers who had previously experienced combat. We did send a 

platoon from the Battalion to augment the 101st Airborne Division for Operation 

Iraqi Freedom (OIF). This added roughly 34 Soldiers to the combat experience 

pool, but it was in Iraq not Afghanistan. 

21 January 2004, Task Force (TF) 1st BN 27th IN deployed to Camp Virginia, 

Kuwait as part of TF Warrior 2nd Brigade 25th Infantry Division. As a light infantry 

battalion, we were task organized to depend on supporting units for transportation. 

Our mission was to perform a Relief in Place (RIP), with elements of the 173rd

Airborne Brigade in northern Iraq. Throughout our deployment, I was the First 

Sergeant of Headquarters, Headquarters Company (HHC). Although we had 

gone through several months of preparation for our deployment, we still had a 

great many tasks to complete prior to crossing the “berm”, the unofficial name for 

the border between Kuwait and Iraq. 

Originally, we were going to deploy to Afghanistan. Our train up for that 

deployment included many days of air assault training. We were told that very 

few missions would be conducted on the road. Our goal was to complete all resupply missions by air. With that as our battle cry, we ensured all personnel were 

very familiar with sling load and air movement of personnel and equipment. 

During our pre-deployment field training exercises, we conducted one Ground 

Assault Convoy (GAC), which was to the Brigade Support Area (BSA). We put 

very little emphasis on the convoy operations, figuring any ground movements 

would be tactical operations involving few Company personnel. The Company 

Sections that had trucks, anti-tank, mortar and medics had specific Standing 

Operating Procedures (SOPs) and would be executing them. The support platoon 

owned the battalions light medium tactical vehicles (LMTVs) and the majority 

of the battalions high-mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicles (HMMWVs) 

153
and would be giving them to the line companies, and concentrating on air resupply. 

In November 2003, everything changed; we would be going to Iraq. There 

would be very little air support for re-supply, and we needed to be prepared to 

conduct almost daily ground convoys to forward operating bases (FOBs) for 

resupplies. We also conducted a change of command at the company level in 

December. Our new Company Commander had not been involved in any of our 

pre-deployment training. 

Immediately upon arrival in Kuwait, we started preparing our vehicles. We 

had four M1114s up-armored HMMWVs in the battalion. The remaining vehicles 

were soft skinned cargo or “clamshell” HMMWVs. We started bolting scrap metal 

found on Camp Virginia, Kuwait to every vehicle. We also experimented with 

placing sandbags on the floor boards of our vehicles. For some of the trucks this 

was the bridge too far. We cut back to covering the passenger side floorboards 

and one or two in other locations. Most of our vehicles needed at least some 

maintenance and some had not endured the boat ride very well. We were given 

gun mounts to mount in front of the passenger seat. In addition, all cargo trucks 

were fitted with pedestals in the bed of the truck. On the surface, this seemed like 

a great idea, but we had not trained with them, and set up and placement was 

randomly established. Some of the pedestals were still in place a year later when 

we redeployed but not many. In addition to preparing vehicles for the trip and 

subsequent missions, we were loading container express (CONEXs) for ground 

shipment, establishing load plans for the trucks that would be conducting the 

convoy north and organizing for the mission. The young NCOs who ensured their 

Soldiers were in the right place at the right time made this seemingly impossible 

mission possible. 

We had established that no one would cross the berm until they had zeroed 

their personal weapon. My reconnaissance platoon had received several new 

weapons just prior to deployment and spent several days familiarizing and then 

qualifying those systems. The tactical platoons were not difficult to get to the 

ranges, the staff and platoons whose missions revolved around trucks however 

were another issue. It was difficult pulling significant numbers away from 

planning and preparing vehicles to get them to ranges and still complete all the 

truck modifications. We also lost those Soldiers for the day due to the distance to 

the range. We accomplished this task through outstanding small unit leadership 

pushing and leading from the front. Coaching the new Soldiers through the zero 

process, while ensuring they stayed hydrated and warm. When we left Hawaii, it 

was about 86o; in Kuwait, it was in the 40s. 

In addition to individual training, we received classes from “veterans” on 

how to conduct operations north of the berm. We did complete our first convoy 

live fire on a range that allowed for 180o fires. We conducted this training with a 

skeleton crew, because we could not afford to stop working on vehicle preparation. 

Therefore, minus the majority of the personnel that would be traveling in our 

154
serials, we were allowed the opportunity to conduct our operation with key 

personnel in each serial. However, the Improvised Explosive Device (IED) 

training was detrimental. We were told to stop for any suspicious amounts of 

garbage on the side of the road, when we stopped we should go into the “box” 

defense. First, anyone who has traveled Iraqi roads would note that they are full 

of suspicious amounts of garbage, and since most roads in northern Iraq are lined 

with large drainage ditches attempting to put the convoys’ vehicles into a box 

formation would probably drown the side vehicles. The plus out of this training 

though, was that the convoy commander and his assistant had the opportunity to 

experience on a minor scale some of the issues they would face. Experience with 

large convoys over several days was a shortcoming that we would gain only after 

completing our initial mission. Battalion had selected my Company Commander 

to be the convoy commander and we had selected our mortar platoon leader to be 

his assistant. The Platoon Leader had more convoy experience and seemed a good 

choice. Looking back, we should have made him the commander and selected his 

Platoon Sergeant as the assistant based solely on experience. 

The Rules of Engagement (ROE) were stressed at every level. We briefed 

and back briefed until all leaders were confident that they were well known. 

Looking back, our ROE were unrealistic and did not take into account what our 

mission was. We were insuring the security of our force through a somewhat 

overly protective set of rules. Any vehicle that got within our safety zone was 

fair game, regardless of what actions they were taking. This could have resulted 

in catastrophe had any Iraqis driven too close. 

Prior to departure, we sent a leaders’ recon to the “berm” to get “eyes on” 

the route. This was supposed to make day one smooth. From my serial, the 

commander and the truck commander (TC) from the lead truck were the only 

ones to go. On game day, the lead truck and crew were positioned at a final check 

point leading to the road to Iraq. Four serials came through our check point. On 

serial five, my serial, only the convoy commander had been on the route recon. 

He did not position himself in a location to see where the convoy was going and 

the convoy rolled past our check point and headed south to Kuwait city instead of 

Iraq. This caused a delay of about one hour getting the convoy back together and 

headed in the right direction. Some of the contributing factors were unwillingness 

by drivers to break standard civilian driving rules. They continued down the 

highway looking for a “legal” turn around, instead of hitting the first available 

turn around heading in the right direction. We had not gotten out of the training 

mode and into the combat mode yet. This incident did get all the Soldiers in my 

convoy to readjust their thinking and remember that we could not afford to adhere 

to driving regulations when they conflicted with tactical decisions. That was the 

only incident that I can recall where we allowed ourselves to separate the force 

because of local laws. After we had reformed the convoy we headed north to FOB 

Navstar, when we arrived, we had completed the shortest leg of our trip. We were 

the trail serial of the battalion convoy, and along with the Company Commander 

155
and me, we had the Battalion Executive Officer (XO) and Command Sergeant 

Major (CSM). Their guidance was at times painful but they did get results at the 

stops along the way that made the operation smoother. That evening we ate at 

the best Dining Facility (DFAC) on the planet. We received a briefing on the next 

day’s routes and departure times. In addition, we completed final preparations 

before crossing the berm.

We were the fifth serial in TF Wolfhounds convoy and each serial departed 

with approximately 40 vehicles. We were separated by timed intervals to prevent 

becoming a massive target. It was a great plan on paper, but in order for the lead 

serials to maintain speed, convoy leaders were leaving behind broken vehicles 

or vehicles that could not maintain speed. By the end of the day, our 40 vehicle 

convoy consisted of around 60 to 70 vehicles, moving at approximately around 

30 miles per hour. This added stress to everyone concerned with our convoys’ 

security. We also had to fight the weather; our SOP at that time was to travel with 

our windows down so that we could return fire, if needed. The cold caused some 

to bundle up so much that they could not return fire. 

Our goal had been to fly as many Soldiers north and keep only enough behind 

providing a driver, TC and gunner per vehicle. We almost met that goal. However, 

we still had one or two extra Soldiers per vehicle. The benefit was added security 

during movement, but at stops, these extra Soldiers seemed to want to run off 

resulting in delays. We also suffered delays due to miscommunication. When 

the XO heard we could get extra tires along our route he mentioned that it would 

be a “nice to have item”. We wasted several hours waiting for the commander to 

get back from his scavenger hunt. Many of the “way stations” along the way also 

wasted our time with pointless hoops through which we had to jump in order to 

receive parts and services. 

We received a briefing every night on the next day’s route. We were given a 

strip map that was supposed to make our route clear. These maps rarely met that 

goal. We also had new technology that allowed properly equipped vehicles to see 

a map with all similarly equipped vehicles marked on their screen. Unfortunately, 

we did not put one of those vehicles on point. We relied on those equipped with 

the global positioning system (GPS), to communicate with the point vehicle and 

give a heads up on turns. This system caused several heated exchanges when the 

point vehicle would miss a turn. In one case while traveling through Baghdad, an 

IED was spotted. This caused a break in contact and a refuel site was identified as 

a link up point. When we had everyone back together we had lost several hours, 

and patience throughout the leadership was gone. We then moved to our final way 

station on the route. The strip map did not make very clear where we were going 

and the point vehicle drove past the turn point. We were overwhelmed by the 

radio traffic from those who had onboard GPS telling us we had missed our turn 

although we had received no word of warning that the turn was coming.

The last official night of the convoy was spent in FOB Speicher. In the 

morning, we met our escorts for the last part of the trip and hit the road. The first 

156
thing we noticed was that we had not been going nearly as fast as we could go. 

The scouts zipped down the road as fast as they could get their trucks to go. For 

this part of the trip, we had no strip maps and were at the mercy of the scouts. We 

pulled into FOB Gainsmill shortly before sunset, with the goal to get our Soldiers 

who were going to FOB Warrior on the road before the sun went down. This 

caused some initial confusion; but again through strong team leader action, the 

proper people were put on the proper vehicles and we convoyed to FOB Warrior. 

HHC minus arrived after gathering Soldiers from five separate serials just after 

the sun set, and we were welcomed to Kirkuk by two rockets and a handful of 

mortars.

Lessons Learned

The most important thing is the proper use of those young leaders. From 

a theater change to a core change in how operations take place young Soldiers 

make it possible. The second major factor is never waste training time. We should 

have rehearsed how we were going to guide the point vehicle. This is no longer a 

problem since most of our vehicles were fitted with GPS systems. Nevertheless, 

it should have been rehearsed. We should have spent more time on convoy 

contingencies at the battalion level, (i.e. What is the plan for vehicles going down 

and what is the plan to get them back to their convoy.) 

MSG P. Johnson writes about a rear area Army post in Kuwait. She, like 

most people, received a surprise when she arrived; a fully developed Army post 

with a well-equipped physical fitness center, shower facilities, laundry tents, and 

a PX. Though the mess hall was over a half a mile away, the food was good and 

plentiful. She also marveled that dogs, cats, and rats seemed to accompany the 

Army wherever they went, even in the middle of the desert.

MSG P. Johnson

319th Signal Battalion

Operation Iraqi Freedom, 12/03-3/05

On 9 September1975, I was eighteen years old for six days and woke 

up on a bus at Fort McClellan, Alabama. My unit was the last female only Basic 

Training unit at the fort. My excitement quickly changed to anxiety when we 

received a greeting of, “Put those cigarettes out and get off my bus!” What have 

I done? It was too late. I was in the United State Army. 

After 30 years of service in the United States Army, I got the opportunity to 

do what Soldiers are trained to do – defend my country against an enemy. 

Upon arrival at the 319th Signal Battalion, Sacramento, California in July 

2003, I was informed the battalion was awaiting receipt of mobilization orders to 

deploy in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom II (OIF II). The news filled me with 

emotions, surprised, curiosity, anxious, nervous, excitement, the whole range. 

157
Although I had been a Signaler my whole career, it had only been the last seven 

years that I’d actually be assigned to a Signal unit. Most of my assignments had 

been with MI units.

The MOB order directed that we use Fort Bliss, Texas, as our MOB station 

and we mobilized to Fort Bliss 12-13 December 2003. Sustainment and Support 

Operations (SASO) training and validation took three months. It seemed BN 

movement was not the norm. We strained resources everywhere we went. Then 

it was off to OIF II.

The flight was long and we arrived in Kuwait at night. The BN was split – 

some went north; some went to Doha and the remainder stayed in Kuwait.

The next day was a memorable day for all. Tents everywhere! Chemical 

latrines everywhere! The dining facility half a mile, one-way! This was home for 

the next 12 months.

Our camp had compliments of all the coalition forces. In hindsight I should 

have kept a diary. I was often surprised by which force has females. 

Civilian news reports always showed a low level of support for the US being 

in Iraq. But to those of us on the ground civilian support was very high. This 

assessment is from the amount of comfort items and letters received. The camp 

MWR tent stayed very well stocked, as were the unit MWR tents. Some conflict 

harden Soldiers were reduced to tears at the reception received on the way home 

for R&R.

We relieved the 151 Signal BN from the Nevada Army National Guard. 

About six weeks after we got in country, during the RIP, one of the guardsmen 

was participating in physical training when he suddenly fell ill. We were later 

informed that he died of a heart attack. That was my first experience of actually 

knowing someone that died during a war/OOTW. After the 151 returned stateside 

we kept in touch with some of the members. We were sad to hear that after their 

return one of the Soldier committed suicide. No reason was given but from our 

interaction with the Soldier it was really out of character!

The most memorable thing about Kuwait was the nights. They did not hold 

any hints of the scorching heat or barren landscape. Everyone says the desert is 

nothing but sand when in fact there is a layer of rock not too far underground. The 

sand is treacherous though. Gloves stored in a zip lock bag inside a duffel bag 

were full of sand upon my return CONUS.

The sight of herds of camel on the Udiari weapons range was also memorable. 

It was just like in the movies!

Another memory for me was the sight of a cat outside our tents. How does a 

cat become a stray in the desert? There were several around our tents, obviously 

after the rats, but I do not associate domestic cats with the desert. There were 

packs of wild dogs but you can see how they got there, but cats?

Physical fitness played an important role with morale for deployed Soldiers. 

Walking everywhere, to shower trailers, dining facility, laundry tent, PX, place 

of duty helped. As a member of a combat service support unit, life consisted of 

158
six days of 12+ hour shifts. Obviously the Army is aware of the need because the 

fitness centers were complete and well equipped. 

1SG S. Brooks, Headquarters and Distribution Company, conducted a thirtysix hour convoy to Baghdad as part of the lead element for the 1st Cavalry Division. 

Their mission was to provide all logistical and life sustaining supplies for the 2nd

Brigade Combat Team (BCT). He attributes training as the key to success of the 

unit, however, he admits in entering battle Soldiers always have many doubts.

1SG S. Brooks

15th FSB, Task Force Baghdad

1st Cav. Div., 01/04-02/04

 The training of Soldiers was my top priority, as the First Sergeant for 

Headquarters and Distribution Company. I was responsible for ensuring the unit 

could execute all assigned tasks, as the Battalion relied on Headquarters Company 

to spearhead all requirements. As the unit First Sergeant, I felt as if I was the right 

noncommissioned officer (NCO) for the job. I believed that I brought a lot to the 

table and could see the confidence in me from my Soldiers and NCOs. 

My unit consisted of fuel handlers, cooks, water treatment personnel, 

communication specialists, administration clerks, truck drivers and numerous 

other specialties. After seventeen years of service in the military, I was confident 

in my abilities to lead my unit. My assignments included tours with Infantry 

Battalions and Signal Brigades, an Airborne Pathfinder Company at the Aviation 

Center in Fort Rucker, 3/325th Airborne Combat Team in Italy and five years with 

the 5th Special Forces. My Soldiers would receive my best and deserved nothing 

less. 

The 1st Cavalry Division, received orders to deploy to Iraq in support of 

Operation Iraqi Freedom in the Fall of 2003. The 2nd Brigade Combat Team 

(2BCT) would spearhead the deployment. The 15th Forward Battalion supported 

the 2BCT and was critical in the deployment phase. The unit train up process took 

about six months conducting several Field Training Exercises (FTXs) and one 

NTC rotation. The most beneficial training we received occurred during SGTs 

Time Training. The unit would go to training areas and continuously drill on 

convoy operations. The training included react to direct and indirect fire, actions 

from the halt, react to an improvised explosive device while at the halt and several 

other tasks. The training occurred in three phases, crawl, walk and run, which 

was extremely beneficial as Soldiers became comfortable and confident in the 

training, themselves and each other. We qualified all Soldiers several times in 

weapon marksmanship with individual and crew served weapons. 

I felt confident the unit was trained and prepared to deploy, and immediately 

following the New Years Holiday of 2004, we started the initial deployment on 8 

January 04, with the last Soldier arriving into Kuwait on 22 January 04. Additional 

159
training in Kuwait occurred and after completion of that training, orders to go 

forward followed, with my unit to wheel convoying into Iraq.

The convoy in which I traveled consisted of approximately thirty vehicles of 

which none had the standard up armor available today. The only modification made 

to the vehicles were to sand bag the floors, not exceeding the vehicle capability 

and mount crew serve weapons, if modifications could be made to accommodate 

that particular vehicle. After seventeen years of service, I had entered a combat 

zone facing an able and willing enemy, who was lurking and waiting for a chance 

to take my life and any of the one-hundred forty-seven Soldiers in my company. 

Trained for the mission, both anxious and nervous, we traveled over sixhundred miles without incident. Our arrival into our Forward Operating Base took 

approximately thirty-six hours by wheel convoy, resting overnight twice in route 

to the city of Baghdad. We met the advance party, which departed thirty-six hours 

ahead of us, but forty-eight hours behind the pre-advanced party. Their mission 

was to receive and integrate the main body. I could the tension and nervousness in 

the air as we traveled along the highway. Soldiers did not know what to expect, 

and for the first time, many had a basic load of ammunition in their possession, and 

a round chambered in their weapon. Soldiers had permission, in accordance with 

the rules of engagement, to defend themselves, their friend and Army property by 

the use of deadly force, if needed. 

The unit’s mission and tasks was clear; provide all the logistical and life 

sustainment for the 2BCT. Our Brigade was the lead element for the 1st Cavalry 

Division, and we would secure and establish an operational Forward Operating 

Base (FOB) prepared to receive three additional Brigades with attachments and 

detachments.

My company, within 15th FSB, would be operational and prepared to receive 

and distribute Class I-IX, in forty-eight hours. The unit we replaced was a support 

company assigned to the 1st Armored Division out of Germany. This unit had very 

little to offer us. Their supplies were depleted and their equipment was not to 

standard, however my right seat ride with the unit First Sergeant was en lightning 

and informative. Through the First Sergeant, I gained some insight to the unit 

mission, the challenges they faced, and issues they dealt with. 

Soldiers discussed death, wondering if they would see their loved ones again. 

What was our true purpose for being in country? Exactly who was the enemy? 

Were the local nationals on the FOB creditable or did they have an agenda that 

was not in our best interest? Could I really trust my buddy with my life? There 

seemed to be more questions than answers. 

The 15th Forward Support Battalion would provide all the force protection 

for the site, which was approximately a four-mile perimeter. To set-up a defensive 

perimeter would not be as difficult as you would imagine, we were inside of one 

of Saddam Hussein’s private hunting grounds fully equipped with thirty-eight 

guard towers. The towers surrounded the FOB, making it ideal for the task. 

The Coalition Provisional Authorities (CPA) were in place as the former 

160
regime was in hiding, captured or on the run, to include Saddam Hussein. A 

primary mission for the Task Force was to set the conditions for national elections 

that would lay the groundwork for a functional government. Sectarian violence 

was on the rise given the number of roadside bombings, suicide car bombings, 

assassinations, and kidnappings. The violence was an intimidation tactic used to 

discourage any support for the CPA, Coalition Forces or anyone who supported 

our cause.

Training was the key to our success, nothing we encountered was a total 

surprise. We anticipated 99 percent of the missions conducted. Uncertainty was 

something that existed in us all. Our primary mission was logistical support to 

include wheeled vehicle convoy re-supply. The Battalion Commanders guidance 

was that convoy commanders and assistant Convoy Commanders would be 

NCOs; this was the confidence that the commander had in the NCO Corps. The 

Officer Corps in the unit at the time was young to the military, which may have 

explained his rational. 

Convoy re-supply operations were our focus, with each convoy consisting 

of an average of ten wheeled vehicles and the appropriate gun trucks. The unit 

would conduct re-supply missions almost nightly, using all Soldiers at one point 

or another. Operations would start with a warning order from the Battalion 

Headquarters, identifying the cargo, location and time of execution. 

All convoy operations would take place after midnight as intelligence provided 

to us showed a startling trend. Statistics showed that only about five percent of the 

roadside bombings occurred between the hours of 2400 and 0400, and because of 

this information all convoys conducted in the Battalion would occur within this 

window, unless totally unavoidable. This thought process and the undisputed facts 

reassured the Soldiers. The staff had definitely done their homework, giving the 

leadership the tools and information to prepare for the mission. In my opinion, 

intelligence played a key role in the 100 percent success of convoy operations in 

my unit

The first step was to assign a senior NCOs as Convoy Commander and as 

Assistant Convoy Commander. Each unit in the Battalion provided logistical 

support. The 1st Company Forward Support Company’s provided the 5 K Tankers, 

our Company contributed lowboys loaded with class IX supplies, EFSMC 

provided medic support, the 3rd Forward Support Company provided the material 

handling equipment, and 4th Company provided the gun trucks. This consolidated 

effort was successful, and allowed for the rotation of personal. The process also 

gave the command the flexibility to conduct simultaneous missions, ensuring all 

supported units could maintain their combat readiness posture and allowed the 

Battalion to conduct other required tasking without interruption. 

Pre combat (PCCs) checks prior to mission execution consumed the 

leadership. Convoy Commanders had approximately thirty hours of notification 

prior to mission execution; this was standard operating procedures and provided 

the maximum preparation time. Unit convoy operation were in a matrix type 

161
format and as far out as possible. We had some predictability based on the 

consumption of supplies and equipment, and scheduled missions accordingly. 

The best NCOs available performed duties as Convoy Commanders; there was 

simply no room for error on this type of operation; Our Soldiers deserved the 

best. PCCs started with mission notification, and then every vehicle went through 

a preventive maintenance checks and services conducted by the maintenance 

company. Each vehicle would receive a “go” or “no go” in accordance with the 

appropriate technical manual. 

The process would normally take anywhere from eight to ten hours. The 

Convoy Commander would give his official Operations Order briefing, with all 

participants present, including the chain of command. With the Operations Order 

briefing complete, the equipment staged and ready, a sleep plan would go into 

effect. Two hours prior to departure pre combat inspections would occur again. 

Every First Sergeant in the battalion was required to be present, for last minute 

inspection of vehicle loads, and personnel. 

First Sergeants conducted personal inspections of Soldiers, checking for the 

proper uniform and wear, a full basic load of ammunition, medic bag if applicable, 

knowledge of situation, based on the intelligence briefing, and the Soldiers state 

of mind. 

Convoys departed only after the Senior NCO leadership, including the 

Battalion Command Sergeant were satisfied that Soldiers and equipment were 

ready to go. You might think that this would be micro managing or undermining 

a Convoy Commanders authority, but to the contrary, I believed it just reassured 

the Soldiers of the importance of the mission and concern of the leadership for 

their welfare. 

The Supply Support Activity (SSA) performed superbly, the demand for 

Class IV, VII and IX was great. This SSA would receive and process on an 

average of 1500 military request orders (MROs) a day, in contrast to ninety a 

day, given normal operations. Soldiers in the SSA would work around the clock 

to keep up with supply and demand. I had the SSA Platoon Sergeant devise a 

work schedule that allowed for only five hours of sleep for each SSA Soldiers and 

with all meals provided at the work site. This scheduled allowed minimal work 

disruption. Soldiers also performed tower and gate guard contributing to the FOB 

force protection requirement, which was a tremendous display of physical and 

mental stamina for the Soldier and NCOs. The Assistant Division Commander 

(Supply) would publicly recognize the SSA platoon for a superb performance on 

many occasions throughout the deployment.

The unit would not be without some social and personal issues. Considering 

that the Battalion had its mix of male and female Soldiers, both NCOs and 

Officers. Fornication and adultery became a major issue that affected combat 

readiness. The command evacuated several pregnant Soldiers. Sexual relations, 

both heterosexual and homosexual were evident, adultery was rampart, although 

easily prosecuted once identified. Mutual sex amongst Soldiers occurred although 

162
highly discouraged due to the possibility of unplanned pregnancy and the extreme 

environmental conditions. Environmental conditions were conducive to sexual 

transmitted diseases and all Soldiers were educated on this subject by medical 

personnel. 

 After fourteen months in theater, the unit returned OCONUS, but only after 

the re- deployment operation would take place. The unit did a right seat ride with 

the 256th Support Battalion, the incoming unit, identified and laterally transferred 

millions of dollars of supplies and equipment. My unit left over 70 percent of its 

rolling stock in Iraq, to include up armored vehicles. No item acquired in country 

could return stateside, it became property of the incoming unit. 

After completion of this phase of redeployment, the 2BCT relocated to 

a holding area for outbound units. The command produced exhaustive and 

constantly changing manifests for both wheeled convoy, and airlift operations to 

Kuwait. The process ensured that the 2BCT re-deployment would synchronize 

and be conducive to the incoming unit. With all re-deployment requirements met, 

my unit began re-deployment in the middle of February 2005 with the last Soldier 

returning in March 2005. 

Fortunately, I can say that my unit did not lose a single Soldier, not to the 

enemy or by accident, which so many did. I fully understand that other units, 

having different missions, and conducting them under different circumstances, 

suffered unavoidable casualties. I believe that much of our success was a result 

of good leadership, and the difficult and realistic training that took place prior to 

and during our deployment. My opinion is that leadership at all levels performed 

superbly. We all realized that nothing could take the place of our greatest asset, 

the American Soldier. 

During January 2005, C Company was part of the effort to ensure free so 

that open elections were held in Iraq. Essentially, they would construct a barrier 

defense for polling places in their sector and with the assistance of Iraqi Security 

Forces, every Iraqi was able to vote in peace. At the same time they had to be 

mindful of the continuing fight against rebel forces.

 

1SG T. Weiss

Iraq’s Election, Baghdad 22-30 January 2005

1st Battalion, 8th Cavalry Regt., 5th BCT, 1st Cavalry

Cobra Company

Cobra Company consisted of four platoons and had been in country for 10 

months. During the months of April and November 2004, the company fought in 

the Shi’ite uprisings. We conducted several different types of missions and were 

ready for the task at hand. The company had gone through rigorous training at 

Fort Hood, Texas. Military Operations in Urban Terrain training was the focus 

while there and we received some advanced rifle training while in Kuwait. Each 

163
platoon patrolled their sector twice a day. The squads worked day on and day 

off. 

In January 2005, Cobra Company deployed to Baghdad, Iraq and my company 

was located in the Dora District of southern Baghdad. With 150 Soldiers attached 

to us from the Third Iraqi Baghdad Battalion and a company of Iraqi Special 

Forces, with only two weeks remaining before Iraq’s elections, we were charged 

with protecting more than one million Iraqi civilians and safeguarding delivery 

of their ballots - we were ready. Three neighborhoods within Baghdad comprised 

Cobra’s sector – Al-Sahaa, Abu-Dasheer and Al-Mechanic.

Red Platoon (1st Platoon) consisted of two squads with 17 combat Soldiers 

and one medic in each. Our equipment involved two Abrams tanks, two combat 

armored Humvess, and two cargo up-armored Humvees. Red’s sector was AlMechanic located on the eastern most side of the Company’s sector. Al-Mechanic 

was inhabited mostly by, ex-Bathe party and Sadam’s police forces, making it the 

most wealthy section in sector. It was mostly quiet but it is widely believed that 

the occupants supported the insurgency financially. 

White Platoon (2nd Platoon) consisted of two squads, eighteen combat 

Soldiers and one medic, with two Abrams Tanks, combat up-armored Humvees, 

and one standard Humvee with an add on armor kit. White’s sector was AbuDasheer located in the Southwestern part of sector. Abu-Dasheer is Baghdad’s 

southern slum, a kinder box and haven for Muqtar Al-Sadr’s Mahdi Army. It was 

by far our most active sector and the location of the Battalion’s two largest battles 

during our tour.

Blue Platoon (3rd Platoon) consisted of two squads, eighteen combat Soldiers 

and one medic, with two Abrams Tanks, one combat up-armored Humvee, and 

three Humvees with add on armor kits. Blue’s sector was Al-Sahaa the northeast 

end of sector. Sahaa was believed to be a prostitution district but was a fairly 

quiet neighborhood, frequented by gun smugglers and drug dealers when they had 

a pocket full of money. An occasional raid on a brothel would provide us with 

information on gun smugglers and gun dealers.

Green Platoon (4th Platoon) consisted of three squads, thirty personnel 

attached to us from the 4/5 Artillery Battalion was comprised mostly of cooks 

and mechanics. There equipment consisted of two combat up-armored Humvees 

and two Humvees with add on armor kits. Green’s sector was a small piece of 

Sahaa and Abu-Dasheer. It bordered Iraq Highway #8, also known as Airport 

Road. The sector was small and dangerous; it was closest to Forward Operating 

Base (FOB) Falcon, and used by the enemy to launch mortar attacks against 

the FOB. It was also home to one of Sadr’s top lieutenants and a popular Shiite 

Mosque.

Black Platoon (Headquarters Platoon) consisted of two squads, twenty 

personnel, sixteen combat troops, one medic, and three support personnel. Their 

equipment consisted of combat up-armored Humvee, two Humvees with add on 

armor kits, one Light Medium Tactical Vehicle (LMTV) with up-armor kit, and 

164
two five tons. Black Platoon patrolled the entire company sector and supported 

platoons in their sectors as needed. 

The Barrier Plan

CPT Schmucker and the Platoon Sergeants (with input from the Platoon 

leaders) developed a plan to use cement barriers and concertina wire to secure 

the poll sites. The plan was to prevent suicide car bombers from getting into to 

the crowds. The Iraqi’s Third Battalion, Baghdad Division was attached to the 

Mustangs (1/8 Cav). Troops from the Third Iraqi Battalion would be used at 

the Poll sites to search civilians as they entered the sites. To prevent the enemy 

from pre-positioning explosives, the sites where keep secret until the Third Iraqi 

Battalion could be moved into to secure them. 170 cement barriers and 1000 rolls 

of concertina wire were allocated for our sector. Headquarters Platoon would 

emplace the barriers, to keep from taking the other platoons away from their 

sectors of responsibility. Platoon Sergeants would accompany the Headquarters 

element during operations to ensure emplacement of the barriers met the intent of 

their respective plans. 

Once the Poll sites were secured, the Platoon Sergeants and Squad Leaders 

notified the local civilian leaders of the barrier emplacements. This was done to 

prevent cars from being blocked in behind the barriers, and they would be aware 

of the traffic disruptions. The barrier emplacements were conducted after the 

2200 curfew, and completed prior to daylight. The equipment needed to move 

the barriers, trucks with cranes, were limited making emplacement a logistical 

challenge. 

Red’s sector held most of the poll sites and was farthest from the FOB and 

would be first to receive barriers. All of the Platoons took personal ownership 

of their neighborhoods, and tended to ask for more material than they actually 

needed. Our limit was 170 concrete barriers, although the Platoons had requested 

a total of 240 barriers. Concertina wire would be used to make up the shortages. 

Al-Mechanic would be a two-day operation. 

Abu-Dasheer would be second in line, being the most volatile area, and 

would require the bulk of the barriers. Black conducted a joint recon with Green 

and White platoons throughout their sector - it too would be a two-day operation. 

Close to the FOB and easily accessed it would be an easy operation, providing the 

enemy would cooperate. White would also use mostly concertina wire. It would 

be emplaced the day before the elections, to prevent theft by the locals. Routine 

patrols conducted by White supported by Black and Green would conduct the 

wire emplacement.

Blue’s sector would be a one-night operation with only two poll sites. Both 

sites were easily accessed and would only take two convoys to complete. This 

would be the drivers’ fifth night in sector and they would have driven all routes, 

into and out of sector. The challenge for us was the use of an Iraqi Special Forces 

Company that was attached to us within the final days of the operation. 

165
Cobra’s Support Elements

The Support Battalion had two wreckers capable of lifting the barriers. The 

trucks on the FOB would be loaded with a crane and unloaded in the sector with the 

wreckers. The flat bed trucks could haul eight barriers at a time, and this would be 

the first time for most of the drivers to be in the sector. Cobra Black would escort 

the convoys into the sector and provide dismounted security while emplacement 

operations were conducted. You could sense the anxiety in the drivers. During 

the first ten months we rotated our mechanics into our squads, giving them patrol 

experience. That paid dividends for us during this operation. 

Prior to any patrol leaving the FOB a convoy brief was conducted. To 

ensure everybody had the proper frequencies, knew the succession of the Chain 

of Command, location of the medic, and actions on contact. The mechanics had 

a familiarity of the sector and would be used as vehicle Commanders (TCs), 

gunners, and drivers on the support trucks. Operations were conducted after 

curfew so it wouldn’t be hampered by local traffic, but were still vulnerable to 

insurgent attacks. Some of the female drivers had been in sector as part of female 

searcher teams during raids, but it would be their first time conducting this type of 

operation, in one case a female served as a gunner on one of the wreckers. 

On the Road March into sector the second truck in the convoy took a turn too 

sharp and lost his barriers, blocking the road for the rest of the convoy. Luckily, 

the truck behind him was a wrecker driven by one of Cobra’s SGT Mechanics. 

The young SGT quickly used the wrecker’s heavy bumper as a plow and cleared 

the route for the rest of the convoy. This mishap would set us back a day and 

emphasized the absolute necessity for ensuring that cargo is properly secured and 

that drivers operate at a safe speed to ensure cargo safety.

Once on site in Al-Mechanic, I briefed the Commander of the situation. My 

recommended course of action would be for me and the Platoon Sergeant from 

Black to escort the empty truck back to the FOB, swap it out with a full one, and 

get this one reloaded, and put into the second serial. The Commander approved 

the course of action. As the emplacement of the barriers began, I briefed the NCOs 

in the convoy of the required security and their responsibilities. I had the platoon 

sergeant reduce our crews to the minimum required to travel and used the rest to 

provide security for the operation. I notified Mustang TOC of the situation, and 

requested that they contact the support Battalion to help facilitate the change in 

order to keep the mission on schedule. 

Before leaving the site I inspected the security and talked to the operators 

to ensure they knew what was going on and that their weapons systems where 

properly oriented. Enemy activity had been surging in this sector over the past few 

days. We departed using the most direct route to the FOB. All coordination was 

completed once we returned to the FOB and the swap out went smoothly. The 

coordination was conducted and executed by junior NCOs, from both Battalions, 

another testament to how US Army junior NCOs are trained. We were able to 

rendezvous with the Commander at the second site, with no incidents, and kept the 

166
operation on schedule. With four companies in need of the support assets, it was 

vital to mission success that we completed our mission according to schedule.

The Attachments

The Third Battalion numbered 300 Iraqi Soldiers and was attached to Cobra 

and Dog companies. Along with 150 from the Third Battalion we where given a 

company of Iraqi Special Forces. The Special Forces would go to Blue Platoon, 

and one Iraqi Company each from the third Battalion went to Red and White’s 

sectors.

With the Third Battalion’s Troops in position on the Poll sites, we executed 

the barrier plan after dark. When Cobra Six entered the first poll site, he received 

some small arms fire. Which confused me at first, because the sites where secure. 

The fire was coming from the friendly Iraqi forces. I contacted Mustang TOC 

to inform the third Battalions Chain of Command of the situation. After twenty 

minutes we were able to continue mission. Each Platoon on patrol that night 

received warning shots coming from our own Iraqi Security Forces, this situation 

caused us to pull the Iraqi Company Commanders together on day two and work 

out recognition signals. After the elections the third Battalion’s leadership was 

responsible for picking up the ballots and transporting them to a secure location 

outside of Baghdad to be counted.

They preformed admirably; the Battalion Commander and S-3 where well 

trained and in sync. As each poll site closed down, the Battalion leadership would 

convoy around gathering the ballots. Our mission during the election was to stay 

out of the way, and allow the Iraqi military to handle it. We patrolled the sector 

continuously, and sealed off all routes in and out of the sector utilizing armor and 

dismounted troops. No civilian traffic was allowed in sector to reduce the threat 

of attack. It was an emotional day for us and the Iraqi population. We watched 

them come out to vote, entire families in their best clothes walking down the 

streets holding hands. It was a powerful message the people where sending to 

the enemies of democracy. As the polls closed we watched as the people of Iraq 

came back out and rejoiced. It truly had a holiday feeling. Children played in the 

vacant streets and adults watched as they celebrated their newfound freedom.

SGT Bowman and the weapons cache

While operations were on going we received a report that a white Toyota 

pickup truck was paralleling our patrols in the Al-Mechanic sector. SGT Bowman 

was the gunner on the Red Platoon Leader’s truck; during a routine patrol in their 

sector he observed a white truck pull out of a house. Remembering the report 

he informed Platoon Leader, they put together a plan to capture the truck and 

operator. As the truck moved down a parallel street they moved to intercept. The 

lead truck rammed into the suspect’s vehicle stopping him in his tracks. Inside the 

vehicle they found two 155MM rounds rigged as IEDs ready for emplacement. 

The Commander and I took a patrol to link up with Red One to conduct a search of 

167
the suspect’s house. The detainee was taken back to battalion for interrogation.

We arrived at the suspect’s house and conducted a raid. Once inside we found 

four more 155MM IEDs and several cell phones setup as detonators. A through 

search of the house turned up some Iraqi Police uniforms and a sweep of the 

grounds turned up five barrels buried in the ground. It was unbelievable how 

much stuff was there, the list included Det-cord, 1000s of 7.62 rounds, machine 

guns, RPG launchers, C4, and home made rocket launchers.

Another interrogation was conducted and our suspect quickly informed us 

of another cache. We put together a raiding party and moved to the new address. 

At this house we found medical supplies and detained four more individuals. The 

house next door was abandoned, so we conducted a quick search and found more 

weapons and ammo in it. One of the detainees said the he owned the home, but 

said he had it rented to some people who lived in the country. Dog Company 

moved south to continue operations based on the new information. Dog conducted 

three more raids rounding up suspect after suspect. We notified EOD about the 

cache and continued cleanup of our two sites. Once everything was loaded up we 

moved back to the FOB. After all the dust settled from this operation there were 

a total of seventeen suspects arrested, enough weapons, ammo, and explosives to 

make the elections a very exciting event. Sergeant Bowman had great situational 

awareness and it saved countless lives.

Understanding and being able to counter improvised explosive devices is 

critical to survival of Soldiers in combat. MSG G. Wood tells of how the National 

Guard Intelligence Center attempts to develop training for Soldiers before they go 

to war, so that they may survive war.

MSG G. Wood

“Counter IED Targeting Program”

National Guard Intelligence Center, 2nd M.I. Center 04/04-06/05

The NGIC received a mission to provide an analytical solution to the gaps 

that existed in the Technical Support Working Group’s (TSWG) proposal for 

targeting IED bomb-makers in early 2004. The mission of the NGIC is to Produce 

and disseminate all-source integrated intelligence on foreign ground forces and 

related military technologies to ensure that US forces have a decisive edge in 

the current and future military operations. I supported the National Ground 

Intelligence Center (NGIC) from September 1999 to July 2006. My duties as the 

senior operations NCO in the S3 were to coordinate the operations, plans, and 

training of more than one thousand military and civilian intelligence and support 

specialists who carry out the mission of the NGIC. 

The TSWG proposal was presented to the Joint IED Defeat Task Force 

(JIEDD-TF) which recommended the Intelligence and Security Command 

(INSCOM) review the proposal and make recommendations back to the JIEDD168
TF. INSCOM tasked the NGIC to conduct a mission analysis of the proposal 

and to develop a workable Concept of Operations (CONOPS) to implement the 

program. Upon receipt of this new mission, the command assembled a tiger team 

from the primary staff and knowledgeable analysts to develop a staff study and 

make recommendations to the Commander regarding how NGIC could provide 

these gaps. WIT Background and Future (n.d.) states the following:

The resulting mission analysis led to the proposal of establishing a proof 

of concept mission called the Counter-IED Targeting Program (CITP). CITP 

consisted of three basic parts - Weapons Intelligence Teams, a forward fusion 

cell, and CONUS based fusion center. The mission of the CITP is to increase 

the collection of technical intelligence through the Weapons Intelligence Teams 

(WIT) and to provide a forward and rear fusion cell to support the targeting of 

bomb-makers and their networks. 

Upon acceptance of the NGIC, mission analysis. I was charged to recruit 

and mobilize volunteer personnel from the available reserve programs because I 

assisted in the leading of a thirty-two person staff responsible for programs and 

policy governing operations, plans, training, and reserve component integration. 

The Commander directed me to process the immediate transfer of four Soldiers 

currently assigned to the NGIC Iraqi task force, to the forward fusion cell. This 

transfer was accomplished by providing the personnel section with the necessary 

mission requirements and justification, resulting in the mobilization station at Fort 

Lee, Virginia producing a temporary change of station deployment order. Since 

these Soldiers were already mobilized under operation NOBLE EAGLE and not 

IRAQI FREEDOM it was necessary to coordinate for them to process through the 

Combat Readiness Center (CRC) at Fort Bliss, Texas, prior to deploying. During 

their two weeks at Fort Bliss, they received the required combat training for the 

Iraqi theater of operations. During this process, I located and coordinated the 

mobilization of three other Soldiers, one from the National Guard. In total over 

thirty Soldiers from 5 different INSCOM units assembled in late October 2004, 

at Fort Gordon, Georgia, to begin an intense training and equipping period on the 

tactics, techniques and procedures (TTP’s) needed to establish the United States 

Army’s first Weapons Intelligence Teams. The mission of the WITs is to conduct 

scene analysis of IED incidents (pre-blast and post-blast) to include evidence 

collection/shipping, scene documentation, and reporting. When an EOD team 

responds to a pre-blast or post-blast IED site, if available, a WIT accompanies 

them. Once the EOD teams have rendered the area safe, the WIT photographs 

the scene, interviews witnesses, collects evidence, and prepares a WIT report. 

The report is used by NGIC fusion cells for possible Intelligence Information 

Requirements (IIRs) and any evidence collected is sent to the a state side agency 

for further exploitation.

The proof of concept called for six Weapons Intelligence Teams, an escort 

section and a detachment headquarters. The training would take approximately 

six weeks to complete prior to the detachment’s deployment in mid-December 

169
2004 to the Iraqi theater of Operations. During the initial proof of concept 

phase NGIC stood up all three recommended activities. I was involved in the 

daily coordination to meet the suspense laid before the staff to have these new 

elements in place by December. The necessary Request for Forces (RFF) was a 

collaborative effort between the NGIC and CENTCOM staffs to prepare it for 

DA approval and processing. The RFF process was a daily battle since we were 

requesting an Army asset that did not yet exist, to support a newly developed 

provisional concept. The design of the Army mobilization and deployment 

process is to leverage existing assets. I believe that if not for the foresight of 

several commanders, the dedication of the many staffing personnel at all levels 

to acknowledge the potential of this new concept, deployment and mobilization 

would not have occurred. The required Request for Forces (RFF) did not arrive 

until November. JIEDD-TF relied upon NGIC to use its expertise and resources 

to improve the process of defeating the IED issue that continues to kill so many 

of our dedicated Soldiers. This was definitely a paradigm shift for NGIC as it 

shifted from a heavy strategic focus into direct tactical support. Additionally the 

current NGIC staff was stretched in the planning process to develop not only 

this new initiative, but also other new areas in tactical document exploitation 

teams and biometric analytical cells simultaneously. “Upon arrival in theater, the 

six Weapons Intelligence Teams where MNC-I planners directed the six teams 

assignments based on overall theater IED threat. The forward fusion cell was 

made up of both DA civilians, contractors, and the mobilized military” WIT 

Background and Future (n.d.).

 “By providing an intelligence capability that did not previously exist, the 

Weapons intelligence Team concept proved a great success. In May 2005, MNC-I 

approved an extension of Phase I - Proof of Concept for an additional 180 days 

and requested the CITP program expand by adding an additional seven weapons 

intelligence teams for Phase II” WIT Background and Future (n.d.). The NGIC 

Commanders guidance for the staffing of phase II was to mobilize The 203d 

Military Intelligence Battalion (Technical Intelligence). The 203d MI BN is the US 

Army’s only Technical Intelligence Battalion. A Multiple Component Battalion, 

the unit is organized into three companies and one detachment. The 203d MI BN 

mobilized and assumed the Weapon Intelligence Team mission in May 2005, 47 

reserve component and seven active component Soldiers, and deployed to Iraq in 

September 2005. This task force provided 13 Weapon Intelligence Teams to 13 

Brigade Combat and Regimental Combat Teams. 

The responsibility to mobilize Charlie Company (+) was again given to 

me. I began by drafting a request for mobilization memorandum to our major 

command INSCOM and staffing it through the command. Planning correctly 

to ensure sufficient processing and notification time is an imperative. Policy 

required a 90-day requirement for the processing of all mobilization requests. 

CONUS mobilization request are validated by the MACOM, and then sent to 

DA mobilization cell for processing and ultimately final approval by the Under 

170
Secretary for Reserve Manpower and Affairs. We had the challenge again that 

we were required to request the unit before the RFF was completed to validate 

the request. If we waited until the RFF was completed there would not have been 

sufficient time to notify the Soldiers with notice of a thirty-day mobilization alert 

order from DA. Keeping this request moving through the approval process was 

daunting at times. My staff members accomplished this through daily coordination 

between INSCOM, DA and US Army Reserve Command (USARC) elements. 

Once the correct time line was determined the NGIC Deputy Commander notified 

the Commander of the 203d to prepare his unit for mobilization and deployment. 

The Commander was directed to modify and accelerate his annual training plan. 

The challenge of this was very difficult for the staff of the 203d as there were not 

sufficient funds and personnel available to make such a drastic change in direction 

so quickly. Unfortunately, this task was overwhelming for the current commander 

and he was relived of his command. This again provided new challenges for the 

NGIC staff to assist with the training development of our operationally controlled 

(OPCON) subordinate Battalion. The 203d is OPCON to the NGIC for peacetime 

training, but was flagged or administrative controlled (ADCON) by the USAR 

giving them a dual chain of command. As a USAR unit and without a mobilization 

order, the supporting USAR command could not fully fund the required mission 

change. Without the necessary funding and personnel, the NGIC stepped in to 

provide both. The USAR Chain of Command appointed a new Commander, and 

NGIC provided a MAJ to oversee and develop the pre-mobilization training. 

The Soldiers that were identified to be mobilized in support of this tasking were 

notified. The unit then conducted an accelerated annual training at Fort A. P. Hill, 

Virginia with great success in training these Soldiers in the required Warrior Tasks. 

It was determined that the specialized pre-deployment training required six weeks 

of extensive training at home station. 

After working through the mobilization process the mobilization order 

was approved and issued with only two weeks before the required start date to 

meet the suspense for the required no later than arrival in country date. Lastly, 

the NGIC was challenged again as it was determined that First Army required 

a two week unit validation at Fort Dix, New Jersey prior to deployment. The 

extra time requirement required us to modify the pre-deployment training to 

include evenings and cancel part of the planned block leave in order to meet 

both validation requirements and stay on schedule for the RIP/TOA. I was very 

impressed at how motivated the Soldiers were during one of my site visits in that 

they truly understood the enormity of the task before them. They where also very 

appreciative of the new skills they were receiving. These new skills are now being 

written up into a new skill identifier and the entire process of Training for Phase III 

began in May 2006 and will once again be based out of Aberdeen Proving Ground 

with the 203d Military Intelligence Battalion serving as the headquarters. 

The first step to transition the training mission from INSCOM (NGIC) to the 

United States Army Intelligence Center (USAIC) will take place during Phase III 

171
training with USAIC conducting a right-seat-ride for the training.

The Army is constantly transforming to meet the current needs of today’s 

Soldiers and leaders at every level must think not only out of the box, but also 

out of the circle to accomplish this enormous task. Leaders at all levels are 

responsible to work together for the good of the Army and develop with our 

changing environment.

SSG J. Scott survived eight improvised explosive device attacks and saw a 

number of Soldiers and innocent civilians either killed or wounded. He remembers 

the days he spent in Iraq in the following story.

SSG J. Scott

IED Attacks

02/05-02/06

I was in Iraq from February 2005 to February 2006. I have participated in 

many missions in many cities in Iraq. Missions ranging from: Cordon and knocks, 

raids, cache searches, TCP’s to trying to console a mother whose child had just been 

killed by insurgents road side bombs (IED’s), or small arms attacks. I remember 

looking at the faces of those children and seeing the faces of my own children, and 

thinking about how that mother must have felt about the loss of her child. I saw 

dead bodies of insurgents, military personnel, women, and children. I survived 8 

IED strikes. I saw big strong grown men crying like children at memorial services 

for fallen comrades. I remember being one of those men. I remember thinking 

about how that Soldier’s Family would go on. We used to sit around and talk 

about what story they would tell our Families if we met that same fate.

One Soldier who was a forward observer attached to our unit from Fort Sill, 

Oklahoma. He was 19 years old. He was so young that he had not even begun to 

grow facial hair yet. We were enroute to conduct a raid. We were at a security halt 

to clear a danger area. This consisted of dismounting from an up-armored vehicle 

to walk along side the road to look for IED’s or wires leading to IED’s. The 

furthest Soldier out was 200 meters from the road. We were in a wedge formation. 

Well after a few times of doing this the insurgents took note of our procedures. 

This one particular day they decided that they were going to put a 155mm mortar 

round in a fallen, hollowed out palm tree. It exploded and one Soldier’s head was 

completely blown off. Our F.O had lost both legs from the knees down. Helping 

our medic apply a tourniquet on both legs and getting sprayed with blood. To this 

day, I still remember the screams of that young Soldier saying he did not want to 

die. I remember watching the MEDEVAC chopper as it flew off and wondered if 

that soldier was going to make it, he did. He now has two prosthetic limbs. 

I remember this SSG who was a dismount squad leader and his unit was 

getting ready to redeploy back to the states. We were conducting right-seat ride. 

He was in a different platoon than the one we were working with. He survived 2 

172
IED strikes and 2 small arms attacks without receiving any injuries. At the end of 

mission they returned to the FOB. He decided that he was going to go to the PX to 

buy a carton of cigarettes and then call his wife and let her know that he was done 

with missions and he made it. He stopped at a pavilion in the designated smoking 

area to burn one. A mortar round landed center mass of the pavilion killing him. 

That has always stuck with me because of the fact that he survived almost a year 

in Iraq without a scratch and to die smoking a cigarette in a pavilion in the FOB 

on the day his last mission outside the wire. It made me think that no matter how 

safe you were or how much luck you thought you had, when your time was up, it 

was up. That was between you and whoever you called God. 

Today’s Soldier has more chance of surviving if wounded than at any other 

time in history. One of the primary reasons is the areomedical evacuation of 

Soldiers on the battlefield. 1SG C. Williams tells how the 236th Medical Company 

(Air Ambulance) served with distinction and made the difference to many wounded 

Soldiers.

1SG C. Williams

Areomedical Evacuation

236th Medical Company (Air Ambulance) 01/05-12/05

Fighting the Global War on Terrorism on several different fronts 

simultaneously has stressed the Army’s air evacuation system to its limits. The 

236th Medical Company (Air Ambulance) deployed to Operation Iraqi Freedom 

04-06 from its home in Landstuhl, Germany, and provided medical evacuation 

support to the southern Iraq and Kuwait areas of responsibility (AOR). Mid-tour, 

the unit received orders to send two aircraft and crews to Afghanistan in support 

of Operation Enduring Freedom. Although the unit had encountered adversities 

on numerous occasions, the Soldiers of the 236th never lost focus of the mission’s 

objectives. These objectives were to save lives and take care of each other. 

Demonstrated leadership by example and enthusiasm is a tremendous motivator 

for Soldier. Even though there were issues, which a few remained unresolved, the 

Soldiers of the 236th never gave in to complacency nor allowed adversity to deter 

their desire for success. On 16 December 2005, the unit redeployed without any 

loss of personnel, aircraft or equipment.

The war on terror has caused the United States to reevaluate how it will fight 

future wars and conflicts. Army leaders must prepare to encounter and resolve 

complicated adversities that are new to this way of fighting. As combat operations 

evolve from months to years, the Army will need to demonstrate innovative ways 

to rotate forces and equipment without compromising combat power. As the 

Army transforms, so does the aviation community and Aeromedical Evacuation 

system. Today’s leaders must know how to integrate and employ active and 

reserve component forces together and to maintain command and control of a 

173
multifaceted Task Force conducting joint operations. To be successful, leaders 

must use knowledge, preparation, discipline, and motivation to meet these 

challenges.

Upon the completion of Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF) 04-06, the unit had 

evacuated more than 1,500 Soldiers, civilians, contractors and enemy combined. 

Flying more than 3,000 hours under extreme desert conditions, the unit maintained 

an average aviation operational readiness rate of 85%, 10 % above the Department 

of Army standard. Evacuating intra-theater patients in Iraq, Kuwait and 

Afghanistan simultaneously, the unit successfully returned to Germany without 

any loss of aircraft or unit personnel. Each Soldier’s professional and competent 

manner of dealing with unforeseen difficulty was the key to the unit’s success. 

This success was also a direct result of the unit’s previous deployment experience 

and the intense pre-deployment individual readiness training (IRT) program.

Assigned in January 2002 to the 236th Medical Company, I was proud to 

be part of an organization with such a reputable history. I was not new to the 

Aeromedical community, having served since 1992 in such positions as flight 

medic, Air Ambulance NCO, US Army School of Aviation Medicine Instructor/

Writer, and DA standardization instructor for the Directorate of Standardization 

and Evaluation (DES). Upon arrival to the 236th, it quickly became evident that 

the unit maintained an extremely high operations tempo. This high OPTEMPO 

would continue for the next four years, culminating with the deployment to OIF 

04-06. The 236th Medical Company was one of three Air Ambulance Companies 

in Europe assigned to the 421st Medical Evacuation Battalion. From January 2002 

to October 2004, the unit continuously deployed one or more Forward Support 

MEDEVAC Teams (FSMT) in support of USAREUR and NATO operations. 

The unit maintained an even balance of experienced and inexperienced aircrew 

members. This proved to be invaluable when designating battle crews for 

deployment. In October 2002, the unit deployed six aircraft and aircrews to Kosovo 

in support of Operation Joint Endeavor. Originally a six-month deployment, the 

unit didn’t return to Germany until nine months later in July 2003.

From August 2003 to October 2004, the unit was the only air ambulance 

company remaining in the Europe performing theater medical evacuations. The 

unit received several warning orders for deployment, which kept Soldiers in 

a continuous state of deployment training for the next 17 months. The unit 

experienced a minimal Permanent Change of Station attrition rate during this 

time. This stabilization enabled the unit to develop competent, professional 

Soldiers, who collectively comprised an organized and cohesive team. In 

July 2004, the unit received a warning order for deployment to Mosul, Iraq, 

with command and control coming from Multi-National Corps-Iraq (MNC-I). 

The initial deployment order required 15 aircraft, all assigned personnel, and 

equipment. Shortly after the receipt of the original warning order, the unit 

received an additional order for six aircraft and crews to support the Kuwait 

AOR with command and control coming from Coalition Forces Land Component 

174
Command (CFLCC). This discrepancy would remain unresolved for most of the 

pre-deployment validation process. Despite the discrepancy, the unit developed 

a battle plan, placing nine aircraft and headquarters in Iraq in support of MNC-I. 

Six aircraft and crews would support the Kuwait AOR in support of CFLCC. In 

order to conduct split base battle operations, the unit commanders were required 

to divide unit personnel and equipment accordingly. Two months before the 

unit’s latest arrival day, the aircraft and personnel requirements changed. The 

nine aircraft and crews would cover southern Iraq in support of MNC-I, while 

the six aircraft and crews would still support the Kuwait AOR. The company 

headquarters would remain in Kuwait. CENTCOM determined area MEDEVAC 

requirements by number of aircraft needed in theater and not by number of 

MEDEVAC companies. It was common for one MEDEVAC company to have 

three or four slice elements from other companies under their command and 

control.

The unit’s personnel, aircraft, and equipment arrived in Kuwait in early 

January 2005. The unit completed the refit of all 15 aircraft and equipment in 

three days. Upon completion of the refit, the aircraft and unit personnel relocated 

to Camp Beuring, Kuwait. The aircrews conducted local area orientations and 

environmental qualifications, completed RSOI requirements, and prepared the 

slice element aircraft, personnel and equipment for transport to Iraq. Immediately 

upon the unit’s arrival to Camp Beuhring, the command received a directive to 

laterally transfer three aircraft to the National Guard’s 1159th Air Ambulance 

Company. With this transfer was the requirement to assist the 1159th in the 

completion of their environmental qualifications and local area orientations. This 

tasking would require the use of company aircraft and standardization personnel, 

which hampered the unit’s ongoing Transfer of Authority. In early February 2006, 

the unit sent nine aircraft and six aircrews to support 44th Medical Brigade located 

in Balad, Iraq. Upon their arrival in Iraq, the other six aircrews relocated to Talil, 

Al Kut, Ad Diwaniyah, and Balad. This diverse repositioning of personnel and 

aircraft made communication with the Soldiers difficult. In addition to deploying 

aircraft and personnel to Iraq, transferring three aircraft to the National Guard 

and assisting with their RSOI, the unit was also conducting their own Transfer of 

Authority with the 1022nd Air Ambulance Company. 

The 236th (Kuwait) and 1002nd completed their TOA for the Kuwait AOR 

within two weeks. This was a direct result of displayed tactical proficiency and 

experience of both companies. By the end of OIF 03-05, the 1022nd had completed 

three operational deployments within a five-year period. Previously embedded 

with active duty units in the past, the 1022nd did not lack the tactical proficiency 

and MEDEVAC experience that had hindered units in previous operations. The 

TOA transpired under the guidance and control of the 62nd Medical Brigade out of 

Fort Lewis, Washington, which became the air evacuation command and control 

point for the Kuwait AOR. The 62nd arrived in Kuwait in November 2004. The 

brigade provided command and control of the 236th for the next nine months. 

175
The Brigade also controlled the launch authority of MEDEVAC aircraft for all 

MEDEVAC requests. 

Udari Army Airfield is approximately 25 kilometers from Navistar Medical 

Treatment Facility (MTF) located on the Iraqi and Kuwait border. Camp Bucca 

MTF is located approximately 20 kilometers southeast of Basara, Iraq and 100 

kilometers from Udari. Flight time from Udari to either location is less than a 

30-minute fight. On several occasions, MNC-I MEDEVAC crews located in 

Talil, Iraq received mission requests for these AORs. Flying time from Talil to 

Bucca or Navistar is approximately one hour. On several occasions, units under 

the command and control of MNC-I contacted the 236th Flight Operations 

section based out of Udari, requesting urgent MEDEVAC evacuation from the 

Basara area. Due to the dispute over area responsibility between MNC-I and 

CFLCC, the CFLCC G-3 deferred requests to the MEDEVAC crews in Talil, Iraq, 

delaying the medical evacuation of critically wounded Soldiers. The pervious 

MEDEVAC units in Kuwait experienced the same issue and attempted to rectify 

the situation without success. These units expressed frustration and resentment 

with the issue and stated that attempting to resolve the issue was futile. The 236th

Medical Company maintained an advantage that the previous units did not have. 

Although the MEDEVAC crews in Talil fell under the command and control of 

MNC-I, they were organic to the 236th Medical Company. With communication, 

enthusiasm, and determination, the two MEDEVAC commanders in Kuwait and 

Iraq addressed and developed new standard operating procedures, simplifying the 

CFLCC launch approval process and significantly reducing the launch approval 

time. Not only did this enhance the medical evacuation capabilities in southern 

Iraq, it improved the morale of the aircrews for both companies.

In May 2005, the unit received a warning order requiring two crews from 

Kuwait to deploy to Afghanistan for a four-month period. In June 2005, the unit 

loaded two aircraft and crews aboard a C17 transport. Upon arrival in Bagram, 

Afghanistan, the crews augmented 68th Medical Company based out of Schofield 

Barracks, Hawaii. The movement order had the crews returning to Kuwait in early 

October 2005. For a four-month period, the 236th Medical Company maintained 

six aircraft and crews in Kuwait, tow aircraft and crews in Afghanistan, and six 

aircraft and crews in Iraq. In Kuwait, the unit’s leadership began to plan and 

execute the unit’s redeployment to Landstuhl, Germany. With command and 

control of only 50 percent of the company, the leadership could only estimate the 

return of attached personnel. The priority of redeployment began with the return 

of aircraft and crews from Afghanistan. The two aircraft and crews eventually 

returned to Kuwait in early October 2005. By this time, the redeployment process 

was well under way. The command and control of the crews in Iraq would change 

three times from October to November 2005. The units, both north and south, 

transitioned under a newly arrived command in early November. Later that month, 

both units would transition under an Aviation brigade in accordance with the 

Army’s aviation transformation initiative. The multi-level transitions of command 

176
and control increased an already difficult redeployment process. Despite the 

issues with command and control, the unit’s greatest obstacle remained the return 

of aircraft and crews from Iraq.

Although 57th Medical Company maintained command and control over 

236th aircrews, the 57th Command would not relieve the crews located at the 

outlying remote sites. The 236th crews in Iraq would not return to Kuwait until 

86th Medical Company, a National Guard Air Ambulance company out of 

Massachusetts, replaced the personnel and aircraft. To assure the timely return 

of the aircraft and crews, the 236th in Kuwait would aggressively receive and 

assist the 86th upon their arrival in Kuwait. This assistance included the refit 

of aircraft and completion of all RSOI and theater aircraft qualifications. Upon 

completion of these requirements, the 236th transported the aircraft and crews 

to Talil, and assisted in the Transfer of Authority. The 236th would complete 

this assistance while concurrently conducting its own transfer of Authority in 

Kuwait. This would also prove to be challenging, for the unit that replaced the 

236th was a Navy helicopter unit performing Medical Evacuation for the first 

time.

Fighting the Global War on Terrorism on several different fronts 

simultaneously had stressed the Army’s air evacuation system to its limits. The 

Department of Defense had to look for new alternatives to resolve the shortage 

of Army Air Ambulance companies. The decided course of action was to assign 

the mission in Kuwait to the US Navy. The Navy had never previously possessed 

dedicated aeromedical evacuation assets within its aircraft inventory. The Navy 

combined a CSRA helicopter unit and a Navy Submarine Search and Destroy 

unit to form one air evacuation unit within the Kuwait AOR. This directive 

required almost one year of preparation and training before deployment. Even 

with a pre-deployment site survey visit conducted in August 2005, both units 

quickly realized that significant differences in service tactics, techniques and 

procedures needed resolution. The most significant issues to overcome were 

the differences in aircraft equipment, maintenance requirements, and assigned 

unit personnel.

 The Navy efficiently modified the HH60 and SH60 to perform medical 

evacuation. Each aircraft had less than 100 flight hours and is equipped with the 

most current avionics equipment available. One obstacle was the communication 

incompatibility between the two services. This was resolved with designated 

stay-behind equipment. In addition, the Army’s logistical system was unable to 

meet the Navy’s repair and reconstitution requirements. If the unit could not 

repair an aircraft part or major component on site, the unit’s home station shipped 

the needed equipment to Kuwait. This required the unit to maintain a bench stock 

of extra parts and equipment; otherwise, the unit would incur additional down 

time of operational aircraft. The Navy also lacked MOS-specific personnel to 

fulfill the positions required in an Army MEDEVAC company. The Navy used 

non-essential personnel to fill these critical shortages. These individuals required 

177
extensive training before assuming the mission. For four weeks, both units worked 

long and laborious hours to resolve these differences and ensure mission success. 

The historical Transfer of Authority occurred in early December 2005.

The six crews and aircraft from Iraq arrived in Kuwait 6 December 2005. 

The unit had to complete all aircraft and equipment redeployment requirements 

within a three-week period. The CFLCC Theater Support Command designated 

the unit’s 12 five-tons, six HEMMT fuel tankers, and six M998 HMMWVs as 

stay-behind equipment. This did not alleviate the unit from transporting the 

vehicles to port and clearing customs. The unit personnel transported, cleaned, 

and hand-receipted the vehicles to CFLCC, in accordance with the Army’s 

Aviation transformation directives, the National Guard signed for six more 

aircraft returning to Kuwait from Iraq. In turn, the 1106th Aviation Classification 

Repair Activity Depot, located in Kuwait, transported the aircraft to CONUS for 

distribution to the National Guard. The unit successfully prepared and redeployed 

all assigned aircraft and unit equipment within three weeks. The unit redeployed 

to home station on 16 December 2005, with six aircraft and assigned personnel.

Although the unit had encountered adversities on numerous occasions, 

the Soldiers of the 236th never lost focus of what was necessary for mission 

accomplishment. Demonstrated leadership by example and enthusiasm is 

a tremendous motivator for Soldiers. Even though there were issues which 

remained unresolved, the Soldiers of the 236th never gave in to complacency nor 

allowed adversity to deter their desire for success. Armed with technical training, 

a positive attitude, and a goal for excellence, the 236th met every challenge head 

on. 

There are few in the Army who do not realize that the commitment of large 

numbers of Reserves and National Guard troops in Iraq have caused some severe 

strains on those organizations. 1SG J. Tennian of the Vermont National Guard 

details some of the problems his unit faced during deployment. He attributes the 

unit’s success to junior noncommissioned officer leadership, which amid turmoil 

continued to perform their duties in a professional manner.

1SG J. Tennian

Vermont National Guard

Convoy Support 12/04-12/05

At the time our unit was ordered to active duty, I was the First Sergeant 

of B Company, 2-172 Armor, Vermont Army National Guard, 86th BDE with a 

total of 27 years service. My career began in the US Marines on 25 June 1973 

and I served for 4 years in the infantry and on several deployments. I joined 

the New York Army National Guard in October 1979 and have had continuous 

service since then. Before I deployed, I retired from my job as a New York State 

Correction Officer with 25 years service. I now live in upstate New York with my 

178
wife Penny, and I am working on my BS in Emergency Management at Empire 

State College, State University of New York. 

The 86th BDE, Vermont Army National Guard went through SRP during 

the summer of 2004. Data extracted from processed units revealed a significant 

number of “No-Go’s” for various reasons, mostly medical “needs-fixing”. 

Other issues that delayed approving Soldiers for deployment were many Family 

Readiness Plans and legal issues. The numerous disqualified Soldiers created an 

additional strength problem in the already marginally staffed units. The unique 

requirement of the National Guard to recruit and retain its own members has 

lead to retaining even marginal Soldiers. The 86th BDE was unable to meet 

minimum strength requirements to deploy as a whole unit. The missions we 

were eventually assigned required the Brigade to consolidate units and form two 

separate Battalions; Task Force Green Mountain (TFGM) and Task Force Saber 

(TFS). This created a problem with picking and choosing leadership to balance 

the assembled Task Forces. I was reassigned from my duties of Co B, 2-172 

Armor First Sergeant to S-3 NCOIC, and many senior leaders were tasked to 

positions below their rank. 

TFGM consisted of 5 Line Companies and a Task Force Headquarters 

Company. The fragmentation of units created severe discontentment among some 

leaders whom expected to lead their Soldiers during a deployment. This would 

eventually add to the low morale and internal lack of cooperation of TFGM. The 

600 Soldiers of TFGM consisted of Forward Support Battalion Soldiers, Infantry, 

Armor and a collection of many other MOS’s. TFS collected 350 of the most 

experienced and qualified Soldiers available and were attached to the 28th BCT for 

service in Anbar Province, Iraq. 

TFGM arrived in Kuwait on 26 December 2004, and reported to Area Support 

Group Kuwait (ASG-KU) for SECFOR duties assigned to the northern US Army 

camps in the country. The line companies were tasked with Force Protection 

at Buehring, New York, Victory, Virginia, and Navistar. ASG-KU also separated 

32 personnel to assume duties for the Camp Command Cell at Navistar. I was 

originally assigned as the camp contracting NCIOC. The Soldiers of the TFGM 

assimilated into their duties quickly and a stabilization period followed without 

serious incidents. The biggest challenge was the logistics of communicating with 

the separated companies throughout Kuwait. Our Command Sergeant Major and 

Battalion Commander expected professionalism from the TF Soldiers and lead by 

example. ASG-KU published SOP’s and regulations and they were disseminated 

by the CSM. This was the very first active duty experience for most senior NCOs 

and Officers in the TF, and many were reluctant to accept the major change from 

the leisure of the National Guard culture. 

Because of the lack of personnel to deploy, many senior NCOs were forced 

into positions normally held by two ranks lower. For example, an E-8 and E-7 

were assigned MWR duties. The BN Staff officers were also unhappy with their 

assignments. Most were senior company commanders whom were reassigned to 

179
the Staff for deployment. Basic military bearing such as addressing Officers and 

NICO’s with proper courtesy were grudgingly accepted by some senior leaders. 

Simple uniform standards and SOP’s were argued and disputed. NCOs that had 

no prior experience leading Soldiers were failing to respond to counseling by 

the CSM. Other NCOs were openly defiant in refusing to comply with weapon 

and body armor SOP’s. Charges of fraternization against a female company 

commander were investigated and she was relieved of command. The TF settled 

into a “shift-worker” mentality and stimulating motivation became difficult. The 

CSM was being criticized by some leaders as unnecessarily harassing the Soldiers. 

Interpersonal conflicts and rivalries that were deeply imbedded for many years 

began to surface. The overall support of the Staff and NCO corps for the CSM 

and BC began to deteriorate and polarize toward leaders with lower expectations. 

The CSM was fiercely supported by many of the NCOs including myself, but the 

most of the senior leadership was unwilling to accept the notion of being disliked 

over being a good leader. Many of the wavering leaders were becoming rallied 

by those critical of the CSM and BC. This hostility toward the CSM and BC 

continued for many months. Poor performance and other issues eventually lead 

to the dismissal of the Camp Navistar Sergeant Major, and I was reassigned to that 

position in February 2005. The 1SG of one Company was relieved and the Scout 

PSG was also relieved within a short period of time. 

The dismissal of these leaders was justifiable under the circumstances, but 

increased the resentment of the CSM and BC. Senior leaders whom opposed the 

decisions began e-mailing the State Adjutant General (TAG) and other Vermont 

State AGR Officers with complaints and one sided opinions of events. As more 

senior leaders were becoming accountable for sub-standard performance, they 

reacted by creating negativity among the ranks and soliciting Soldiers to submit 

complaints about the CSM to State Headquarters. The TAG responded to often 

exaggerated complaints by directing the BC to relieve the CSM for his actions, 

and the BC refused. The senior leadership of the organization was becoming 

more strained and the spirit of teamwork within the staff was declining. Most 

of the Soldiers were unclear of the events and confused about the turmoil in the 

Battalion. For example, when I ordered the PSG of the scout platoon to get rid of 

the puppies they were keeping for pets, he questioned the legitimacy of the order 

even though it was a CFLCC directive. The PSG was unable to get complete control 

of his platoon because his Soldiers were suspicious of the authority I possessed. 

This became a problem with almost every order that originated from the CSM, 

BC or I. Unfortunately, the questioning of directives and policies became almost 

customary. Instead of obedience and support by the leadership, they regarded 

simple regulations a personal assault. Throughout this period, the junior NCOs in 

the Battalion did a fine job of focusing their attention on the immediate mission, 

while the senior leaders fought each other over trivial issues. 

The operations of Force Protection required long hours during severe 

temperatures that sometimes exceeded 140° F. Our junior leaders were conducting 

180
risk assessment and enforcing water discipline, when needed. The junior NCOs 

did not to appear to be affected by the turmoil at the senior leader level. Indications 

of superior performance by the Soldiers and first line supervision in the Battalion 

are the zero negligent discharges, few equipment losses, and minor injuries. As 

the Camp Sergeant Major I aggressively implemented several safety programs. 

I required Heat Injury training each quarter, health and safety inspections and 

weapons clearing procedure training. Many of my programs were resisted instead 

of being supported because of the division in our Battalion, and I was accused of 

being to extreme at times. Many leaders just could not grasp the simple fact that 

“taking care of Soldiers” does include being their friend and giving them every 

comfort that they demand. A good example is the plywood furniture and over 

stressed electrical systems in the camp. Plywood furniture is not allowed in tents 

because of the danger it becomes during a fire. The 1SG and PSGs did not like to 

enforce this directive and it was necessary for me to order them several times to 

enforce the standard of “no ply-wood”. At the root of their argument was a desire 

to allow as many comfort items to the Soldiers instead of the difficult action of 

enforcing the rules. The same is true of generators that can become over-strained 

and create an electrical hazard. Many times the senior leadership was reluctant to 

aggressively enforce basic safety standards such body armor plates, ACU sleeves 

rolled down, or off duty uniform policy. 

Another factor that caused internal conflict was the inability for some leaders 

to accept the active Army standard of conducting counseling’s, writing awards, 

and NCOERs. Every Soldier that attends Army NCOES has learned that the 

only standard is the Army standard. Leaders were very resistant to recording 

counseling sessions. A popular argument is that the ARNG does not usually have 

the time during drill periods. Although this may be true, it should not be an excuse 

while on active duty. The standards for awards were also inconsistent in the 

ARNG, and NCOERs were rarely accurate in content and format. Administrative 

problems created by past practice were identified early in the deployment, and 

formal classes were initiated to prepare the TF for administrative obligations 

during the redeploy phase. Some leaders were resistant to change their previous 

pattern of completing NCOERs and awards which resulted in more tension during 

redeployment. 

The battle hand-off to the relieving unit went well and our unit was mission 

complete on or about 5 December 2005. The awards ceremony was held at each of 

the company’s camps and our unit received a generous amount of recognition for a 

job well done by ASG-KU. Redeployment was well organized and we maintained 

our scheduled departure. We arrived at Camp Shelby for out-processing and were 

greeted by a contingent of hand selected Army National Guard officers and senior 

NCOs from the State of Vermont. It was obvious that their secondary mission was 

to interview Soldiers about the events of our deployment to verify accusations 

received from the TF. Soon after our arrival and reception in Vermont, the CSM 

and BC were relieved of command.

181
During a review of the events of our deployment, the problems that developed 

revealed a consistent pattern. The CSM and BC were never really firmly in 

control of the Battalion. This was the result of a variety of issues beginning 

with the fragmentation of 86th BDE and division of our original Battalion. It is 

the duty of the National Guard to be prepared to deploy, and our unit failed in 

our obligation mostly because of unit strength. Units were hastily manufactured 

overnight, destroying unit integrity and stability. Senior leaders were inserted 

without regard to their previous experience or training. Leaders were unfamiliar 

with the NCOs and Soldiers that they lead. The CSM and BC struggled to inspire 

a sense of unit cohesion and distinction, but lacked the enthusiastic support that 

develops over time and history. 

Up-Armored HUMMMV

A major obstacle our leaders had to overcome was the lack of support from 

the State Headquarters. Involvement in deployed units should only be allowed for 

administrative issues. Soldiers can become suspicious of the true authority their 

leader has if outside leaders interfere in internal issues. There are available options 

for Soldier complaints and no-one was ever refused attention on any issue. 

The support of the entire leadership is necessary for operational success. This 

was not the case of our TF, and was a source of great tension during the deployment. 

Senior leaders were reluctant to change their attitudes or petty personal conflicts 

for the stability of the unit. The mission training focus of our Armor battalion did 

182
not prepare us to assume a static SECFOR posture. This major change in roles 

was a major shock to the naturally aggressive Armor community. The overall 

success of our mission can be directly credited to the junior NCOs maintaining 

great leadership and Army values.

1SG R. Evans and his Company deployed to both Afghanistan and Iraq. In 

Afghanistan they used the nine month rotation to cross-train all controllers on 

tactical and fixed based Army Tactical Combat (ATC) operations. In Iraq he 

and his unit employed the Army’s new Air Traffic Navigation, Integration, and 

Coordination System (ATNAVICS) which proved to be a combat multiplier in 

Operation Iraqi Freedom.

1SG R. Evans

Tactical Air Controller

A Co. 1st Battalion, 58th Aviation Regiment 10/04-10/05

In December 2002, I requested a permanent change of station to Fort Bragg 

to assume a company first sergeant position in Company A, 1st Battalion, 58th

Aviation Regiment. One month later, our entire company deployed to Kandahar, 

Afghanistan, tasked to operate a fully instrumented airfield at Kandahar, conduct 

Tact Team Operations at Serlarno, and an Airspace Management A2C2 Team 

at Bagram Air Base. This was quite a bit to cover down on but our NCOs and 

Soldiers stepped up to the challenge.

We used the nine-month tour to cross-train all controllers on tactical and fixed 

base ATC operations, which in retrospect set our company up for success once 

we returned from theater. Our command focus was to ensure that all controllers 

receive at least one ATC rating during their deployment to Afghanistan. In order 

to be MOS proficient, controllers require a steady volume of aircraft for effective 

training. Kandahar offered a target rich environment for it. 

A Ground Controlled Approach (GCA) controller normally requires 

four calendar months to complete the radar-training program. An ATC Tower 

controller normally requires six calendar months to obtain their first Air Traffic 

Control Service (ATCS) certification rating. Tact Team members are checked 

off on tactical equipment operations and local area proficiency prior to being 

recommended for an over-the-shoulder review and rating by an ATCS examiner 

in approximately two to three months, based on air traffic volume.

 The mission was a huge success. We controlled Air Force fixed wing aircraft, 

host nation civilian aircraft and coalition force aircraft from the French, Germans, 

Italians, Romanians, British and Russians. As members of Task Force Tiger, we 

also conducted combat launch and recovery operations for large package rotary 

wing Air Assault missions. Our controllers also provided direct combat mission 

support with tactical air traffic controllers going forward to participate in combat 

missions.

183
In September 2003, the unit redeployed from Afghanistan, fully trained and 

proficient in performing our company Mission Essential Task List with no issues. 

After reintegration, our company leaders were informed we would be the test bed 

for the Army’s new Air Traffic Navigation, Integration, and Coordination System 

(ATNAVICS). All of our controllers were excited because this would allow us 

to upgrade from analog radar to digital and use the very same equipment that is 

currently being used at many major US airport air traffic control facilities. 

Our current radar – the AN-TSQ 71B – is more than 50 years old and new 

tactical radar was past due.

The project manager set up a fielding date and location. Contractors conducted 

the initial training with our GCA section and we began the familiarization process. 

Good fortune would have it that the unit had just returned from the Afghanistan 

deployment and our controlling skills as a company were up-to-date. This allowed 

us to focus on emplacement, set up and operation of the new ATNAVICS radar.

In May 2004, our battalion was tasked to cover down on the upcoming G-8 

Summit. We were to provide mission support for the President George W. Bush. 

We had idenfied a number of ATNAVICS radar issues with the fielding team and 

manufacturer working closely with our unit in order to adjust and make necessary 

changes. The biggest problem up to this point was that our new radar had never 

passed an FAA-approved flight check. This step is crucial because in times of 

poor or no visibility, pilots rely on guidance from the air traffic controller to direct 

them safely to the runway. This step took on more importance now that our 

customer would be the president.

Our team uploaded the ATNAVCIS on low boy trailers and shipped them to 

Saint Simmons Island. A back-up ATC AN-TSQ 71B radar was sent from our sister 

company, Company F – from Fort Stewart – as insurance in the event that our new 

AN-TSQ 31 radar did not work. Our teams checked and rechecked measurements 

and set up. As a Terminal Instrument Approach/Enroute/Departure Procedures 

(TERPS) specialist, I developed, prepared and submitted for publication the 

proposed special GCA approach for the president. We were able to get an FAA 

flight check aircraft to fly the approach and it was determined that the proposed 

approach was within the required tolerance and the approach approved for military 

use only.

The presidential mission turned out to be a huge success. This caused the 

ATC community to take notice of the new ATNAVICS radar and its capabilities. 

Once we redeployed to Fort Bragg, we documented the adjustments made on 

the equipment in order to pass the flight check. The manufacturer made several 

adjustments because of data provided to them during the presidential mission.

The down side of not being on a deployment or a mission for tactical air traffic 

controllers is a lack of real training opportunities. We cannot conduct air traffic 

controller radar training without an ATC Tower facility, the necessary aircraft and 

an airfield or landing area to include restrictive airspace necessary to protect the 

approach and missed approach areas. 

184
In August 2004, we received orders to deploy the ATNAVIC radar along 

with 14 controllers, two maintenance personnel and one PLL clerk within the 

next 120 days. As stated earlier, the request far exceeds a normal GCA section 

company MTOE for this section. Normal GCA sections by MTOE only assign 

seven Soldiers to the section. Our company was forced to move controllers from 

other sections to cover the mission requirement. At the same time, our company 

receiving another tasking; this time to provide a tactical flight following team in 

support of Operation Iraqi Freedom. Army leaders were carving up our company 

almost one section at a time and sending them to different locations under different 

commands. This presented the command team with a unique challenge. Keeping 

command and control of our Soldiers proved difficult as e-mails and early morning 

phone calls became routine.

By October 2004, the command team had devised a plan to separate the 

commander and me. I would move forward with the ATNAVICS radar team and 

provide senior leadership downrange for the section. As an ATCS examiner and a 

TERPS specialist, I would also assist in the emplacement of the radar. A request 

came to conduct additional training on the ATNAVICS radar in order to increase 

the number of controllers certified on the new radar prior to departure. 

Military air support was provided, which allowed us to train at our home 

station an additional 40-50 days and move our equipment by military air. The air 

load was another first for the ATNAVICS radar.

We departed Fort Bragg, arrived at Kuwait City International Airport and 

off-loaded the equipment with no issues. The 204th ATS Group liaison officer, Lt. 

Col. Williams greeted our team. Once I accounted for everyone ensured the precombat inspections were conducted, we convoyed to Camp Buren, Udairi Army 

Airfield. It was very late and the entire team was exhausted.

The following day, we were introduced to the headquarters personnel of 

the Louisiana National Guard’s 204th Air Traffic Services Group and completed 

our in processing. A survey of the airfield was conducted and compared to the 

existing data as we began to formulate the TERPS data that would be necessary 

for emplacement of the ATNAVICS. We had to match operational requirements 

against the current airfield layout. Necessary concessions were made on both sides 

in order to place the radar on the airfield at the optimum location. DOD civilians 

operated the ATC facilities, which added a few extra steps to the coordination 

process. 

Our team worked around the clock but we had not had a chance to acclimatize 

properly. The ANTAVICS was placed into operation; the airspace approved, 

approached and the TERPS package submitted. In a combat zone, the TERPS 

specialist is authorized to publish a tactical approach for emergency use only with 

command approval until it can be fully certified by FAA-approved flight check. 

Our team was able to provide full instrument airfield capabilities to accomplish 

our mission within 96 hours of arriving in country. It took another month to get 

approval and an in-country clearance from our host nation to allow a US Air Force 

185
flight check aircraft in country to certify and commission the ATNAVICS. It was 

approved as an acceptable navigational aid suitable for use by both fixed and rotor 

wing aircraft. This became the first AN-TSQ-31 ATNVICS fielded in a combat 

zone in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom.

The success of this mission created a safer aviation environment. The 

emplacement of the radar allowed aviators the option of recovery in emergency 

or during normal operations to an airfield under instrument flight rules. The only 

other option prior to the ATNAVICS’ arrival was to set the aircraft down during 

periods of limited visibility or dust storms, which occurred frequently in the 

region. The radar also could be used to observe and visually track air assets. The 

most comforting part to aviators was the fact that the GCA radar could provide 

vectors to the runway in the event of total instrument failure or battle damage. 

The deployment, emplacement and flight check of the ATNAVICS proved to 

be a combat multiplier that made a big difference to the OIF aviation community; 

most importantly, it saved and continues to save lives today. I am extremely 

proud to have been a leader and part of this very important and successful mission 

performed to standard by Soldiers and NCOs.

In today’s information age, few people like to wait fifteen minutes to get an 

answer to their question. This has had a dramatic impact on reporting the conflict 

in Iraq. The embedded media is a part of Army life in Iraq. SFC D. Sparks points 

out both the good points and bad points to that experience.

SFC D. Sparks

Embedded Media

Public Affairs Operations, 3rd Armored Cavalry Regiment, 03/05-02/06

During my long flight from Fort Carson, to Kuwait, I had time to read a book 

that I deemed critical to my mission and operational success as the Public Affairs 

NCOIC for the 3d Armored Cavalry Regiment. That book, Narrowing the Gap – 

Military, Media and the Iraq War, proved to be very critical reading and would 

later become a source for my validation of how I thought the Regiment should 

deal with embedded media during my tour in Iraq.

Already having the misfortune of joining the Regiment only one month 

prior to deploying, I didn’t get the opportunity to truly prepare the troopers and 

leadership of the Regiment. Of particular importance, I didn’t have the necessary 

time to establish relationships with the commanders – particularly at the Troop 

and platoon level, so they could get a chance to understand my role as the sole 

Public Affairs noncommissioned officer in the Regiment.

My only training opportunity with the troopers was a one-hour Media on 

the Battlefield class that I gave to each of the squadrons. Although this training 

was necessary at the troop level to ensure the Regiment’s troopers understood 

that any Soldier at any given time could conduct an interview with a reporter, my 

186
ultimate goal was to engage the leaders throughout the Regiment and explain the 

importance of having media embedded within our units to highlight our future 

successes to the American public back home.

I didn’t deploy with the Regiment during its first deployment in 2003, but I 

did my own research and media analysis to see how effective the Regiment was 

covered by the media. There wasn’t enough adequate press coverage of the 3d 

ACR, but what little I found – it wasn’t too positive. But this was the Regiment’s 

second deployment and we were fortunate to have a commander, Col. H.R. 

McMaster, who truly understood the importance of his Public Affairs assets and 

the significance of having embedded media at the troop level – because it is widely 

known by military scholars that wars are won at the platoon and squad level.

Upon arrival to Kuwait, I was able to gauge the Regimental command staff 

and squadron leaders to determine what the individual and collective attitudes, 

beliefs and past experiences with media. To no surprise at all, many “did not trust” 

the media and preferred that I “keep those damn reporters away” from them.

Regardless of how the leaders and Soldiers felt about the media, I continued 

to tactically refer to the Department of Defense Public Affairs Guidance (PAG) 

on embedding media during military operations. It would be foolish for me to 

educate leaders on the argument that “the media is not the enemy” so I constantly 

quoted, “Our people on the field need to tell our story – only commanders can 

ensure the media get to the story alongside the troops.” Armed with this PAG I 

knew that I could persuade even the staunchest opposition from those who didn’t 

see any need for media embeds.

Shortly after my arrival in Kuwait, I received the first journalists who were 

to be embedded with the Regiment – Bill Johnson and Todd Heisler, a reporter 

and photographer with the Rocky Mountain News newspaper. Two weeks before 

leaving Colorado, I had a brief encounter with this duo. The three of us sat down 

with Lt. Col. Brown, 3rd Squadron Commander, for a half hour and discussed their 

scope of interest and how we could provide them access to our operations. At 

the conclusion of this meeting, Brown assured them that he would support their 

embedding with little restriction. I can still hear Brown say, “All I expect is for 

you to tell the truth.”

Nearly one year before I deployed, I wrote an editorial highlighting the 

importance of having embedded media alongside our troops in Iraq. There was 

much public debate at the time regarding this issue. In my column I wrote, “The 

entire world witnessed first hand how lethal a well-trained, well-equipped Soldiers 

can take out his enemy on the battlefield. Breaking tradition and putting aside 

its differences with the media, the Department of Defense allowed embedded 

journalists and reporters to eat, sleep and get dirty with Soldiers. Although there 

was some early debate and griping from the American public about how much 

news coverage was too much, there is no question the role of the media played 

for delivering into our homes the successes and determination of the American 

Soldier on the battlefield.”

187
Through debate my argument for supporting embedded media was simple 

– without the journalists on the ground, the American public do not get to see 

the sacrifices, hardships and victories that our Soldiers endure in serving our 

nation during war. Without those journalists, the American public could not give 

us the unwavering support that we needed to fight this war. With that premise, I 

made it a priority to engage leaders at all levels to understand the importance of 

accepting embedded journalists and allowing them unprecedented access to their 

operations.

TRIAL BY FIRE

In a span of seven days, two incidents would define how the Regiment 

would handle its commitment to dealing with embedded media within our area 

of operations. The first, on 11April 2005, legitimized my reasons for having 

embeds.

While accompanying troopers of Lightning Troop, 3rd Squadron on a patrol 

outside Baghdad, Johnson and Heisler’s Humvee was blasted by an improvised 

explosive device. Fortunately no one was killed by the bomb. Johnson was sitting 

in the rear passenger seat and took the brunt of the blast. Heisler was thrown 

completely out of the vehicle.

As Johnson wrote in a column that appeared in the 12 April edition of the 

Rocky Mountain News, “I have rerun the tape of the explosion in my head 

numerous times, and I still don’t know what to think. I keep looking at the pictures 

of the busted Humvee and still shake a little. It seems every single Soldier from 

Lightning Troop has stopped by our room... Todd and I, it seems, have passed our 

trial by fire and have become members of this warrior fraternity.”

The two journalists were eventually advised to get the perspective of what 

happened for the very Soldiers they were there to assign. It was in those intimate 

interview sessions where I believe my Media on the Battlefield training paid off. 

The troopers were everything I asked them to be – honest, direct and candid. I 

remember telling all the troopers that if they didn’t remember anything else to 

remember that the Soldier is the most effective communicator of the American 

story.

Sgt. G. Baty, a Bradley Fighting Vehicle gunner, said it best when approached 

by the two reporters. “Now you know exactly what we face every day. People 

think they have an idea of what we do, but they really don’t understand. One 

minute the sun is shining; the next you are on your ass, wondering if your legs are 

still there. Now, you can tell them.”

If we didn’t have embedded media inside that vehicle it would have just been 

another serious incident report. It would have been just another day for American 

Soldier fighting the good fight on the war on terror. It would have been nothing 

more than a tale of survival by the men who escaped this harrowing experience.

Instead this was a story that was read by more than 300,000 newspaper 

subscribers on the day of print and read by thousands more via the Internet. I do 

188
not know that actual number of people who actually read Johnson’s column, but 

this was a Public Affairs success story. Through his near-death experience, he was 

able to capture the dangers of these fighting men to inform and influence thousand 

of Americans back home to keep supporting our Soldiers on the warfront.

Not long after the event, the two journalists returned back to Colorado with a 

newfound respect of the Soldiers they ate, slept, and lived with. The same respect 

was give to them as well. Many stereotypes were broken and both the Soldiers 

and the journalists have formed an appreciation for each other that would not have 

happened without this embeds experience.

When I finally got the opportunity to talk to Johnson and Heisler, I told 

them that I was extremely glad they survived the blast; but also glad they saw 

for themselves the horrors and ugliness of war. I told them they now have an 

obligation to continue to talk about their experiences so people back home don’t 

forget. 

A FATEFUL DAY

In the book Narrowing the Gap: Military, the Media and the Iraq War, I 

highlighted a particular paragraph detailing concerns the Pentagon had regarding 

operational security with embedded journalists. In summary, the attitude by 

military leaders was to limit access to the “action” based upon fear that journalists 

would compromise operational security by disclosing information that could be 

used by the enemy. The counter argument to that particular thinking was there is 

not a single military mission that the military could not undertake that could not 

be covered by an embedded journalist – as long at the rules of engagement have 

been agreed upon.

Two weeks into Iraq, I wasn’t quite sure how to assess how the relationship 

between the Regiment and the media would be. On 17 April 2005 I would soon 

find out. On a dusty road on the outskirts of Latifiyah, Iraq, my Humvee was 

ripped by an improvised explosive device which killed the gunner and seriously 

wounded the Regimental command sergeant major.

A half hour earlier, a Washington Post reporter was sitting on my right side 

in the rear passenger seat of the vehicle; however ten minutes before the blast I 

arranged for her to ride with the Regimental commander so she could have some 

time to get his perspective on our area of operations. She is alive because of my 

decision.

The headline, “Horror Glimpsed From the Inside of a Humvee in Iraq,” along 

with a photo of myself providing security for my fellow troopers was featured 

on the front page of the April 21st edition of the newspaper to more than 700,000 

readers. The journalist wrote a moving article describing the heroic efforts of the 

troopers on the ground trying to save their injured and fallen comrades. The article 

also appeared in the Early Bird, an Internet brief featuring concise news articles 

published by the Department of Defense and is read daily by DoD leaders and 

personnel.

189
The paper also published a photo of the wrecked Humvee. The photo did not 

contain any of the wounded nor killed Soldiers and the wreckage was taken from 

a distance. The photo was like many others that had been published in numerous 

newspapers including Stars and Stripes. However, the photo was taken by a 

Soldier on the ground – not by the journalist.

The day following the attack, the reporter saw the photos taken by the 

Soldier on the ground and requested copies to have for her personal use. My 

initial judgment was to deny her copies of the photos because of the sensitivity of 

the nature, but I wanted to make sure that I was following proper Public Affairs 

guidelines. After reading the PAG, I decided the photos did not violate any of the 

ground rules and released a couple of the photos – including the photo published 

in the Washington Post.

In the DoD PAG under Ground Rules it states, “These ground rules recognize 

the right of the media to cover military operations and are in no way intended 

to prevent release of derogatory, embarrassing, negative or uncomplimentary 

information.” Also in section 4.H.1. the PAG reads, “Media representatives will be 

reminded of the sensitivity of using names of individual casualties or photographs 

they may have taken which clearly identify casualties until after notification of 

next of kin and release by OASD (PA).

When the Regimental commander saw the photo in the Stars and Stripes it 

became apparent that I made a mistake in releasing the photos. This was my first 

real-world lesson on how Public Affairs and Information Operations integrate on 

the battlefield. Although the photos did not violate the rules of Security, Accuracy, 

Policy or Propriety; they could have been potentially used as part of the enemy’s 

propaganda campaign against US forces. The photos could have been used as a 

part of the enemy’s recruiting campaign to enlist more anti-Coalition fighters. It 

was a lesson that I would never forget from that day forward.

Although this was a tragic event, once again, the American public was 

informed of the sacrifices and risks by the men and women deployed in harms 

way. The article alone provided a first-person eyewitness account of a Soldier 

dying on the battlefield. The words painted a picture for the reader to visualize the 

catastrophic event.

Many journalists would argue there was no harm in printing the photo. The 

photo captured a factual moment of the war. Even under our own guidelines, 

the photo did not have any casualties nor was there any violation of operational 

security. As a photographer and newspaper editor I clearly understand that 

argument. Even from a Public Affairs standpoint, I can support the journalists’ 

argument that the American public need to see the good, bad and ugly of war.

Yet, I also have my commander’s intent – which is absolutely essential to 

every Public Affairs practitioner. The commander’s intent is the commander’s 

stated vision which defines the purpose of an operation, the end state with 

respect to the relationship among the force, the enemy and the terrain; it must 

enable subordinates to quickly grasp the successful end state and their part in 

190
achieving it. Public Affairs personnel advise commanders on decision making 

and communication with the media, their Soldiers and the American public. They 

can not do this effectively unless they have direct access to the commander, are 

credible and have knowledge of all battlefield operations.

In trying to establish their relationship with the commander, the Public 

Affairs leaders must also maintain building relationships with the media and 

news organizations. The Public Affairs team faces a tough dilemma when trying 

to tell the strategic picture from the commander and allowing the media the 

access it desires to cover issues from their scope of interest. Unable to balance 

the commander’s objective and the media’s needs can lead to a poor cooperation 

between the unit and the press and ultimately shortchange the American public.

CONCLUSION

The Global War on Terrorism has become an excellent opportunity for 

the American media and military to rebuild what was once a very adversarial 

relationship. There was a huge gap in the military-media divide, but the Department 

of Defense recognized embedding media with units during operations would have 

a major impact in shaping public opinion on the national security environment.

Remnants of the Vietnam War have definitely had an impact on the attitudes 

of many of our military leaders. Many Soldiers had already shaped their opinions 

about the press despite never encountering a journalist. Despite DOD policy 

directing all leaders and commanders to allow embedded press by facilitating 

maximum in-depth coverage of US forces in combat and related operations, there 

are still some hostile reservations towards having media. However those are now 

the minority.

Because commanders recognize the media’s role in informing the American 

public, many are well adept in dealing with the press and have become media-savvy 

when talking to reporters. Commanders and leaders at all levels now understand 

how they can use the media to help dominate the information battle and to get 

their unit’s story to a wider national audience. The most important lesson learned 

is that a good professional relationship between the commander and the media is 

essential for success in future operations. Although not all interactions with the 

media have been favorable, feelings of distrust have not been a significant worry 

from the leaders and Soldiers on the ground.

Finally, many leaders and Soldiers who were once critics of the embed media 

program now give support and praise. It is the sergeants and lieutenants today 

who will become future sergeants major and general officers and they will be able 

to look back at their experiences with the media. Hopefully they will conclude the 

media was “not the enemy,” and more media on the battlefield training for their 

subordinates is critical as part of their operational planning.

Lt. M. Olsen, a platoon leader with 3rd Squadron, 3d ACR, is an example 

of how attitudes towards the media can be changed. He told the two embedded 

reporters assigned to his troop, “When I first heard they were coming that he 

191
didn’t want them around. “But since then, I’ve seen what your being here has 

meant to my wife and Family, the other troops’ Families, how they can know dayto-day what we are doing, and I’ve come 180 degrees on it.”

IRAQI FORCES TRAINED

AS OF 22 JANUARY 2007

MINISTRY OF INTERIOR 

__________________________________________________________ 

 Police 135,000

 National Police 24,400

 Other MOI forces 28,900

 TOTAL 188,300

MINISTRY OF DEFENSE

 Army 132,700

 Air Force 900

 Navy 1,100

 TOTAL 134,700

Taken from “Iraq Weekly Status Report January 31, 2007,” Bureau of Near 

Eastern Affairs, US Department of State.

192
CONCLUSION

It has now been more than six years since that fateful day, September 11, 

2001. Soldiers have gone to Afghanistan and Iraq and fought a determined foe in 

each country. Both wars still continue; however, there are many success stories 

and many lessons to be learned from those who have returned. 

These stories by noncommissioned officers who served in Afghanistan and 

Iraq provide insights into how young Soldiers march to war and subsequently 

return to their loved ones and families. In the pre-deployment phase, NCOs stress 

training, mastery of skills, and preparation of equipment. During deployment, 

NCOs work with coalition partners, use superior technical advantages and 

firepower, and trust in the leadership of junior noncommissioned officers to 

decisively defeat the enemy on the battlefield. After the fight, they lead their 

Soldiers in an effort to win the hearts and minds of the local people and adapt to 

the situation on the ground.

Today, the American Army still fights determined foes in Afghanistan and 

Iraq. Noncommissioned Officers continue to train and prepare Soldiers for the 

day they encounter those foes on the Long Hard Road to victory.

193
GLOSSARY

1SG: First Sergeant

al-Qaeda: Terrorist group responsible for 9/11

AMF: Afghan Militia Force

ANA: Afghan National Army

AN/PEQ-2: An infrared target pointer/illuminator/aiming laser used on a

variety of

US Army weapons

AOR: Area of Responsibility

ASF: Afghan Security Forces

ASOT: Advanced Special Operations Tactics

BAF: Bagram Air Field, former Soviet base in Afghanistan

BDOC: Base Defense Operations Center

BMO: Battalion Medical Officer

CDS: Containerized Delivery System

CENTCOM: Central Command

CJSOTF-A: Combined Joint Special Operations Task Force-Afghanistan

COLT: Combat Observation Lasing Team

CQB: Close Quarters Battle

CSM: Command Sergeant Major

EPW: Enemy Prisoners of War

ETT: Embedded Tactical Trainers

FDC: Fire Direction Center

FOB: Forward Operating Base

HMMWV: High Mobility Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle

JCET: Joint Combined Exchange Training

Jingle truck: Russian 2 1⁄2 truck

K2: Karshi-Kanabad, former Soviet airbase in the south-central Uzbekistan 

LRTC: Leadership Reaction and Training Course 

MEDCAP: Medical Civil Action Project

MSG: Master Sergeant

ODA-XXX: Operational Detachment Alpha (the three numbers following

the hyphen identify group, battalion, company, and team)

OEF: Operation ENDURING FREEDOM

OEF-P: Operation ENDURING FREEDOM-PHILIPPINES

OIF: Operation IRAQI FREEDOM

OPFUND: Operations Fund

OPLAN: Operations Plan

PRT: Provincial Reconstruction Team

RIP: Relief in Place

SF: Special Forces

SF O&I: Special Forces Operations and Intelligence

194
SFARTAETC: Special Forces Advanced Reconnaissance, Target Analysis,

and Exploitation Techniques Course

SFC: Sergeant First Class

SFD-K: Special Forces Detachment-Korea

SGM: Sergeant Major

SGT: Sergeant

SOCPAC: Special Operations Command Pacific

SOF: Special Operations Forces

SOR: Statement of Requirements

SOTIC: Special Operations Target Interdiction Course

SOT: Special Operations Tactics

SSA: Supply Support Activity

SSG: Staff Sergeant

Taliban: Islamic Fundamentalist who governed Afghanistan prior to 

Operation Enduring Freedom

TOA: Transition of Authority

TOW: Tube Launched Optically Tracked Command Link Wire Guided

Missile

USASFC: United States Army Special Forces Command

USSOF: United States Special Operations Forces

195

Product of the United States Army Sergeants Major Academy

2001. As the dust settled across the American landscape, Americans looked t

their leaders to defend what had clearly emerged as one of the nation’s most 

precious commodities -- freedom. In just one hour, everything had changed. 

The al-Qaeda Network and its leader, Osama bin Laden, became household 

names and Army noncommissioned officers found themselves leading the 

charge on what President George W. Bush promised not to be a quick war bu

long, protracted one. Noncommissioned officers found themselves on the fro

lines of a long, hard road ...